Quarterlytics / Consumer Cyclical / Manufacturing - Textiles / Coats Group

Coats Group

coa · LSE Consumer Cyclical
Claim this profile
Ticker coa
Exchange LSE
Sector Consumer Cyclical
Industry Manufacturing - Textiles
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2018 Annual Report · Coats Group
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
COATS GROUP PLC 
ANNUAL REPORT 2018 

Transforming 
for Growth 
Connecting – Pioneering – Trusted 

TRANSFORMING  
FOR GROWTH 

CONTENTS 

Strategic report 
01  2018 Full year results  
and highlights  

02  Coats at a glance 
03  Our investment case 
04  Chairman’s statement 
06  Group Chief Executive’s 

statement 
08  Market trends 
10  Business model 
12  Our strategic framework 
13  Strategic goals 
14  Strategic pillars 
15  Connecting for Growth 
16  Key Performance Indicators 
18  People 
20  Corporate Responsibility 
23  Principal risks and 
uncertainties 
29  Operating review 
31  Financial review 

Corporate governance 
37  Chairman’s Introduction  
39  Board of Directors 
42  Group Executive Team 
43  Corporate Governance Report 
50  Nomination Committee Report 
52  Audit and Risk Committee 

Report  

57  Directors’  

Remuneration Report 

72  Directors’ Report 
76  Directors’ Responsibilities 

Statement 

Financial statements 
77 
Independent auditor’s report 
87  Primary financial statements 
93  Notes to the  

financial statements 

156  Company financial statements 
159  Notes to Company  
financial statements 

Other information 
161  Group structure 
167  Five-year summary 
168  Shareholder information 

WE ARE TRANSFORMING FOR GROWTH 
TO DELIVER LONG TERM SUSTAINABLE VALUE 

Our purpose is to harness talent and technology to benefit all our stakeholders – our customers 
and their industries, our shareholders, our people and the communities in which we operate. 

We will achieve this by being true to how we operate: 

Connecting – for over 200 years we have been helping to connect and form the fabric 
of daily life on our planet and our global footprint provides unrivalled access to markets 
and customers. 

Pioneering – we are restless pioneers, always seeking to create new advanced materials and 
partner with customers across multiple industries to realise the challenges they face. 

Trusted – we recognise that our success rests on our reputation and the trust and confidence 
of the people with whom we do business and the communities in which we operate. Our 
sustainability agenda sits at the heart of this. 

Find out more online: 

For a more visually engaging way to read about our progress in the year see our online 
‘Year in Review’ at www.coats.com/ara2018 

  To access ‘Year in Review’ on a mobile device, point your camera at the QR Code below: 

  A full copy of this Annual Report can also be downloaded from 

www.coats.com/investors 

  Throughout this document you will see references to where supporting information can 

also be found online at www.coats.com 

Sustainability Report 

  To read our Sustainability Report, and for more on our policies, their impact and our 
approach to ‘Pioneering a sustainable future’, at www.coats.com/sustainability 

  To access our ‘2018 Sustainability Report’ on a mobile device use the QR code below: 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2018 FULL YEAR RESULTS 
AND HIGHLIGHTS 

Continuing operations: 
Revenue ($m) 

Financial performance 

Continuing operations4   

Revenue 

Adjusted1 

  Operating profit 

  Operating margin 

  Basic earnings per share 

  Free cash flow  

  Return on capital 
employed (ROCE) 

Reported3,4 

Operating profit 

2018 

2017 
(restated5) 

Change 

  CER 
change1 

  Organic 
change1 

$1,415m 

$1,356m 

4% 

6% 

3%* 

$195m 

13.8% 

6.9c 

$96m* 

43%* 

$161m 

21% 

24% 

23%* 

11.8% 

190bps 

200bps 

220bps 

5.7c 

$76m 

21%* 

26% 

35% 

800bps 

$147m 

$154m 

(5)% 

Basic earnings per share 

3.9c 

5.1c 

(25)% 

Net cash generated by 
operating activities2 

Full year dividend per share 

(Loss)/profit from 
discontinued operations 

$102m 

$(232)m 

n/a 

1.66c 

$(16)m 

1.44c 

$10m 

15% 

n/a 

•  Revenue growth of 6% on a CER basis (4% reported), with 3% organic growth and a 3% 
contribution from the acquisition of Patrick Yarn Mill. Continued organic revenue growth in 
Apparel and Footwear (thread up 4%) and accelerated organic growth in Performance Materials 
(up 7%). 

•  Adjusted operating profit up 24% (CER basis); adjusted operating margin up 200bps to 13.8%. 

•  Adjusted EPS up 21% to 6.9 cents as a result of higher adjusted operating profits, a further 

reduction in effective tax rate, a lower pension finance charge, with some offset from foreign 
exchange and interest. 

•  Adjusted free cash flow of $96 million; up 26% on prior year due to increased adjusted 
operating profits and controlled NWC, whilst maintaining capital expenditure ahead 
of depreciation. 

•  Reported operating profit of $147 million (down 5%) and basic EPS of 3.9 cents (down 25%), 

primarily due to increased exceptional costs of $48 million (most of which did not lead to a lower 
overall current tax charge when incurred) in relation to Connecting for Growth, the UK 
guaranteed minimum pension equalisation, and Lower Passaic River legal costs. 

Strategic highlights 
•  Sale of non-core North America Crafts business completed on 20 February 2019 for $37 million, 

with resulting exceptional impairment to recognise net assets at fair value. 

•  Connecting for Growth programme benefits being realised faster than initially anticipated; 

$15 million net benefits delivered in 2018 (reorganisation cost of $23 million incurred in year). 

•  Agreement of Coats UK Pension Scheme triennial valuation with agreed annual deficit 
contributions (including estimated administrative expenses) of $31 million p.a. from 
1 April 2019 (currently $24 million p.a.). 

Non-financial highlights 
•  Employee Engagement for 2018 maintained at 83%* (2017: 83%), continuing our global top 

decile performance. 

•  Our global Recordable Accident Rate for the year was 0.58* (2017: 0.56), and no fatalities were 

recorded within the business. 

  Alternative Performance Measures - see note 37 on page 152. 

1 

  Adjusted operating profit 

($m)  

Operating profit ($m)  

Key Performance Indicators 
We have indicated with * those 
measures we consider KPIs. See 
page 16 for more details and 
historical performance. 

1  All Non-statutory measures (Alternative 

Performance Measures) are reconciled to the 
nearest corresponding statutory measure in note 
37. Organic growth is on a CER basis excluding 
contributions from bolt-on acquisitions. Constant 
exchange rate (CER) figures are 2017 restated at 
2018 exchange rates. Revenue figures are an IFRS 
measure; however CER and Organic growth rates 
constitute Alternative Performance Measures. 

2  Net cash generated by operating activities includes 
$373 million payments into the three UK defined 
benefit schemes in 2017. 

3  Reported refers to values contained in the IFRS 
column of the primary financial statements in 
either the current or comparative period. 

4  All figures on a continuing basis (i.e. exclude North 

America Crafts which is presented as a 
discontinued operation), unless otherwise stated. 

5  Restated to include continuing results following 
North America Crafts disposal and to reflect the 
adoption of IFRS15 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
COATS AT A GLANCE 

COATS IS THE WORLD’S LEADING INDUSTRIAL THREAD 
COMPANY. HEADQUARTERED IN THE UK, WE OPERATE 
GLOBALLY AND IN 2018 GENERATED REVENUES 
OF $1.4BN. 

Group 2018 revenue: $1,415m (2017: $1,356m) 
Apparel & Footwear 
2018: $1,083m (2017: $1,081m) 

    Performance Materials 
2018: $332m (2017: $275m) 

2018 Financial 
Performance 

Global experts in the design and 
supply of a diverse range of technical 
products that serve traditional end 
uses and hi-tech products that 
operate ‘beyond the stitch line’. 

    Hi-tech – End uses include: 
Automotive, composites, conductive, 
extrusion, fibre optics, flame 
retardant, performance fabrics and 
knits  

Traditional – End uses include:  
Outdoor, home textiles, feminine 
hygiene, tea bags, bedding and 
quilting, upholstered furniture,  
filtration and sports goods 

Key brands include: Firefly, Flamepro, 
Protos, Synergex, Lattice, Magellan, 
Gotex, Ultrabloc, Neophil, Dabond, 
Nylbond, Aptan, Gral, Admiral, Patrick 
Yarn and earthspun®  

The trusted, value adding partner, providing critical 
supply chain components and services to the global 
Apparel and Footwear industry. Our portfolio of 
world class products and services exist to serve 
the needs and requirements of our customers 
and brands. 
Apparel, 
footwear & 
accessories 
threads 

End uses include: Menswear, ladies- 
wear, activewear, outdoor, denim, 
workwear, intimates and footwear 

Key brands include: Epic, Dual Duty 
Seamsoft, Nylbond, Gral, Gramax, 
Astra, Sylko and Knit 
Products include: Zips, interlinings, 
reflective tapes  

Key brands include: Opti, Permess, 
Signal and Connect 

Zips and 
Trims 
products 

Software 
solutions 

Enabling supply chain productivity 
gains, increasing speed of supply and 
facilitating compliance 

Key brands include: Fast React, 
Vision, GSD, Evolve, ThreadSol, 
Intellocut and Intellobuy  

Our global 
footprint 

Our global sales 
presence, digital 
platforms and region 
based operating model 
enable us to serve 
customers wherever 
they are located at 
speed and with 
efficiency. 

  For more information see 
www.coats.com/about 

2 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
OUR INVESTMENT CASE 

There are four elements to our investment case – each element is a strength in itself but, together they combine to set us apart from  
our competitors, giving us a solid platform from which to innovate and grow. 

Throughout 2018 we continued to review each element of our investment case and looked to align these more closely to the future core 
operations of our key business segments and the ongoing integration of recent acquisitions. 

With the sale of the North America Crafts operation in early 2019, we have removed Crafts from the table below to reflect that we are 
now predominantly a global Industrial manufacturer. 

Element 

Which provides  
us as an organisation with:  

Key attributes  
of this element  

1. Global market  
leader in Apparel  
and Footwear (A&F) 

A strong and defendable  
core business representing 
some 77% of Group sales 

Global leader in A&F thread market 

Consistently increasing market share 
in stable market 

Leading the response to meet 
changing industry needs – speed, 
productivity, innovation, quality, 
responsibility and sustainability 

Highlights in 2018 

+4% 

Sales growth in A&F thread 

+6% 

Sales growth in premium brands such 
as Epic and Nylbond  

Secured new multi-year specified 
programmes with leading global brands 

2. Leading player  
in Performance  
Materials market 

Ability to build scale 
through technology, 
innovation and 
acquisition. Representing 
some 23% of Group sales 

3. Delivering  
self-help initiatives 

Focused improvement 
programmes and 
experienced management  
to deliver margin and 
other financial 
improvements 

4. Track record  
of delivering free  
cash flow  

Strong cash flow 
generation and high 
returns on capital 
employed (ROCE) 

Global presence in multiple but 
focused hi-tech end use sectors  

+7% 

Performance Materials offer hi-tech 
products that guarantee performance 
and safety  

Innovation in developing or acquiring 
new competencies and technologies – 
such as lightweight carbon and 
innovative composites 

Accelerated organic revenue growth 

+21% 

Double digit organic sales growth 
in hi-tech end uses e.g. personal protection 

U.S. consumer durables markets 
(e.g. bedding) remained relatively soft 

>20% 

Of revenues from products that did not 
exist 5 years ago 

Productivity gains and procurement 
initiatives 

+23% 

Investing in energy / waste reduction 
to improve operational efficiencies 

Global strategic change programme – 
Connecting for Growth 

General cost discipline around the 
organisation  

Adjusted organic operating profit 
growth through operational leverage, 
procurement and productivity savings, 
general cost control and C4G successfully 
offsetting input cost pressures 

$15m 

Net benefits from C4G programme 

Balancing key cash demands  
of organic investment, pension 
schemes and shareholder returns 

Continue to identify strategic and 
value add bolt-on acquisitions 
principally in the areas of hi-tech 
Performance Materials and 
software solutions 

Increased ROCE over recent years 

+15% 

Full year dividend payment of 1.66c 
per share 

$96m 

  Adjusted free cash flow 

Investments in ThreadSol and Twine 

For more go online www.coats.com/investors 

  Alternative Performance Measure - see note 37 on page 152 

3 

 
 
CHAIRMAN’S STATEMENT 

Mike Clasper 
Chairman 

Highlights for 2018 
-  Coats enters FTSE4Good Index 
-  Successful delivery of our global 

strategic transformation 
programme Connecting for 
Growth (C4G) 

-  Our continued focus on 

innovation demonstrated 
by the opening of our first 
Innovation Hub  

-  Good progress in the FTSE 250 
with full year performance 
in line with management 
expectations 

Priorities for 2019 
-  Maintain our customer-led 
approach to service, digital 
solutions and corporate 
responsibility 

-  Focus on leading innovation 
in disruptive environments 
-  Remain positioned to gain 

market share in core business 
and continue expansion 
in higher growth sectors 

‘We are an increasingly agile business 
that is focused on speed to market and 
we are fully committed to accelerating 
our transition from industrial to digital.’ 

‘Entering the FTSE4Good Index is a 
recognition of the values and actions 
of our workforce of 18,000 across the 
world who support our foundations 
of compliance and sustainability.’ 

4 

‘WORKING WITH OUR STAKEHOLDERS 
TO DELIVER INNOVATION, DIGITAL SOLUTIONS 
AND SUSTAINABLE VALUE CREATING 
LONG TERM BENEFITS.’ 

Dear Shareholder 
Substantial progress has been made over the past year and we continue to maintain our position 
as the world’s leading industrial thread business, pioneering new applications and delivering 
sustainable value to all stakeholders. Quality, corporate responsibility and innovation have been a 
part of the history and legacy of Coats for over two centuries. We have added speed and agility 
and melded it with technology to deliver digital solutions to all our stakeholders. We are now at 
an exciting time in our history, being on the cusp of a new world of digital disruption, which is 
set to provide tremendous opportunities for Coats. 

A recent milestone for our business was the sale of our North America Crafts business. We are 
proud of our 120 years of crafts heritage in North America but the crafting market has evolved 
in the past decade and it requires a higher degree of specialisation, scale and digital capabilities 
to succeed. This sale now enables us to focus and drive for excellence in our high performing 
business-to-business global Apparel and Footwear, and Performance Materials businesses. 

Coats – where heritage meets innovation 
As a global business with a longstanding pedigree and heritage, Coats has consistently evolved 
and innovated to meet the needs of its stakeholders. As such we are committed to pioneering 
the application of digital technologies to legacy manufacturing. We are an increasingly agile 
business that is focused on speed to market and we are fully committed to accelerating our 
transition from the industrial age to the digital age. Our customers require an increased emphasis 
on speed, quality, value and corporate responsibility so we have repositioned Coats to achieve 
greater pace and productivity to support this aim – at the same time delivering improved 
earnings and consistent cash flows while maintaining unrivalled ethical compliance. 

Connecting, pioneering, trusted 
Innovation is at the heart of everything we do and is crucial to our success. A highlight of the 
year was opening the first Innovation Hub in Sevier, US, this is a symbol of the modern Coats. 
We look forward to the opening of a further two hubs – our EMEA hub in Bursa, Turkey and 
our Asia hub in Shenzhen, China, in 2019. 

The Board undertook visits to partner sites, such as its visit to Microsoft’s regional hub in 
Charlotte, US. The Board also discussed innovation within the brands we serve, visiting a 
significant customer in October to tour its Innovation Hub and research laboratory. We saw how 
some of Coats innovations are being used to help develop new products for our customers. 

I have visited many of our sites over the course of my years as Chairman and I am constantly 
struck by the professionalism and specialist knowledge of all our teams across the business and 
I recognise the strength of our culture at every site visit I undertake. Two visits in particular 
stand out for me this year. Some members of our Board visited Gotex, our site in Sabadell, 
near Barcelona. Then in October, the Board visited Patrick Yarn Mill, the business we acquired 
in December 2017. 

It is a source of great pride to us that family businesses such as Patrick Yarn Mill and Gotex trust 
in Coats to take them forward. Acquiring these pioneering family businesses which offer high 
quality innovative products, provides an excellent alignment and fit for us. We continue to strive 
for excellence in our business activities and won several industry awards in 2018. For example, 
in November, Coats was recognised for its outstanding achievements in increasing growth and 
shareholder value by the Institute of Chartered Accountants in England and Wales (ICAEW). 
The Corporate Development Award recognises London-listed companies whose innovative 
strategy have made the most effective use of M&A to grow their business, and increase 
shareholder value. 

Governance 
Responsible business practice is at the core of everything that we do and we are very proud 
that in July, we entered the FTSE4Good Index. This is a recognition of the values and actions 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CHAIRMAN’S STATEMENT 
CONTINUED 

‘We continue to deliver good financial 
results with revenues up 6% driven by 
strong performances in Apparel and 
Footwear, and hi-tech Performance 
Materials.’ 

‘In recognition that good business 
behaviour supports strong financial 
performance, a global code of ethics 
and conduct is reinforced through 
continuous communication throughout 
the business.’ 

‘We are focused on aligning our 
purpose, values, behaviours and 
strategy to both maintain stakeholder 
confidence and deliver value for 
shareholders.’ 

Governance (continued) 
of our workforce of 18,000 across the world who support our foundations of compliance and 
sustainability. We are particularly proud that we scored especially highly on the metrics around 
governance, particularly corporate governance and anti-corruption. 

Board changes 
As reported last year, I am pleased to welcome another female Non-Executive to the Board. 
Anne Fahy joined the Board in March 2018. Mike Allen, a Non-Executive Director since 2010, 
has announced he will not be standing for re-election as a Director at the 2019 AGM, to be held 
on 23 May 2019. On behalf of the Board I would like to thank Mike for his insightful guidance 
and contribution to the Board over the nine years of his tenure. Mike has played a key part in 
steering significant change to the Group, as we restructured the Guinness Peat Group and Coats 
Boards, transitioned from an investment holding company to a UK headquartered manufacturing 
business, normalised our UK pension obligations following the settlement of the regulatory 
investigations, and entered the FTSE 250. 

Performance 
2018 was a year of strong financial performance. Revenues were up 6% on a constant currency 
basis to $1,415m with continued momentum in Apparel & Footwear thread and Performance 
Materials. There were continued share gains in Apparel and Footwear thread, and double digit 
hi-tech Performance Materials growth; underpinned by innovation, digital, service and 
sustainability. 

Dividend  
I am pleased to report that the Board has been able to continue with the progressive dividend 
policy I outlined last year. As a result of this established policy, and reflecting the financial 
performance in 2018, the Board is proposing a final dividend of 1.16c per share which, 
combined with the interim dividend of 0.50c per share, gives a total dividend for the year 
of 1.66c (2017 full year dividend: 1.44c per share), which represents a 15% increase on the 
previous year. Subject to approval at the forthcoming AGM, the final dividend will be paid 
on 28 May 2019 to ordinary shareholders on the register at 3 May 2019, with an ex-dividend 
date of 2 May 2019. 

A world class team 
Our people are what makes Coats the success it is today. We have a world class and increasingly 
diverse team. In recognition of the fact that good business behaviour supports strong financial 
performance, a global code of ethics and conduct is reinforced through continuous 
communication throughout the business. Coats demonstrates progressive diversity and ethical 
standards as well as economic added value. Moving forward, a key part of our strategy is to 
attract, retain and grow talent and we constantly seek to identify ways to ensure our employee 
value proposition remains attractive and rewarding. In a year of change, we are pleased to report 
that our eighth employee engagement survey score has been maintained at 83%, which keeps 
Coats in the top 10% of companies globally for the fifth year in a row. This reflects strong 
support for the company's vision, strategy, values, culture, priorities and delivery. 

Our Connecting for Growth transformation programme has been a significant undertaking and 
we are pleased to report that its delivery this year has been an enormous success. This is due to 
the management, time and attention that has been invested in delivering this transformation 
programme. In my experience in matrix managed organisations, I have never seen a change 
programme being executed so well. This is a testament to the leadership, commitment and 
resilience of the team leading this programme. It is now being embedded across the business 
and we are already realising benefits faster than initially anticipated. 

Looking ahead 
We are focused on aligning our purpose, values, behaviours and strategy to both maintain 
stakeholder confidence and deliver value for shareholders while always pursuing our goals 
in a sustainable and responsible way that also creates long term value for society. Melding the 
legacy, strengths and the trademark Coats’ quality, with the speed and agility of our digital 
disruption is going to deliver benefits for all our stakeholders, including our shareholders. Coats 
is a business teeming with new ideas – our challenge now is to harness, commercialise and 
deliver to our customers at pace. I want to thank the Group Executive Team and all our 
employees across the world for their contribution to making Coats the successful group it is 
today and for once again delivering another successful year. 

Mike Clasper,  
Chairman 
7 March 2019 

5 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GROUP CHIEF EXECUTIVE’S STATEMENT 

Rajiv Sharma 
Group Chief Executive  

‘WE ENTER 2019 WITH GREATER RESOLVE 
AND STRONG MOMENTUM.’ 

Dear Shareholder 
Coats is entering 2019 with greater resolve and strong momentum enabled by an ongoing 
focus on innovation, world class service, digital solutions and sustainability. We have the 
largest global footprint and widest product selection of our industry. This gives our customers 
more choice and product consistency, as well as best in class colour management to 
differentiate their goods in store and online. We have made good progress on our growth 
strategy that focuses on simplification, digital, innovation, acquisitions and sustainability. That 
combined with the high quality of our talent enables us to adapt and future proof the business 
in an ever changing, hyper-connected world. Staying ahead of changing market and customer 
needs is at the heart of us transforming for growth. 

2018 performance 
Coats delivered a strong performance in 2018. Our Apparel and Footwear thread business 
delivered continued market share gains by providing on-going high service levels, and we saw 
increased momentum in our Performance Materials business. In an environment of rising input 
costs, we were able to grow our operating margins, through realising price increases, 
delivering productivity and procurement gains, as well as keeping tight control of our cost base 
and delivering significant savings from our Connecting for Growth programme in its first year. 

For more information, see operating and financial review on pages 29 to 36. 

Strategic progress 
Our strategy has two key themes: ‘Digital’ and ‘Going beyond the stitch line’. Digital helps 
us to improve speed and agility, make smarter decisions faster, lower cost and enables new 
revenue streams. Advancing our digital strategy is connected to our business goals and clearly 
defined business outcomes. Going beyond the stitch line is a focused effort to bring scale, 
specialisation and new technologies within adjacencies. This results in sales growth and 
building of in-house specialist capabilities. We also recognise that in order to remain successful 
in the future we must continue to adapt with speed and scale. 

The recent sale of our standalone North America Crafts business allows us to focus completely 
on our high performing business-to-business global Apparel and Footwear, and Performance 
Materials businesses. Now Coats is primarily a B2B global manufacturing business. 

Connecting for Growth programme  
Our Connecting for Growth global, strategic transformation programme is designed to 
leverage simplification and digitisation. This allowed us to take cost out and reinvest the 
savings in digital and talent, bringing enhanced capabilities and innovation. 

During the year we have been implementing a new operating model – delayering the 
organisation by moving away from a country based model to one based around eight 
geographic clusters. While doing so, we changed the business model in seven smaller markets 
and discontinued manufacturing in two countries. We also moved to global functionalisation 
of finance, HR, legal, marketing, procurement and technology. This allows us to lower costs, 
have more control and compliance, and supports better decision making. 

Connecting for Growth has also introduced a strong emphasis on using digital technology for 
automation and connecting of disparate processes. One example of this is deploying robotic 
process automation within our ‘order to cash’ financial transactions or the use of data science 
to predict late payments or processes. 

Another example is our ‘Factory of the Future’ project where digitisation is again delivering 
efficiencies in our manufacturing. Through collecting data from spindles in our factories we are 
able to gain an understanding of the root causes of efficiency losses and so improve our final 
winding operations processes.  

These successes are achieving savings which we are re-investing to build our innovation and 
technology capabilities. We are also investing in up-skilling, training and developing our 
people. Hiring new talent with new capabilities is core to our people strategy.  

Highlights for 2018 
-  Continued growth in sales, 
profit margin and cash 
-  Connecting for Growth – 

accelerating our transition from 
the industrial to the digital age 

-  ThreadSol acquisition and 
investment in Twine bring 
hi-tech to the textile industry 
-  Successful UK pensions triennial 

valuation 

Priorities for 2019 
-  Continuing our focus 

on our key strategic areas 
of simplification, digital 
and innovation 

-  Delivery of our comprehensive 

five year sustainability plan with 
bold targets 

-  Embed technology 

- 

to enhance value delivery 
Integrate and optimise recent 
acquisitions 

‘Transforming for growth by leveraging 
talent and technology.’ 

6 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GROUP CHIEF EXECUTIVE’S STATEMENT 
CONTINUED 

’We recognise that in order to remain 
successful in the future, we must adapt 
to the fast changing markets in which 
we operate.’ 

‘Pioneering a sustainable future is 
central to our growth strategy.’ 

Digital 
We put the needs of our customers at the heart of everything we do and recognise that digital 
can help offset the ongoing industry pressures to increase speed and improve sustainability. 
This year, we established the Digital Advisory Council, which was set up to bring in external 
expertise to help steer our digital and technology strategy, and advise on its execution. Leaders 
from the digital sector sit on the council and provide us with insights on emerging technology, 
digital business and change management. In December 2018, we put our digital strategy into 
action by investing in Twine Solutions, a company that has developed a revolutionary digital 
thread dyeing system. It will also feature in built colour software integrated with our 
proprietary Coats ColourStitch software. With this investment, we are using digital to disrupt 
traditional boundaries and putting us at the forefront of this emerging field. 

Innovation 
Innovation is also crucial to our success. As a pioneering company we continually aim to deliver 
further revenue growth from creating value enhancing new products that do not currently 
exist. We measure this progress through our vitality index and it is pleasing to note that over 
20% of our organic Performance Materials revenues were in relation to products that did not 
exist some five years ago. 

To structure our approach to innovation we have established an Innovation Hub in North 
America, and a further two will be completed by H1, 2019 in China and EMEA. These are 
dedicated centres to foster collaboration with a range of partners including customers, brands 
and suppliers. The rapid prototyping offered in the Hubs is helping us to understand how to 
assist our customers in solving their big problems with speed. This approach to innovation is 
also helping us develop an eco-system built around universities, start-ups and suppliers.  

Acquisition 
We see acquisition as a key part of our growth strategy and actively look for opportunities that 
will allow us to apply hi-tech solutions to our, at times, low tech industry. We will look to 
acquire specialisation rather than simply market share. 

In December 2018, we announced we were acquiring ThreadSol, a cloud-based digital 
applications provider which uses proprietary algorithms built on artificial neural networks to 
optimise the purchasing and consumption of fabric which helps reduce costs and waste. 

ThreadSol is an exciting acquisition for us and we will be able to draw upon our demonstrable 
track record of successfully integrating bolt-on companies following the acquisitions of Patrick 
Yarn Mill, Gotex, Fast React Systems and GSD, all of which are performing well under our 
ownership. 

Sustainability 
During the year we undertook a strategic review of our sustainability programme and agreed 
with the Board a new programme of investment to drive our development in this area over 
the next five years. ‘Pioneering a sustainable future’ will be increasingly central to our growth 
strategy and is aligned to the needs of our customers. It will move us away from a position 
of defending value to one of creating long-term value though transforming our business, 
investing in technologies and identifying new opportunities for sustainable growth. 

We have five strategic priorities which we announced on 1 March 2019. For more details, 
see our Sustainability Report: www.coats.com/sustainability 

Looking ahead 
We enter 2019 in a strong position, with continued positive momentum in our core Apparel 
and Footwear and hi-tech Performance Materials businesses. The exit of our non-core North 
America Crafts business will ensure complete focus on growing our remaining businesses 
organically and identifying further value-add bolt-on acquisitions. 

Whilst we are cautious around the current macroeconomic uncertainties, based on our current 
assessment of business trends we remain confident in delivering another year of improving 
performance through effective execution of our strategy. 

Rajiv Sharma 
Group Chief Executive 
7 March 2019 

7 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MARKET TRENDS 

For more on our market 
environment go online 
www.coats.com/investors 

‘Coats is the market leader in supplying 
premium thread to the Apparel and 
Footwear industries.’ 

‘Demand for Performance Materials 
threads and yarns is increasing due 
to the pace of urbanisation.’ 

8 

What markets do we serve? 
Apparel and Footwear (A&F) 
Coats is the market leader in supplying premium thread to the Apparel and Footwear 
industries. The global market for thread is estimated to be c.$4 billion and while thread 
represents only 1-2% of the cost of a typical garment, it is recognised to be a critical 
component in the overall garment performance and efficiency of the production process. 
We are a key supply chain component in the $1.5 trillion global apparel and c.$350 billion 
footwear industries, which are projected to grow at low single digits in the medium term.  

Performance Materials  
We are global experts in the design and supply of high technology, high performance technical 
threads and yarn used in a range of industries which include automotive, household and 
recreation, medical, health and food, safety, telecoms, oil and gas, conductive and composites. 
We estimate the addressable market (i.e. that into which we currently or could realistically 
serve in the near term) is c.$3.2 billion in size, of which c.$2.7 billion is in relation to high 
technology end uses (e.g. composites and personal protection). We anticipate upper single 
digit medium term organic % growth in this area, with growth weighted towards high 
technology end uses. 

Trends that are impacting our businesses: 
1. Growth of the urban middle class in Asia  
Globally, the Apparel and Footwear thread market is expected to grow by low single digits % 
over the medium term, but this is projected to be higher in Asia. In 2018 retail sales in North 
America and Western Europe for the first time accounted for less than 50% of all global sales. 
Not only will Asian consumers demand more garments in the future – but more affluent 
consumers will demand higher-end garments, so we expect that regional sales from our many 
factories in Asia will increase over time.  

Demand for Performance Materials threads and yarns is increasing due to the pace of 
urbanisation (for example, the rollout of fibre optic cable networks) and economic growth, 
which means consumers purchase more products which require high performance materials 
(for example, leisure goods, automotive). 

Trend #1: Our response in the year  
To meet changing trends in footwear in the China domestic market we developed an 
engineered footwear yarn solution, Coats Knit. 

During the year, we developed one of our sites in Vietnam and the additional capacity 
now makes it one of our largest manufacturing units. 

2. Speed to market 
The rise of fast fashion, which has dramatically reduced the time between catwalk to high 
street, and consumers demanding more than just the traditional two season cycle has put 
tremendous pressure on the full garment supply chain. Not only do all participants need to act 
faster, to respond to shorter lead times, they need to act smarter also focusing on productivity. 

Our global asset footprint means we are uniquely placed, across the entire component supply 
chain, to manufacture and distribute consistently high quality products to service retailers’ 
multi-location sourcing strategies. We also have the digital tools such as our web-based service 
Coats Colour Express, the fastest thread sampling service in the world. 

Trend #2: Our response in the year  
We are investing in customer system integration enabling faster, more effective 
streamlined transactions. Tools such as our digital colour palettes enable customers 
to increase the speed of supply and response. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MARKET TRENDS 
CONTINUED 

3. Innovative uses of threads, yarns and fabrics 
Consumers are demanding more innovative products in every area of their lives and as a result 
new thread based application end uses continue to be identified. We are at the forefront of 
innovating smart thread and yarns to enhance the functionality or performance of many 
products in multiple end markets. This is a core competency in our Performance Materials 
business in which we have developed and grown sales in many new products such as flame 
retardant threads used in protective wear, and water swellable threads that protect fibre optic 
cables and composites that deliver high performance, light-weight solutions in industries such 
as oil and gas (e.g. deep water pipes) and automotive.  

Trend #3: Our response in the year  
We opened our first regional Innovation Hub in North America providing a structured 
way to work with customers to develop new ideas. We also launched new products 
such as Flamepro fabric yarn.  

4. Operating sustainably, increasing compliance and ethical standards 
A growing share of consumers, shareholders, authorities, brands/retailers and manufacturers 
are demanding more sustainable products and becoming increasingly focused on operating 
in a compliant and ethical way. Entire supply chains are coming under pressure not just to 
conform to local requirements but also to higher international standards as well – be these 
environmental, labour or sourcing. Increasingly shareholders seek to protect the long-term 
viability of their businesses and investments and, Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG) 
standards are being used by current and potential investors as a critical part of their assessment 
criteria. These challenges present both a need for driving change at scale but also an 
opportunity for long-term value creation. This goes to the heart of Coats values and standards. 
Our sustainability programme is integrated with our business strategy and helps us build and 
maintain both our reputation and our relationships with key stakeholders. 

Trend #4: Our response in the year  
During the year we undertook a strategic review of our Sustainability activities and 
launched the ‘Pioneering a sustainable future’ programme based around our five key 
priority areas and aligned to clear targets to be achieved by 2022. 

5. Increasing adoption of digital services 
Digital technology is playing an ever-increasing role in everyday life and this is replicated in 
the industries in which we operate, giving us a market leading online proposition. Ecommerce 
adoption had reached 85% by the end of 2018 and we have 120 thousand users accessing 
ecommerce to manage their orders over the last 12 months. This is a crucial platform for us to 
engage with our customers online to deliver speed, convenience, transparency and efficiency 
and we continue to improve customer experience through further digitisation of the order to 
cash process. 

We have been at the forefront of digital innovation by component suppliers to the global 
garment industry for several years now. Our Coats Colour Express service is the fastest thread 
sampling service in the world and Opti Express, is a revolutionary zip sampling service. We are 
continuing to enhance the services of our online sales organisation to manage sales to smaller 
customers. Our Online Business teams provide high levels of service and technical support to 
customers, as well as enabling customers to place, monitor and pay for their orders using 
our market leading ecommerce platform. 

Trend #5: Our response in the year  
We have invested in Twine Solutions, a start-up company that offers a digital on-
demand thread dyeing system that can continuously dye a single raw white thread to 
one of millions of shade choices. We also acquired ThreadSol, an exciting acquisition 
that supports a key aspect of our growth strategy: to build an innovative software 
solutions business for the apparel and footwear industries. 

9 

 
 
 
 
 
BUSINESS MODEL 

For an interactive version of  
our business model go online: 
www.coats.com/investors 

Our business model 
The elements of our business model  

‘What is fundamental to our success 
is our reputation. This ensures the trust 
and confidence of our stakeholders 
and therefore our ability to create 
ongoing value.’ 

‘Strong relationships, across all levels of 
our customers’ organisations provides us 
with deep market insight.’ 

How Coats creates value  
Our vision is to be the world’s leading Industrial textiles company delivering innovation, 
digital solutions and sustainable value to all our stakeholders. Our business model provides 
us with the framework to effectively design, manufacture, market and deliver high quality 
products and digital services.  

Our financial strength, resilience and ability to generate free cash flow provides us with the 
capacity to undertake well-considered, valuable investment into our products, services and 
people, to better meet our customers’ needs and further our success and brand reputation. 

While having the right products and services is critical, what is fundamental to our success 
is our reputation. This ensures the trust and confidence of our stakeholders and therefore 
our ability to create ongoing value. Three elements are pivotal to maintaining and further 
strengthening our reputation; our commitment to operating responsibly; our principles which 
guide our behaviours; and the effective and efficient management of risk. These components 
underpin our overall approach and impact every decision we make as they help to safeguard 
our reputation. 

1. Our resources: ‘Core strengths’ 
Customer relationships – we work with nearly 30,000 apparel, footwear and accessories 
customers, approx. 4,000 retailers and brands globally and around 7,000 customers in our 
Performance Materials business. These strong relationships, across all levels of our customers’ 
organisations provides us with deep market insight.  

Global asset base – we manufacture at some 50 sites, on six continents, with 100+ 
warehouses, the majority of which are connected by a global ERP system; this ensures 
we are uniquely positioned to deliver consistently high services levels for the industries we 
serve on a short lead time basis. 

People – our diverse international workforce of nearly 18,000 is both highly engaged and 
committed, with an employee engagement score of 83% in 2018 (keeping us in top 10% of 
all companies globally). 

Suppliers – we have a diverse and global supplier base of raw materials (predominantly 
polyester and nylon), intermediates (grey thread) and other materials (cones and chemicals). 
We proactively review market developments and continue to monitor and manage our supply 
chain carefully. See Supplier Risk in the Principal Risks and Uncertainties table on page 27. 

Responsibility – we have strong credentials amongst all component suppliers to the global 
garment industry; this helps us build and maintain both our reputation and our relationships 
with key stakeholders. 

10 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BUSINESS MODEL 
CONTINUED 

‘We use our expertise to support our 
customers by making thousands of 
technical interventions on the shop 
floor every year.’ 

2. Our capabilities: ‘Operational and commercial expertise’ 
Sales and marketing – through our network of customer and supplier relationships 
we have close interactions with the world’s leading global retailers, brands and 
manufacturers and are able to respond quickly to their specific needs, pressures 
and aspirations. 

‘We offer a technology business with 
deep industry expertise delivering great 
customer value and ideally placed 
to solve the Apparel and Footwear 
industry’s big problems – cost, 
speed, transparency.’ 

‘Through our activities we make an 
economic impact that stretches far 
beyond the boundaries of our own 
operations as we buy from local, 
regional and global suppliers.’ 

  Alternative Performance 
Measures – see note 37  
on page 152 

Manufacturing – we are able to service our customers with a globally consistent quality  
and colour that has been manufactured to high ethical, employment, and environmental 
standards. Whilst only 1-2% of the cost of a typical garment, seam failure as a result of lower 
cost threads can involve costly returns as well as reputational damage. Our products are 
tested and measured against stringent quality and safety standards. Above all, we provide 
‘peace of mind’ to our customers. 

New product / process innovation – through our global network we are always seeking to 
innovate in the industries in which we operate. In 2018 we opened the first innovation hub in 
the US, and two others are due to be opened in Turkey and China in H1 2019. Our R&D 
team works with customers to understand their needs, with support from academic 
institutions and specialist companies, developing new product solutions with our  
customers’ needs always front of mind. 

Technical – we use our expertise to support our customers by making thousands of technical 
interventions on the shop floor every year. 

Digital – by offering an industry leading set of services, from colour sampling to online 
training, ecommerce and supply chain management tools, this makes it easier to do business 
with us and offers greater value and time benefits to customers. 

3. Our products and services: ‘Value enhancing products and services’  

PRODUCTS 
Apparel and Footwear – we are the world’s leading manufacturer and supplier of a range  
of industrial sewing threads, with leading products such as Epic (fashion apparel), Dual Duty 
(denim) and Nylbond (footwear); under the Opti brand we are a major global manufacturer 
of metal, plastic and spiral zippers; and also offer a growing range of other trim products  
to the global garment industry, such as reflective tape and premium interlinings.  

Performance Materials – we produce multiple innovative threads and yarns for traditional 
and high technology uses and sell directly to global original equipment manufacturers 
(‘OEMs’). End-markets include household and recreation, healthcare (medical sutures), 
automotive (airbag thread), telecoms (coated fibreglass to provide strength to fibre optic 
cables), oil and gas (composite tapes for reinforcing pipes), protective clothing (flame 
retardant yarn) and composites (combinations of carbon fibre aramids, para and meta 
aramids, fibre glass, nylon, polyester). 

SERVICES 
Operating under Coats Global Services we offer a technology business with deep industry 
expertise delivering great customer value and ideally placed to solve the Apparel and 
Footwear industry’s big problems – cost, speed, transparency. 

Our most recent acquisition ThreadSol, perfectly complements our previous acquisitions of 
GSD and Fast React allowing us to offer an ever broader suite of industry leading 
consultancy, tools (e.g. cost benchmarking) and PLM software to garment manufacturers and 
brands / retailers. 

4. Our outputs: ‘Benefits for stakeholders’ 
Through our activities we make an economic impact that stretches far beyond the boundaries 
of our own operations as we buy from local, regional and global suppliers; through the 
wages we pay our employees; and as we pay interest to financial institutions and taxes and 
remittances to governments. We are economically linked with the local communities in which 
we operate and the markets that we serve around the world. As our business grows, then so 
does the positive economic impact we make. 

In 2018 we generated a total of $1.5 billion of economic contribution, of which the majority 
was distributed to our suppliers 62% and employees 22%. A further 4% corporation tax was 
paid in taxes to local and national governments. 

11 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
OUR STRATEGIC  
FRAMEWORK 

For an interactive version 
go online: 
www.coats.com/investors 

EACH ASPECT OF OUR STRATEGIC FRAMEWORK 
IS ALIGNED TO DELIVERING LONG TERM VALUE 

Our Vision 

To be the world’s leading industrial textiles company delivering 
innovation, digital solutions and sustainable value 

Our Strategic Goals 

Profitable sales 
growth 

Increased  
productivity 

Delivering 
value 

Our Strategic Pillars 

  Simplification  

  Digital 

Innovation 

  Acquisition 

  Sustainability 

•  These support us as 
we work towards 
achieving our vision 

•  They are aligned to 
the strengths of our 
investment case and 
business model  

•  This is our response to 
the macro challenges 
presented by digital 
technologies and 
changes in consumer 
demands and 
behaviours 

•  They provide us with 
levers for change and 
the tools that will 
enable us to deliver 
value and competitive 
advantage 

‘Connecting for Growth’ 

A two year global strategic change programme to accelerate our transition 
from the industrial to the digital age 

DELIVERING LONG TERM VALUE FOR ALL OUR STAKEHOLDERS  

12 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
OUR STRATEGIC 
GOALS 

OUR STRATEGIC GOALS ARE ALIGNED TO OUR INVESTMENT CASE 
AND BUSINESS MODEL  

Below is an overview of what they mean for the organisation, strategic achievements during 2018 and looking ahead to 2019. 

 PROFITABLE SALES GROWTH 

As a Group this means constantly working to ensure we pursue a growth agenda with strong sustainability credentials that are 
aligned to the requirements of major global brands and customers. 

For Apparel and Footwear this means we must remain relevant to the global Apparel and Footwear industry supply chain be ensuring 
we meet the industry imperatives of speed, productivity, quality, innovation and sustainability. We achieve this through continually 
developing our industry leading brands, strong market positions and customer relationships, and by offering new software services 
and operational excellence tools delivered digitally. During 2018 successes in this area included: the expansion of our operational 
capability in key markets such as Vietnam, where we expanded capacity at an existing factory; development of a new engineered yarn 
footwear product, Coats Knit; and increasing the size of our global Technical Service teams to meet customer requirements. 

For Performance Materials this means focusing our efforts in those markets where we have the ability to build scale through 
innovation, technical excellence and acquisition. Our global footprint allows us to connect growth technologies to new markets and 
customers. During 2018 successes in this area included the globalisation of Gotex’s Wire and Cable offer by opening a new 
production line in India.  

For 2019 our priority is to strive to generate sales growth across all our regions. Incremental sales from innovation will be key, 
as well as continuing to meet customer needs for speed, quality, peace of mind, innovation and sustainability to drive further 
market share gains. 

Relevant principal risks à Economic risk; Talent & capability; Product and services liability. 

 INCREASED PRODUCTIVITY 

As a Group this means we are always focused on meeting our commitments to generate consistent and strong free cash flow each 
year. This allows us to fund organic growth initiatives, meet our pension recovery payments, facilitate bolt on acquisitions and make 
shareholder returns. We are continually looking for initiatives to increase sales and employee productivity to help offset factors such 
as structural labour, energy and raw material inflation and support operating margins. 

During 2018 we made good progress in this area through delivering savings and growth via the Connecting for Growth (C4G) global 
strategic transformation programme. In addition our ROCE performance was 43% and our On Time and In Full (OTIF) rate increased 
by 5%. 

Looking ahead to 2019 we are committed to consolidating the C4G gains and embedding the new ways of working. A strong focus on 
cost management will enable us to continue to invest in the priority areas of Digital, Innovation and Talent. 

Relevant principal risks à Connecting for Growth; Environmental non-performance; Supplier non-performance; Cyber risk; 
Talent & capability. 

 VALUE DELIVERY 

For us as a Group this means providing superior value to our customers and delivering shareholder value through balancing our growth 
and efficiency agenda by providing a value proposition to our employees where they can develop to their full potential within a safe, 
respectful and inclusive workplace. 

During 2018 we worked to meet customer needs for speed, productivity and peace of mind, maintained progressive shareholder returns 
policy and made progress in our Journey to Zero through enhanced ISO19001 digital reporting and an increasing focus on identification 
of risks and near misses and consequent remedial actions. 

Looking ahead to 2019 our commercial and operational teams remain focused on delivering superior value to customers. We need to 
manage regulatory requirements and supply chain intricacies in an increasingly competitive environment; enhance our functional model 
to deliver world class service at reduced cost and risk; and further strengthen our health and safety management programme. 

Relevant principal risks à Connecting for Growth; Pensions scheme deficit funding risk; Talent & capability; 
Supplier non-performance/raw materials risk. 

13 

 
 
 
 
 
OUR STRATEGIC  
PILLARS 

OUR STRATEGIC PILLARS ARE OUR LEVERS FOR CHANGE AND 
PROVIDE THE TOOLS THAT WILL ENABLE US TO DELIVER VALUE 

They anticipate the continuing challenges from the macro trends that are shaping the world – be that urbanisation, the drive to 
sustainability or the ever-increasing adoption of digital technology – and give us the tools that will enable us to deliver value to 
customers, shareholders, employees and communities over the long-term. 

The pillars – Digital, Innovation, Simplification, Acquisition and Sustainability – are the building blocks to help us meet these challenges. 

Pillar 
SIMPLIFICATION 

DIGITAL 

Description  
In today’s digital age, and operating in the fast-
moving industries we are in, we recognise the 
need to be agile and capable of efficient delivery 
in the quickest possible timeframes. 

To achieve this, we are adopting lean and 
integrated processes, and an organisational 
culture focused on speed and simplification. 

To stay relevant, we recognise the need to evolve 
in new directions. This requires us to think ‘beyond 
the stitch line’ to collaborate with internal and 
external stakeholders, to repurpose our products 
into new areas and use machine learning and 
artificial intelligence for new ways of operating, 
fit for the digital age. 

INNOVATION 

This is at the heart of everything we do. We 
recognise that big, bold, game-changing ideas 
are crucial to our success. 

ACQUISITION 

SUSTAINABILITY 

We look to identify companies with unique 
capabilities, technology, innovations, or Intellectual 
Property that can be scaled to deliver value for 
customers and shareholders. 

Any acquisition must allow us to solve complex 
customer problems with ease. 

Our customers are increasingly pursuing their 
own ambitious sustainability agendas, so it is 
fundamental to our success to support them 
and align our material issues with theirs. 

Leading in this area will enable us to access new 
markets and opportunities to grow our business. 

Example  
Operating model – During the year we implemented a 
new streamlined operating model. We moved from a 
previous model of almost 50 countries with separate 
management teams and operations to eight geographic 
clusters supported by global functions eg Finance, Human 
Resources.  

This has delivered savings not only in operational costs 
but also in our speed to execute. 

Twine Solutions – In 2018 we made a strategic 
investment in Twine Solutions, an Israeli based 
technology start-up which has developed a revolutionary 
digital thread dyeing system which applies the features 
of small-scale digital printing to the traditional 
dyeing process.  

We are leveraging data science and artificial intelligence; 
We have 2,500 machines streaming data with two million 
new data points every day. 

Innovation Hubs – These are areas dedicated to 
innovation and new product development which will help 
us to deliver sales growth from new product launches 
and to put the customer at the heart of innovation by 
providing dedicated spaces to collaborate with them 
on, creating exciting new products together. 

More than 20% of our organic Performance Materials 
revenues are in relation to products that didn’t exist five 
years ago. 

ThreadSol – In December 2018 we acquired ThreadSol, 
whose ‘big data’ technology focuses on fabric usage 
optimisation in apparel manufacturing. This helps 
customers reduce fabric waste and cost and fits well with 
our customer base and infrastructure.  

The acquisition is for a cash consideration of up to 
$12 million over four years. 

Real time monitoring of effluent and emissions – we 
are using technology to bring greater visibility and 
transparency across our manufacturing operations.  

In 2018 we reduced Green House Gas emissions by 
a further 3% per unit of output, continuing the trend 
that has seen us reduce emissions by 25% over the 
last six years. 

14 

 
 
 
 
CONNECTING 
FOR GROWTH 

A TRANSFORMATION PROGRAMME ACCELERATING OUR TRANSITION 
FROM THE INDUSTRIAL TO THE DIGITAL AGE 

Connecting for Growth is our two year global transformation programme designed to drive speed, agility, innovation and lower costs 
across the organisation, whilst enabling the next phase of growth at Coats and accelerating our transition from the industrial age 
to the digital age.  

During 2018 leadership of the programme was provided by a Group Executive Team member, Ronan Cox, supported by a team of 
project managers. The programme is reviewed regularly, including through the use of key performance and risk indicators, at both 
executive management and Board level.  

This programme has focused on simplification across many aspects of the organisation, connecting the business end-to-end, and 
releasing funds for reinvestment in our customer-focused initiatives (e.g. innovation, marketing), digitisation and our people. 

Activities in 2018 
The programme extends beyond productivity improvements to delivering process excellence, improving customer satisfaction, 
and creating a wider pool of world class talent, all of which underpin our growth strategy and increase shareholder value. 

Leaner processes 

Organisational agility 

Speed and harmonisation 

Empowering teams  

•  ‘Factory of the Future’ – A 

programme for enhancing our 
manufacturing effectiveness – 
for example, collecting digital 
data from the thousands of 
machines we have across our 
supply chain allows us to 
gather data and insights to 
better understand root causes 
of efficiency losses and 
address them proactively. 

•  HR Information System – We 

have deployed a new ‘unified’ 
system for employee records – 
a single, global platform is 
providing faster and more 
informed decision making 
thanks to automated 
workflows. 

•  Smaller markets – In a number 
of smaller markets we have 
changed our operating model. 
This has led to us helping local 
management teams buy Coats 
businesses in Latvia, Lithuania 
and Ecuador.  

•  Direct export – We have 
moved to a direct export 
model in Chile, Uruguay and 
Malaysia, where we also 
ceased manufacturing. In 
South Africa, we ceased 
manufacturing and moved 
to a sales and distribution 
operating model. 

•  Financial Reporting – 
Adoption of online 
dashboards to automate and 
simplify the production of 
financial information. 

•  Product harmonisation –
Simplifying our product 
ranges and portfolios has 
allowed us to improve our 
speed of operation and 
customer service. We have 
moved from a range of 300+ 
brands to less than 150 and 
delivered a reduction of some 
390,000 SKUs. 

•  Training and tools – To 

support and embed the new 
function operating model 
training programmes have 
been developed. These 
include Business Partner 
Training and Sales Accelerator 
Programmes. 

•  New talent – Introducing 
new specialists into the 
organisations – such as new 
Data Scientists. These hires 
provide the skills, talents and 
experience to deliver new 
digital growth programmes. 

Good progress was made in 2018, and as a result, initial net benefits (after reinvestments), are being realised faster than initially 
anticipated with $15 million net benefits to adjusted operating profit realised in 2018. $23 million of the anticipated $30 million total 
exceptional reorganisation charge has been incurred in 2018, with the remainder anticipated to be incurred in 2019. 

These exceptional reorganisation costs comprised severance costs of $20.5 million, fixed asset disposals and write offs of $0.6 million 
and closure and other one off costs of $1.7 million. 

As a result of the good progress made to date we anticipate net benefits (after reinvestments) of $23 million in 2020 when the 
programme is scheduled to complete. 

Approach in 2019 
As we move into 2019 the focus on the programme will be to deliver agreed plans and to ensure new ways of working are embedded 
across the organisation. 

15 

 
 
KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATORS 

MONITORING PERFORMANCE TO MEASURE THE GROUP’S PROGRESS 
TODAY AND ONGOING PERFORMANCE TOMORROW. 

During 2018 we continued to monitor our performance and progress using the consistent range of key performance indicators used in 
the prior year. These non-GAAP measures are set out below. For further details of how these financial Alternative Performance Measures 
are reconciled to the nearest corresponding statutory measure see note 37 on page 152. 

KPI 

Definition 

Why we measure this  

Performance (% year on year) 

2018 commentary  

Revenue  
growth1 

Annual organic growth 
in sales at like-for-like  
exchange rates. 

Linked to our 
strategic goal 

Measures the ability of the 
Company to grow sales  
by operating in selected 
geographies and segments 
and offering differentiated, 
cost competitive products 
and services. 

  Adjusted 
operating 
profit 
growth2 

Linked to 
strategic goal 

Annual organic growth in 
operating profit, adjusted 
for exceptional and 
acquisition related items, 
at like-for-like exchange 
rates. 

Measures the underlying 
profitability progression  
of the Company. 

  Adjusted 
earnings  
per share  
growth3 

Annual growth in reported  
EPS from continuing 
activities, excluding 
exceptional and acquisition 
related items. 

Measures the underlying 
progression of the benefits 
generated for shareholders. 

Linked to our 
strategic goal 

  Adjusted 
free  
cash flow4 

Linked to our 
strategic goal 

Cash generated from 
continuing activities less  
capital expenditure, interest, 
tax, dividends to minority 
interests and other items, 
and excluding exceptional 
and discontinued items, 
acquisitions, and UK pension 
recovery payments. 

Measures the Company’s 
underlying cash generation 
that is available to service 
capital demands. 

16 

Continued momentum in 
A&F thread business driven 
by volumes, price and mix, 
with some offset from 
temporary fashion trends in 
Zips and a decline in LatAm 
Crafts. Accelerated organic 
growth in Performance 
Materials driven by hi-tech 
end uses, with the US 
consumer durables market 
(e.g. bedding) remaining 
soft. 

Volume growth, price, 
productivity, procurement 
and cost savings (including 
C4G) have more than offset 
inflationary cost pressures. 

EPS growth was driven by 
adjusted operating profit 
growth, a reduction in the 
underlying tax rate and 
pension finance charge, 
with some offset from 
foreign exchange and 
interest, and a strong 
performance in our key 
markets where we have 
minorities interest. 

The lower growth 
compared to 2017 is mainly 
due to one off exchange 
losses in 2016 of $5m and 
a smaller decrease in the 
effective tax rate. 

Generated good levels of 
free cash, and higher year 
on year, driven by increased 
adjusted operating profits, 
alongside controlled net 
working capital, whilst 
maintain CAPEX above 
depreciation. 

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATORS 
CONTINUED 

KPI 

Description 

Why we measure this  

Performance (%) 

2018 commentary  

Measures the ability of the 
Company’s assets to 
deliver returns. 

Higher operating profits 
whilst successfully 
controlling our asset base. 

Return on  
capital employed 
(ROCE)5 

Linked to our 
strategic goal

Recordable 
accident rate 
(RAR) 

Linked to our 
strategic goal

Pre-exceptional operating 
profit from continuing 
operations for the year 
divided by capital employed 
(property, plant and 
equipment plus net working 
capital) at year end. 

Number of work-related 
injuries and illnesses per 100 
Full Time Employees (FTEs) 
per year that are considered 
recordable by the US 
Occupational Safety and 
Health Administration 
(‘OSHA’). 

Measures the performance 
of the Company in 
delivering a safe and healthy 
working environment  
for employees. 

Employee 
engagement 
score 

Annual global survey with 
results benchmarked by IBM 
Kenexa, a leading specialist 
survey organisation. 

Linked to 
strategic goal

Measures the Company’s 
performance in delivering  
an effective and efficient 
work place culture and  
how proud and willing 
people are to work towards 
achieving common goals. 

Paying for Performance 
The incentive plans used to reward the Directors and our senior managers, include Performance Measures linked to certain 
of our Key Performance Indicators. For more detail see the Directors’ Remuneration Report on pages 57 to 71. 

1  Revenue growth in 2017 and 2016 excludes contribution from acquisitions made during the period. Revenue growth in 2017 and 2016 also excludes the discontinued North America Crafts business. 
2  Adjusted operating profit growth in 2017 and 2016 excludes contribution from acquisitions made during the period. Adjusted operating profit growth in 2017 and 2016 also excludes the discontinued 

North America Crafts business. 

3  Adjusted EPS growth in 2017 and 2016 excludes the discontinued North America Crafts business. 
4  Adjusted free cash flow in 2017 and 2016 excludes the discontinued North America Crafts business. 
5  ROCE based on adjusted operating profits and excludes the discontinued North America Crafts business. With effect from 1 January 2017 capital employed used in the definition of ROCE includes 

intangible assets in relation to recent acquisitions. ROCE for 2016 has been restated consistent with the current definition.  

17 

 As a result of our new 
digital reporting system, 
which is more effective in 
capturing all incidents, both 
recordable and near misses, 
there has been a slight 
increase in the number of 
recordable incidents. At the 
same time the average lost 
time per incident has 
dropped substantially from 
14.7 days in 2017 to 10.6 
in 2018, reflecting a 
significant reduction in 
the severity of incidents. 

 We continued to benchmark 
our workplace culture, and 
assess how people feel 
about working at Coats. 
Actions taken as a result 
of the 2017 survey allowed 
us to maintain our 
engagement level which 
is in the top 10% in the 
global IBM / Kenexa survey. 

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PEOPLE 

Highlights for 2018 
-  Further strengthened H&S 
management programme 
moving from lagging to leading 
indicators 

-  Developed ‘Doing the right 

thing’ campaign to cover wider 
ethics and human rights issues 

-  Continued investment in 

leadership and management 
capability programmes 

Priorities for 2019 
-  Establish H&S strategy for 

Journey to Zero  

-  Enhance our focus on health 

and well-being 

-  Embed capability building 

through world class talent and 
leadership programmes 

-  Diversity and inclusion strategy 

acceleration 

-  Simplify and standardise our key 
People processes and data 
analytics 

Further information on our 
People policies is available at 
www.coats.com/people 

18 

CREATING A FAIR, SAFE AND INCLUSIVE PLACE 
TO WORK FOR ALL OUR EMPLOYEES IS OUR 
KEY PRIORITY. 

Building capability and growing talent 
Coats is a global organisation with thousands of team members spread across more than 
50 countries around the world. It is vitally important that we harness the benefits that this 
diversity brings, while at the same time building a consistent and robust way of working. 
We are operating in changing times, as we transition from an industrial to an increasingly 
digital world. 

Recognising that we must adapt and evolve our culture, we are engaging the right people with 
the right skills to support this change to ensure we remain competitive in the future. We are 
also actively embracing technology and new ways of working, while at the same time 
remaining respectful and inclusive, promoting positive teamwork and ensuring the well-being 
of all our employees. 

This year we have made great progress. Our People strategy is helping us to deliver our 
Connecting for Growth global transformation programme. We have reviewed our 
management structures and business processes, and created a new global banding structure, 
which has resulted in a less complex organisational structure. This move is aligned with our 
company priority of simplification, and gives us greater flexibility and global consistency of job 
roles and responsibilities. It also offers our employees clearer career pathways to support their 
personal development. 

We have continued to embrace digitisation, and in 2018 implemented a new online platform – 
SAP SuccessFactors, to improve and standardise the way we support and manage our people 
across the business. This is a powerful tool that allows us to have complete visibility of our 
talent pool globally. Data reports and analytics from this platform will provide us with better 
insights on talent utilisation, requirements, attraction, development and retention. 

Growing our leadership capability 
To meet our commercial goals and support the evolution of our culture, we are developing our 
technical and management capabilities. We are also focusing on attracting and retaining a 
talented workforce that delivers through innovation, collaboration and a growth mind-set.  

Our two flagship leadership training programmes, Management Capability Development 
(MCD) and Transcend are designed to develop both the core leadership skills needed to 
achieve our short-term goals, and the specific skill sets that will take the business into the next 
decade. In 2018, we deliberately increased the numbers of women engaged in both. This year, 
the role of functional Business Partner was introduced across the company. Business Partners 
take a proactive approach to working with other internal stakeholders to become trusted 
advisors and help advise on strategic planning and decision making.  

To support these employees, a new training programme was rolled out to help embed a 
growth mind-set, and develop the skills and knowledge needed to perform their new roles. 
We also ran a Sales Accelerator training programme for around 100 of our commercial leaders. 
The training built on the foundations that were laid with the salesforce effectiveness training 
that took place in 2014 and 2015. It enables participants to deliver profitable sales growth by 
taking full advantage of new opportunities unlocked by innovation and digitisation. To help 
deliver value to all our employees, we have significantly expanded the content on our digital 
learning portal. There are now approximately 2000 titles available in multiple languages, 
covering a whole range of topics from business skills to leadership and management. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PEOPLE 
CONTINUED 

Gender diversity1 

Employee engagement score (%) 

Recordable accident rate 
(Number of accidents per 100 
FTEs per year) 

1  Senior management: Coats employees Grade 3 

and below, excluding Board Directors. 

2  As benchmarked by IBM Kenexa, a leading  

specialist survey organisation  

Employee engagement and our inclusive culture 
We strive to create an inclusive culture in an organisation where employees from diverse 
backgrounds can be comfortable, confident and aspirational at work. Our Diversity and 
Inclusion (D&I) strategy is centred around four key pillars: providing education and capability 
building through training in inclusive leadership and unconscious bias; establishing local D&I 
resource groups to share best practice; regularly measuring our demographics to track progress 
and establishing talent acceleration programmes to develop female, multicultural and 
millennial leaders of the future. Our D&I strategy is led by the Group Executive Team and 
through our Steering Group, which conducts regular global D&I Network calls. 

We continue to identify relevant programmes and activities to identify opportunities and push 
for positive change so everyone has an equal opportunity to succeed. In March 2018, we 
celebrated International Women’s Day under the global theme #PressforProgress. Both teams 
and individuals across the world identified actions that could be taken locally to support 
inclusion and increase gender diversity. We were pleased to see an increase in the percentage 
of females at senior levels and 32 nationalities represented amongst our 213 senior leaders 
this year. 

Employees are our greatest asset and their well-being, happiness and professional fulfillment 
are of paramount importance to us. To measure our performance, we carry out a global 
employee engagement survey on an annual basis. The results of the 2018 survey showed a 
maintained engagement score of 83%, keeping Coats in the top 10% of companies globally2 
for the fifth year in a row. Participation rates remained high with 98% of people taking part. 
The results also included the Performance Enablement Index and the Manager Effectiveness 
Index which were 86% and 82% respectively. It is encouraging to see that overall scores 
continue to be high with all indices significantly exceeding the IBM global norm, and our 
engagement and enablement scores are amongst the top 10% of companies globally. This 
reflects strong support for the company's vision, strategy, values, culture, priorities and 
delivery. Coats’ culture and performance has been recognised externally. There has been 
a selection of awards across the globe which recognise Coats’ progressive position in this area. 
For example, Coats Brazil was included in the best 80 companies to work for in Brazil, Coats 
Indonesia was awarded ‘Best company in Bogor’ and Coats Vietnam was also named as one 
of the best companies to work for. These awards are testament to our commitment to the 
operation of a highly ethical business with high employment standards and a culture of 
openness and integrity, which in turn creates value for all stakeholders. 

Ensuring a safe and healthy working environment 
We are committed to maintaining high standards of employee safety and this remains our 
number one priority. In 2018, there was a focus on risk reduction in the workplace around 
the key risk areas of working at heights, electrical and forklifts. We are actively embedding 
a positive safety culture in our workplaces. During 2018 we undertook a project to install 
advance warning lights on all our forklift trucks, leading to a 25% reduction in safety incidents 
with these vehicles. Our second health and safety climate survey took place in May 2018 and 
we were pleased to see that 91% of our units scored better than the industry benchmark. 

We have established a centralised H&S management system and during 2018 developed a 
new online incident and audit management system using the Intelex Management Software. 
We championed the use of Intelex through a global reporting campaign. This is now giving 
us increased visibility of our safety performance down to a local level. The data lake we are 
building within Intelex will enable us to become more predictive by mining data on areas of 
potential hazards. Our aim is to ensure that the working environments of all our employees 
across the world meet industry best practice standards and to date 13 of our manufacturing 
sites are certified to OHSAS18001. We are gradually moving over to ISO 45001, the new 
standard, with the target of having all our manufacturing sites certified by 2025. Our global 
total recordable injury rate was 0.58. This compares to 0.56 in 2017. 

Our goal is an injury free workplace – our Journey to Zero strategy is now in place and we 
have established global objectives based on the top risks in the workplace. We are pushing to 
eliminate reactivity and instead are promoting the consideration of future accidents and then 
taking actions to prevent them. We are improving the dashboarding for real-time KPI tracking, 
insight and steer, and we are establishing learning processes and best practice networks. Our 
goal is to instil a true safety culture into the hearts and minds of all our teams; promoting an 
open mind-set to find smarter and more efficient ways to operate; and in this way transform 
our working practices for growth. 

19 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CORPORATE RESPONSIBILITY 

WE HAVE SET AN AMBITIOUS NEW STRATEGY THAT 
WILL ACCELERATE OUR PROGRESS TOWARDS A 
MORE SUSTAINABLE FUTURE.  

Sustainability is one of the foundations guiding all that we do. These foundations underpin our 
decision making and are an important part of our commercial success. This goes well beyond 
just doing the right thing in the communities where we work or protecting the environment 
near our factories, it’s about enhancing our business and creating new opportunities to be 
more efficient, develop better products and build stronger relationships with our stakeholders. 

Our customers are increasingly pursuing their own ambitious sustainability agendas, so it is to 
our advantage if we can help them do this. In turn, this enables us to access new markets and 
opportunities to grow our business. Our investors value this growth, as well as the protection 
of their investment as we manage the social and environmental risks faced by a global 
manufacturing business. And our employees are motivated and proud to work for a company 
that is innovative, well managed and takes its responsibilities seriously. 

Managing our environmental, social and governance responsibilities 
Sustainability is part of our everyday business, not just a siloed activity of the few. Achievement 
of the objectives we set rests within the functions that have the expertise and resources to 
realise them. Oversight and monitoring of our progress is provided by a Sustainability Delivery 
Team of senior leaders from across the business, chaired by three Global Executive Team 
members. 

Last year we reported on the work we had undertaken to establish key areas of focus for our 
sustainability programme. This included a global materiality assessment to identify the key 
issues for our business based on relevance to the achievement of our commercial goals and 
relevance to our stakeholders. During 2018, we have gone further to develop an ambitious 
new strategy for Coats which we are proud to launch this year. More details on our strategy 
and our key targets can be found within our 2018 Sustainability Report, downloadable 
from our website. 

Our strategy ‘Pioneering a sustainable future’ focusses on five priority areas where we can 
accelerate progress, through the targeted investment of capital and resources. These are: 

•  Water: Managing precious resources wisely 

•  Energy: Renewables for sustainable future 

•  Effluent and emissions: Working for a cleaner world 

•  Living Sustainably: Protecting our planet 

•  Social: Creating safe and sustainable places to work 

Highlights for 2018 
-  New strategy with ambitious 

targets announced 

-  Continued savings in water 
use. 28% reduction per kilo 
produced over last 6 years 
-  Significant increase in water 

recycling, now 20% 
-  Continued reduction in 

manufacturing energy use, 
down 22% per kilo in last 
6 years 

Priorities for 2019 
-  Develop detailed plans 

to deliver strategy targets 
through to 2022 

-  Continue development of more 
sustainable product options 

-  Broaden the scope of our 

renewable energy programmes 

For more about our approach 
to Sustainability see 
www.coats.com/ 
sustainability 

The priority areas in our new 
strategy cover all our top 10 
material issues: 

Priority area 

Materiality issue 

Water 

Energy 

Effluent & 
emissions 

Living 
Sustainably 

Social 

Water consumption 

Energy consumption 

Environmental 
footprint 
Environmental legal 
compliance 

Waste generation 
& recycling 
Resource scarcity 

Health & safety 
Child Labour 
Forced Labour 

All underpinned 
by 

Transparency & 
reporting 

20 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CORPORATE RESPONSIBILITY 
CONTINUED 

Economic contribution ($m) 

For more information on 
economic contribution see 
www.coats.com/ 
sustainability 

63% 

Of our packaging is now from recycled 
material, up from 57% in 2017 

20% 

Of all our water is internally recycled 
and reused. In some plants up to 95% 
of water is reused  

Water usage 
(litres per kg of dyed product) 

Managing precious resources wisely 
Without water we could not make thread. Most of the water we use is in dyeing our products, 
but it’s also used to produce the raw materials we need and throughout the manufacturing 
process. It is a vital and shared resource and we need to make sure we use it efficiently, 
particularly as water is scarce in some parts of the world. 

We have continued to reduce water use per kg of dyed product by 3% compared to 2017. 
This is mainly through changes to processes we use, but also through increased awareness 
amongst our employees. 

In all the new dyeing machines that we install, we are now able to dye with half the amount 
of water used in traditional machines, so as we replace old machines or expand capacity, we 
will utilise increasingly less water. 

We have also increased the amount of water we recycle, which now represents over 20% of 
the total amount we use. For example, at our manufacturing unit in Sevier, in the US, we have 
started to recycle water discharged from the water-cooled air conditioning system saving 10% 
of the site’s total water use every year. 

Working for a cleaner world 
At Coats, we aim to ensure that the water we discharge is safe and will not damage the 
environment around our factories. We are members of the Zero Discharge of Hazardous 
Chemicals (ZDHC) Programme which aims to eliminate hazardous chemicals from the 
global footwear and textile supply chain and ensure that effluent is properly treated. 

We have robust programmes in place to ensure we comply with local legislation, which is 
becoming more and more stringent, but often we will go further than this investing in new 
technology to treat the effluent we produce. Since 2016, we have committed over $10 million 
in the construction of new treatment plants at our facilities in Bangladesh, Honduras, India 
and Vietnam. 

We have also started a programme to automate and enhance the testing of wastewater from 
our manufacturing sites. The new system automatically measures the water quality and triggers 
an alarm if any of the key parameters gets close to, or above, the limits we have set. This 
enables us to monitor wastewater quality in real time and decide what action to take to 
continuously ensure our compliance with our standards. 

Renewables for sustainable future 
The use of fossil fuels and the associated greenhouse gas emissions contribute to climate 
change. Climate change can potentially damage our business and the communities we serve, 
as global temperatures increase, and weather patterns are affected. We have a responsibility 
to reduce our contribution and mitigate these risks. 

In 2018, we generated 302 thousand tonnes of greenhouse gas emissions. This is reduction of 
2.7% compared to the same period the previous year, despite production increasing by 0.7%. 
As a result, emissions per kilo of dyed product we produced fell by 3.4%, as we have invested 
in more efficient production processes and sourcing of more renewable energy. Last year, the 
latter accounted for 28% of all the energy we used. 

Protecting our planet 
To ensure growth, now and in the future, it is important that we use resources efficiently. We 
reduce, reuse and recycle our waste, using resources economically and limiting the disposal of 
waste to landfill. 

In 2018, we have focused on extending our waste reporting to include all areas of our business 
activities and to form the basis for our future reduction targets. In 2018, 8% of our purchased 
materials became waste of which 76% was reused or recycled. 

Furthermore, we are increasingly using others’ waste to produce innovative new recycled 
products. For example, we manufacture our recycled EcoVerde threads from discarded plastic 
(PET) drinks bottles. Coats EcoVerde is the only globally available 100% recycled range of 
premium sewing threads on the market today and offers the same proven level of performance 
as the industry’s leading non-recycled threads. The core products in this range were launched 
in 2018 so sales are currently small but demand is growing rapidly. We also manufacture 
recycled metal and plastic zips, Opti M EcoVerde and Opti S EcoVerde. We have also increased 
the use of recycled material in our product packaging. This now accounts for 63% of our 
packaging (compared to 57% in 2017). 

21 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CORPORATE RESPONSIBILITY 
CONTINUED 

We also work closely with our customers to help them use more sustainable materials 
and reduce their waste. For example, we have developed advanced, high-performance 
thermoplastic products that are lightweight yet extremely strong for use in the automotive 
and aerospace industries. This can help reduce the weight of vehicles making them more 
efficient to run, but that can also be moulded into the right shape and size, so reducing waste 
during the manufacturing process. They are also recyclable. 

Creating safe and sustainable places to work 
We attach great importance to running our business and partnerships in a transparent and 
ethical manner. We maintain high standards, and this applies to our everyday decision-making 
and how we communicate with our stakeholders. 

Our global Ethics Code, Business Code of Conduct and Anti-Bribery Policy apply to all 
employees, and we expect our suppliers to abide by the principles laid out in these documents. 
All senior employees and those with customer facing roles undertake ethics and compliance 
training. These courses are done as part of the induction for new starters and every 2 years 
to refresh. In 2018, over 4100 employees completed the course. Our ‘Doing the right thing’ 
programme embeds this further into our culture, with around 41 Ethical Culture Champions 
in 32 countries acting as points of contact and support across the world. In October we held 
our second Global Ethics Day with the theme of #Ethics&Me. 

We support the UN Guiding Principles on Business and Human Rights throughout all our 
operations. Our global policies uphold the requirements of the UN Declaration of Human 
Rights and the Convention on the Rights of the Child, the core ILO Conventions, and the OECD 
Guidelines for Multinational Enterprises. We uphold the aims of the California Transparency in 
Supply Chains Act of 2010 and the UK Modern Slavery Act 2015 and publish a statement on 
what we are doing to prevent modern slavery in our business and supply chain on our website. 
This year we have also developed and launched online training to raise awareness of the risks 
of Modern Slavery and how to prevent it within our supply chain. 

We are committed to maintaining high standards of employee safety and engaging with our 
workforce on issues that matter to them. More information on this can be found on page 19. 

Non-Financial Information Statement 
We aim to comply with the Non-Financial Reporting requirements contained in sections 
414CA and 414CB of the Companies Act 2006. Further information on the basis of 
preparation of our non-financial information can be found in our 2018 Sustainability Report 
and online at www.coats.com/sustainability 

Energy use  
(Kwh per kg of dyed product) 

Emissions intensity*  
(tonnes CO2e/$m sales) 

*  For a table of results ranging from 2011-2018  

see Directors’ Report page 72. These figures are 
based on continuing and discontinued operations, 
so NA Crafts, sold on 20/02/19, is included. 

Renewable energy  
(% of total energy used in year) 

22 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PRINCIPAL RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES 

Highlights for 2018 
-  Strong execution of the global 
transformation programme 
resulting in this risk now 
becoming stabilised  

-  Consolidating of the three UK 
defined benefit pensions 
schemes into one single scheme 
and simplifying our governance 
requirements; and agreeing a 
single funding valuation which 
sets our UK pension deficit 
contributions for the next three 
years at an affordable level 
Implementing a global digital 
platform to ensure prudent 
management of our 
environmental non- 
performance risk 

- 

-  Conducting a comprehensive 
review of the Principal Risk 
Register resulting in movement 
of principal risks both upwards 
and downwards to reflect the 
changing internal and external 
risk landscape 

-  Risk management discussions as 
a standing agenda item at every 
Board meeting 

Priorities for 2019 
-  Ongoing monitoring and 

management of the increasing 
supplier risk 

-  Focus on economic risk ensuring 
there is continuous assessment 
of, and contingency planning 
for, the evolving economic 
environment 

-  Ensuring the global strategic 
transformation programme is 
fully embedded across the 
business 

-  Through our Supplier Code and 
other programmes, ensuring we 
are continuing to consistently 
embed our values and 
compliance requirements 

‘Good risk management drives better 
commercial decisions, ensuring the 
growth of a resilient and sustainable 
business.’ 

EFFECTIVE RISK MANAGEMENT IS ESSENTIAL 
TO SMARTLY AND PRUDENTLY ACHIEVING 
OUR STRATEGIC GOALS. 

Overview 
Risk is inherent in all business activities and as a global industrial manufacturer, we maintain a 
comprehensive risk management framework that serves to identify, assess and respond to such 
principal risks. We also operate in a meritocratic culture with a clear commitment to maintain, 
foster and promote an ethical, legal and sustainable business environment. 

Our approach is focused on the timely identification of risks and related opportunities, 
combined with their appropriate mitigation and escalation. We have embedded throughout 
the Group, the structural means to identify, prioritise and manage the risks involved in all 
of our activities. This enables us to run our business effectively and deliver our strategy in the 
knowledge that the likelihood and/or impact associated with such risks is understood and 
managed within our risk tolerance.  

Governance structure 
Good risk management drives better commercial decisions, helping to deliver ongoing growth 
for a resilient and sustainable business. The Group is constantly alert to new and evolving risks. 
We operate a formal governance structure to manage risk across the Group and assign clear 
accountability for managing our risks. Overall responsibility for reviewing the Group’s risk 
profile and setting risk tolerance, as well as assessing the Group’s principal risks, rests with the 
Board. However, the management of risk using our common risk management framework 
is embedded throughout our global manufacturing, distribution, sales and other business 
operations, as well as our enabling functions, with all our employees having an important role 
to play. 

Local business units and enabling functions globally, as well as the Group’s senior executive 
leadership team, regularly review a broad range of individual current strategic and operational 
risks, as well as conducting broader horizon scanning reviews of emerging and potential such 
risks. They also monitor key risk indicators for a number of these risks, which provide early 
warning signals and assist with prompt and proactive risk management and mitigation.  

Through these reviews and their appropriate escalation, the Board receives actionable 
information and updates which assist it in conducting its own such reviews, monitoring the 
Group’s risk exposure, identifying the principal risks and determining an appropriate level 
of risk tolerance. 

Culture 
The Board is keenly aware that the effectiveness of our risk management is dependent not only 
on systems and processes but also on behaviours. At Coats, there is a culture of openness and 
transparency in how we make decisions and manage risk.  

During 2018 we continued to review and reinforce our Ethics Code and supporting policies, 
training, communications and compliance activities – this also included further training and 
auditing in relation to our comprehensive Supplier Code.  

Our focus on reinforcing ethical business behaviour and compliance has been enhanced 
through an ongoing Coats Ethical Culture programme at both Group and local levels. Ethics 
and integrity, along with Health & Safety, are at the core of our organisation’s DNA, and we 
continue to embed our ethical culture in order to mitigate against potential scenarios which 
could put the organisation at risk. Employees are proactively encouraged, through training, 
discussions and other means, to act with integrity and to question any unethical behaviour. 
Our programme of ‘Doing the Right Thing’ in 2018 also included sharing numerous positive 
examples of when employees clearly did the right thing, as well as examples of employees 
calling out unethical practices and behaviours – all of which drives greater understanding, 
engagement, discussion and transparency among employees across the Group. As 
demonstration of that, the 2018 whistleblowing figures compared to 2017 show that twice 
as many concerns were raised in 2018 but also show a one third drop in the number of those 
concerns which were upheld after investigation, indicating an increasingly sensitised and 
ethically engaged workforce, along with a decrease in the proportion of actual ethical 
incidents. See whistle blowing procedure on page 55. 

23 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PRINCIPAL RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES 
CONTINUED 

Identification and management of risk 
Understanding the risks that our business is exposed to, and deploying strategies that ensure 
residual exposures remain within acceptable parameters, is key to managing our business well. 
Our risk framework is based around four categories, which are used to build the Group Risk 
Register. Focusing on the risks that may impact the strategic objectives of Coats, the Board has 
then defined 10 principal risks within that Group Risk Register. These risks, and the steps we 
have taken to mitigate these risks, are detailed on the following pages. 

Our approach to identifying risks follows a dual approach: 
1) ‘Top-down approach’ based on regular input and insights from, and deep dive discussions 
involving, the Board, the Audit & Risk Committee and the Group Risk Management 
Committee, drawing on a broad range of internal and external operational, commercial, 
economic and other perspectives, and helping to establish the key risks, and potential future 
risks, which could threaten the Group and its ability to deliver its strategy. This gives colleagues 
throughout the Group a clear direction and set of priorities in their ongoing discharge of their 
own risk management responsibilities. 

2) ‘Bottom-up approach’ based on regular individual business unit/function-level input  
which helps to identify the risks which could threaten local business or functional activities. 
While these risks are managed at the local level, they are also aggregated and escalated  
as appropriate to the Group Risk Management Committee and the Board to help in the  
ongoing cycle of identification, testing and reviewing described further below.  

We operate an ongoing cycle of identifying risks; setting risk tolerance levels for those risks; 
testing those risks and risk tolerance levels through deep dive analysis into likelihood of 
occurrence (including through the use of key risk indicators), impacts, mitigation plans, related 
opportunities and resource and capital expenditure implications; then reviewing those risks and 
risk tolerance levels accordingly. We regularly review and, as appropriate, refine our risk 
management and reporting processes and activities, to enhance our ability to identify issues 
promptly and to proactively manage any risks and related opportunities. 

Risk tolerance structure  
Our risk tolerance is determined using four categories which are listed below: 

•  Very Risk Averse: where we are very cautious and seek to minimise the financial and 

reputational risk as far as possible. Mitigation costs are accepted albeit that they might 
exceed the potential loss 

•  Risk Averse: where we are cautious and seek to reduce the financial and reputational risk. 

Mitigation actions are proportional and based on cost effectiveness 

•  Somewhat Risk Tolerant: where we are willing to take some financial and reputational  
risk to achieve our objectives. Mitigation actions are again proportional and based on  
cost effectiveness and 

•  High Degree of Risk Tolerance: where we are willing to take significant financial risk to 

achieve our objectives. Mitigation involves an active management of risk-return trade-offs. 

The Principal Risks that the company is exposed to fall into the categories of: 

•  Strategic: Risks that could adversely impact the Group’s ability to achieve its defined 

strategic objectives. 

•  External: Risks arising from the macroeconomic climate, political events, regulatory issues 

and competitive pressures. 

•  Operational: Risks inherent in our ongoing commercial operations and geographic footprint, 

which if not effectively managed, would be liable to cause significant commercial 
disruption.  

•  Legacy: Risks relating to the Group’s past operations and activities, including through 
historical mergers and acquisitions, which could create material financial exposure for 
the Group. 

‘Health and safety, ethics and integrity 
are at the core of our organisation’s 
DNA.’ 

‘Understanding the risks that our 
business is exposed to, and deploying 
strategies that ensure residual exposures 
remain within acceptable parameters is 
key to managing our business well.’ 

24 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PRINCIPAL RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES 
CONTINUED 

Throughout the year, the Board has kept each of the principal risks under review with support from the Group Risk Management 
Committee. The Board also undertook a comprehensive assessment of the principal risks facing the Group, along with the current levels 
of risk tolerance for each of those risks. Due to the ever-changing global risk environment, the following risks have been updated 
since 2017: 

NEW 

DEMOTED 

‘Risk of supplier non-performance and/or unavailability and/or price increases of raw materials’ has been moved up from a Key 
Risk to the category of Principal Risk in light of various market developments leading to limited availability of a number of key 
raw materials and a restricted number of suppliers for certain such raw materials. 

‘Risk of failure to identify, understand and respond to customer and end user expectations’ has been moved down and off the 
list of Principal Risks and is now categorised as a Key Risk due to the ongoing focus, monitoring and actions taken by the 
management team throughout the course of 2018. 

DEMOTED IN PART 

‘Risk of legacy environmental matters’: with the exception of the Lower Passaic River matter. This has also been moved down 
to become a Key Risk in light of the ongoing focus, monitoring and mitigating actions taken by the management team. 

FROM STABLE TO 
INCREASING 

‘Economic Risk’ is increasing in light of the ongoing political uncertainty in various parts of the world and the uncertainty that 
this brings in particular in relation to free trade conventions. 

FROM INCREASING 
TO STABLE 

‘Connecting for Growth programme’: the execution risk in relation to this programme is now stabilised as a result of the 
progress in the structural, operational and financial deliverables during 2018 – the focus is now very largely on fully embedding 
the programme in 2019. 

FROM INCREASING 
TO STABLE  

‘Cyber Risk’: the trend for this risk has now stabilised as a result on the ongoing focus, monitoring and actions, including 
various technology enhancements as well as a range of policies, standards and training programmes, implemented by the 
management team throughout the course of 2018.  

FROM STABLE TO 
DECREASING 

‘Pension scheme deficit funding risk’: has gone from stable to decreasing because of the agreement of a single funding 
valuation setting our UK pension deficit contributions, for the next three years, at an affordable level. 

Our principal risks, along with a summary of the measures we have put in place to manage and mitigate them, are set out in the 
table below.  

As stated above, the Board will continue to keep these principal risks, as well as the appropriateness of this list and the ever evolving 
broader risk environment, under ongoing review. 

Principal risk 

Risk nature / potential impact 

Action / mitigation 

1. STRATEGIC:  

Connecting  
for Growth 
programme 

Trend on year: 
Stable ~ 

(2017: New risk) 

Execution of global 
transformation programme – 
in particular implementation 
of digital offering and global 
functional model. 

The Group is continuing to make changes to its operating model in order to increase 
productivity, promote efficiency in its supply chain and thereby enhance speed of delivery to 
customers and to optimise its use of digital platforms to improve customer experience. 
Leadership of the programme is provided by a Group Executive Team member, Ronan Cox, 
supported by a team of project managers. The programme is monitored regularly, including 
through the use of key performance and risk indicators, and regular pulse surveys are carried 
out to ensure the programme continues to drive colleague engagement in terms of the 
change process. Financial savings are checked monthly by the finance function. Regular 
reviews are held at executive management and Board level to ensure the programme 
continues its very positive progress in delivering on its change management programme and 
in fully embedding the relevant processes and behaviours to become part of business as 
usual in 2019.Leadership of the programme is provided by a Chief Transformation Officer 
supported by a team of project managers. The programme is monitored regularly, including 
through the use of key performance and risk indicators and regular pulse surveys are carried 
out to ensure the programme continues to drive colleague engagement in terms of the 
change process. Financial savings are audited monthly by the finance function. Regular 
reviews are held at executive management and Board level to ensure the programme 
continues its very positive progress in delivering on its change management programme and 
in fully embedding the relevant processes and behaviours to become part of business as 
usual in 2019. 

25 

 
 
PRINCIPAL RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES 
CONTINUED 

Principal risk 

Risk nature / potential impact 

Action / mitigation 

Appropriate talent 
and capability 
development 

Risk of failure to develop and 
retain talent and capability, given 
business changes and growth 
in new areas. 

The Board and senior management remain very focused on talent and capability 
development, as well as retention and succession planning. 2018 capability development 
actions included training new cohorts on a range of management and senior leader 
development programmes such as Transcend, Business Partnering and Sales Accelerator 
training. 2018 also saw Board approval of an updated People Strategy to support the 
changing roles and capabilities required by the business over the next three years. In 2019, 
we will offer specific training in order to develop our senior business leaders for future Group 
Executive Team opportunities. 

Economic risk arising from 
political and demand uncertainty 
– including risk to free trade 
conventions. 

The economic outlook for many of the markets in which Coats operates remains highly 
uncertain. Geopolitical events in recent years and, in particular, the risks to free trade, 
including in light of ongoing US/China trade discussions, and the potential consequences for 
economic growth, add to this uncertainty. 

Trend on year: 
Stable ~ 

(2017: Stable ~)  

2. EXTERNAL: 

Economic risk  

Trend on year:  
Increasing ­ 
(2017: Stable ~)  

However, the breadth of our portfolio and our geographic reach help to mitigate our 
exposure to any particular localised risk and enable us to meet demand if brands/customers 
were to transition to other countries. 

As a global industrial manufacturing company with no UK manufacturing facilities and 
minimal direct sales in the UK, Coats is of the view that there would be limited direct adverse 
impacts on the Group from Brexit. Both the UK and the EU, however, are significant markets 
for both Apparel and Footwear and Performance Materials. Therefore any impact on sales 
and future growth expectations for these markets could have an indirect consequence for 
our business. We also maintain an appropriate dialogue with our key customers and 
suppliers regarding their own risk management and mitigation plans including in relation 
to Brexit. 

Whilst there continue to be a number of uncertainties in connection with the future of the 
UK and its relationship with the EU, there have been indirect factors which continue to have 
an impact on our results, primarily the effect of lower discount rates on the accounting 
valuation of pension liabilities and the depreciation of sterling on our UK costs. 
Many years of exposure to emerging markets have given us experience of operating and 
developing our business successfully during periods of economic and political volatility. We 
continually monitor and analyse economic and demand indicators to ensure that our supply 
chain remains flexible and our product portfolio remains relevant. This analysis provides a key 
input to our product development, business planning and pricing strategies. The Group’s 
international footprint and comprehensive portfolio also provide a mitigating balance in our 
exposure to both EU and non-EU markets. 

Throughout the year we implemented a range of policies, standards and training 
programmes that focused on IT security and the need to prevent loss of data. We deployed 
a new vulnerability management solution to enhance the ability to detect common 
vulnerabilities. This enables us to detect issues before they are able to harm our environment. 
In 2018, we also delivered a programme of online training to the Group. Technology 
enhancements were also put in place, including further firewall blocking of non-approved 
applications, the expanded deployment of multi-factor authentication, deployment of an 
email encryption solution for all high-risk users and centralisation of data into Microsoft 
Azure which both protects the data and creates enhanced tracking capabilities. We also 
deployed a data loss prevention solution to allow us to detect and/or block sensitive data 
transfers when data is sent to a non-Coats location. Plans for 2019 include adding a 
managed security operations centre which will bring the monitoring of our network from 
a security perspective up to 24x7x365. We also plan to add enhanced technology such as 
intrusion detection, data and asset labelling, asset tracking, improving our identity and access 
management, and mobile device management to better control our phones and tablets. 

Cyber risk  

Trend on year:  
Stable ~  
(2017: Increasing ­) 

Risk of cyber incidents leading 
to corruption of applications, 
critical IT infrastructure, 
compromised networks, 
operational technology  
and/or loss of data. 

Environmental non-performance  
risk given changing standards 
and increased scrutiny resulting 
in disruption of existing business, 
fines and/or reputational damage. 

Our environmental policy applies across the Group. The Coats Global Environmental Policy 
was updated during 2018 with a greater focus on Leadership and Commitment. A 
communications campaign took place to assist in communicating the policy and its meaning 
to teams across the Group. We also implemented a global digital platform for environmental 
incident reporting. This further reduces our environmental risk by leveraging risk-assessed 
improvement actions to prevent re-occurrence of environmental incidents. 

Compliance with all applicable environmental legal requirements is a minimum standard for 
the Group and is monitored very closely at both a local and Group level. In 2018, a pilot for 
an advanced environmental legal register with enhanced evaluation of legal compliance took 
place in China and discussions regarding a broader roll-out are ongoing. The Board have 
sanctioned the implementation of a harmonised global system for management of energy 
and environment aligned to ISO 50001 and ISO 14001 respectively, as part of the wider 
materiality strategy. During 2018, the Group eliminated the persistent organic pollutant, 
polychlorinated biphenyl, from the high voltage electrical infrastructure. 

Environmental  
non-performance 
risk 

Trend on year:  
Stable ~ 

(2017: Stable ~) 

26 

 
 
 
PRINCIPAL RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES 
CONTINUED 

Principal risk 

Risk nature / potential impact 

Action / mitigation 

Risk of local and broader 
economic and regulatory market 
developments leading to limited 
availability of key raw materials 
and/or restricted number of 
suppliers for such materials. 

The Group conducts scenario analysis on each of our key raw materials to assess what 
counter measures can be put in place if certain events were to occur. Regular assessment 
of financial performance of key suppliers and evaluation of suppliers’ own risk management 
plans is undertaken and our dependency on key suppliers and raw materials is reviewed 
frequently. Our supplier portfolio is also kept balanced with a view to further minimising risk. 
There is ongoing development of a pipeline for alternative suppliers and product substitution. 
In order to remain alert to market developments, procurement teams maintain access to 
good market intelligence on key raw materials and feedstocks. In addition to this we 
continue to work with third party experts on market developments and market insights. 

3. OPERATIONAL:  

Risk of supplier 
non-performance 
and/or 
unavailability 
and/or price 
increases of 
raw materials  

Trend on year: 
Increasing ­ 
(2017: Key risk) 

Products and 
services liability 
risk 

Trend on year:  
Stable ~ 
(2017: Stable ~) 

Products and services liability risk  
arising in particular from 
Performance Materials and 
software services. 

Risk of breach of anti-corruption 
law or competition law resulting 
in a material fine and/or 
reputational damage. 

Bribery and  
anti-competitive 
behaviour risk 

Trend on year:  
Stable ~ 
(2017: Stable ~) 

Our products and services are tested and measured against stringent quality standards. 
As a result of our ongoing strengthening of controls in the Performance Materials area 
with enhanced batch by batch testing of safety critical products, pass rates are at an all-time 
high. In 2018, we drove digital automation with direct Internet of Things (IoT) linkage 
implemented between testing equipment and the SAP quality module in order to minimise 
the risk of human error. We worked towards fail-safe restrictive programming to prevent the 
risk of the sale of unapproved products to safety-critical customer sectors and we introduced 
additional key risk indicators to track monthly and quarterly progress. 

Due to these actions, there have been a reduction in the rate of customer quality complaints 
and zero major non-conformances reported in key automotive management systems audited 
during 2018. There were also zero incidences of contamination reported in feminine hygiene 
during 2018. In 2019, Coats will be deploying a failsafe digital solution to eliminate product 
mislabelling and will continue to extend the deployment of IoT connectivity beyond existing 
safety critical testing, using IoT data to continue to increase the internal safety critical pass 
rates. Coats’ global insurance programme includes product liability cover. 

The Group continues to maintain clear and well publicised policies and processes, spanning 
bribery and anti-competitive behaviour along with a number of other ethics issues, including 
in relation to partners, contractors and suppliers which are reinforced through a 
comprehensive Supplier Code (covering initial due diligence processes, on-boarding, training, 
ongoing compliance and auditing). These policies are reviewed annually. There is extensive 
online and face-to-face training and regular communications through a range of channels 
including through our global ethical champions network. A sub-committee of the Group Risk 
Management Committee comprising key business and functional leaders meets quarterly to 
consider a range of ethics risks (including key risk indicators for those risks), legislative and 
regulatory developments and mitigation plans. 

The Group actively maintains a whistle blower system, enabling employees and others who 
are aware of, or suspect unethical behaviour to report it confidentially. Awareness of the 
system, together with the risk and the policies, has been increased through an ongoing 
Ethical Culture Campaign which operates at a Group and local level. See page 22 for 
more details. 

Risk of potential volatility in UK 
pension gross liabilities and total 
assets leading to increased annual 
cost of repair plan to fund deficit 
(which could impact one or more 
of free cash flow and dividend 
payment). 

The funded UK pension scheme is overseen by its Trustee Board, which is required to have 
the appropriate knowledge and understanding in this area. Independent professional trustee 
Directors are appointed to the Trustee Board to provide additional expertise. In particular, 
professional investment advice is taken as necessary; and assets diversified by class and 
geography and currency exposures hedged where appropriate. Interest rate and inflation 
exposures are hedged at appropriate levels (currently >80% of interest rate and inflation 
linked liabilities are hedged). 

Consolidation of the three UK defined benefit pensions schemes into one single scheme has 
simplified our governance requirements; and the agreement of a single funding valuation has 
set our UK pension deficit contributions for the next three years at an affordable level. The 
Group and the Trustee Board routinely review de-risking of the scheme through liability 
management and investment strategies. See note 10 on page 112 for more details. 

Detail of the Lower Passaic River 
legacy environmental matter can 
be found in note 28 on page 134. 

The Board continues to monitor developments very closely and oversee the strategy in 
relation to the Lower Passaic River proceedings. More details can be found in note 28 
on page 134. 

4. LEGACY RISKS: 

Pension scheme 
deficit funding  
risk 

Trend on year:  
Decreasing ¯ 
(2017: Stable ~) 

Lower Passaic 
River Legacy 
environmental 
matter risk 

Trend on year:  
Stable ~ 
(2017: Stable ~) 

27 

 
PRINCIPAL RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES 
CONTINUED 

Long Term Viability Statement  
In accordance with provision C.2.2 of the 2016 revision of the Corporate Governance Code, the Directors have assessed the longer  
term viability of the Group over the period to December 2021.  

The Directors’ assessment has been made with reference to the Group’s current position and prospects, as detailed in the Strategic 
Report. This takes into account the Group’s business model, strategy, approach to allocating capital and the potential impact of the 
principal risks and how these are managed. The Directors have also considered committed finance facilities which, following the 
refinancing exercise concluded in December 2017, all have a maturity of five years or longer. 

The Group’s strategic objectives and associated principal risks are underpinned by an annual Medium Term Plan process, which 
comprises a financial forecast for the current year and financial projections for the next three years. The Medium Term Plan represents  
a common process with standard outputs and requirements at the Group level. The Board reviews the Medium Term Plan annually. 
Although this period provides less certainty of outcome, the underlying methodology is considered to provide a robust planning tool 
against which strategic decisions can be made.  

For these reasons, the Directors have determined that a three-year time horizon to December 2021 is an appropriate period over which 
to provide its viability assessment, although they do have due regard to key points outside this timeframe, such as the due dates for the 
repayment of long-term debt. 

The Directors have considered a range of severe but plausible scenarios that explore the Group’s resilience to the potential impact of  
the principal risks as set out on pages 25 to 27 as well as other risks that could crystallise during the medium term. The Directors also 
considered the Brexit risk which sits within the Group’s principal Economic Risk, but for the reasons set out on page 26 in the principal 
risks table, did not include that element within the set of risks specifically modelled in preparing this statement. 

The risks considered to have the most potential impact on viability were: 

•  A global economic downturn; 

•  UK pension scheme deficit funding; and 

•  Potential developments in the Lower Passaic River proceedings. 

These risks have been modelled both individually and in combination, notwithstanding the fact that the likelihood of all of these risks 
occurring simultaneously is considered to be very low. The Directors have also taken into account a number of assumptions that they 
consider reasonable within these assessments including: 

•  The assumption that funding facilities will continue to be available throughout the period under review; 

•  The assumption that following a material risk event, the Group would adjust capital management to preserve cash; and 

•  The assumption that the Group will be able to mitigate risks effectively through other available actions. 

Based on this assessment, the Directors have a reasonable expectation that the Group will be able to continue in operation and meet  
its liabilities as they fall due over the period of the assessment. 

28 

 
 
 
 
OPERATING REVIEW 

Industrial continuing operations 

2018 
$m 

20176 
$m 

Inc/(dec) 
% 

2017 
CER1 

CER1 
inc/(dec) 
% 

Organic5 
inc/(dec) 
% 

Revenue2 

By business 

Apparel and Footwear3 

Performance Materials 

Total 

By region 

Asia 

Americas3 

EMEA 

Total 

1,083 

1,081 

0% 

1,059 

2% 

332 

275 

20% 

271 

23% 

1,415 

1,356 

4% 

1,329 

6% 

2% 

7% 

3% 

791 

349 

275 

759 

323 

274 

1,415 

1,356 

4% 

8% 

0% 

4% 

750 

312 

267 

1,329 

5% 

5% 

12% 

(1)% 

3% 

6% 

3% 

3% 

Adjusted operating profit2,4 

195 

161 

21% 

157 

24% 

23% 

Adjusted operating margin2,4 

13.8% 

11.8%  190bps 

11.8%  200bps  220bps 

1  2017 figures at 2018 exchange rates. 
2  Includes contribution from bolt-on acquisitions made during the period. 
3  Now includes Latin America Crafts 
4  On an adjusted basis which excludes exceptional and acquisition related items. 
5  On a CER basis excluding contributions from bolt-on acquisitions 
6  Restated to include continuing results following NA Crafts disposal and to reflect the adoption of IFRS15. 

Revenues from Industrial continuing operations increased 4% on a reported basis, with 6% 
growth on a CER basis offset by a 2% foreign exchange translation headwind.  The 6% CER 
growth consisted of 3% organic growth and a 3% contribution from the acquisition of Patrick 
Yarn Mill (acquired in December 2017).  This strong performance was due to continued 
momentum in the Apparel and Footwear business (~75% of Group revenues) which was up 
2% on a restated basis, and accelerated growth in our Performance Materials business with 
23% growth (7% organic growth and 16% contribution from the Patrick Yarn Mill 
acquisition). 

 from Industrial continuing operations increased 24% to $195 

Adjusted operating profit 
million on a CER basis (2017: $157 million) and operating margins were up 200 bps to 13.8% 
(2017: 11.8%).  Year-on-year productivity and procurement improvements broadly offset other 
structural inflation (e.g. wages and energy) and manufacturing variances due to lower activity 
levels in certain territories (e.g. Americas).  The raw material cost increases seen during the year 
(partly linked to the rising oil price) were recovered in full through price however this one-to-
one value recovery resulted in a dampening of the reported gross margin percentage.  
Operating margin progression was driven by continued cost control and the initial benefits 
from the Connecting for Growth programme that have been realised faster than initially 
anticipated ($15 million net savings, after reinvestments).   

On an organic basis, operating margins increased by 220bps, which is above the CER increase 
of 200bps, as the latter was impacted by the anticipated initial dilution of margins from the 
Patrick Yarn Mill acquisition.  Over time and in line with the business plan, it is anticipated that 
Patrick Yarn margins will trend towards Group levels.   

On a reported basis, operating profit (which is after exceptional and acquisition related items) 
decreased 5% to $147 million (2017: $154 million), primarily due to the initial exceptional 
reorganisation cost incurred in relation to the Connecting for Growth programme, the UK 
guaranteed minimum pension equalisation, and a further accrual for Lower Passaic River (LPR) 
legal costs. 

29 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
OPERATING REVIEW 
CONTINUED 

Apparel and Footwear (A&F) 
In A&F, our core thread business continued its strong growth (up 4%) as key Asian markets 
performed strongly, although the headline growth of 2% was impacted by slower demand for 
zips due to certain in year fashion trends, and a 15% decline in Latin America Craft sales 
(previously reported within the Crafts division). This strong thread performance delivered 
further market share gains, despite continued mixed demand from retailers, and was 
underpinned by our continued focus on product innovation, digital solutions and our strong 
corporate responsibility and sustainability credentials. 

Coats’ ability to continue to take market share was assisted by several factors including 
deepening its relationships with retailers and brand owners through its global accounts 
programme, and with manufacturers, through the increasing adoption of digital services. For 
example, there were further enhancements to our customer facing eCommerce platform, such 
as automated payment reminders via the use of data analytics. In addition, revenue growth 
was further supported by the launch of innovative new products, for example providing an 
engineered footwear yarn solution for the China domestic market, and we have developed 
various new innovative threads to enhance customers’ quality of products in high impact end 
uses (e.g. denim and anti-wicking). Our innovation credentials have been further enhanced by 
the opening of our first global Innovation Hub in North Carolina, US, and two new hubs will 
be opened in Turkey and China in H1 2019. These facilities provide opportunities to 
collaborate with our customers and brands, and work with them to create innovative new 
product solutions to meet their specific design needs. 

Performance Materials 
Performance Materials revenues grew 23% in the period on a CER basis (20% reported), 
which includes a 16% contribution from the acquisition of Patrick Yarn Mill (acquired in 
December 2017). Organic growth of 7% showed an accelerating trend during the year (5% 
organic growth in H1) and was driven by strong growth in many of our key emerging markets 
as we continued to drive geographic expansion of existing products across the Coats portfolio, 
and leveraging Coats’ global customer base. 

Growth in hi-tech end uses (for example flame retardant yarns and telecommunications) which 
now account for around 60% of Performance Materials revenues remained strong throughout 
the period delivering 21% organic growth. The business also continued to grow revenues in 
new, innovative products, and over 20% of our organic Performance Materials revenues were 
in relation to products that did not exist five years ago (for example, Coats Synergex and 
Flamepro). The US consumer durables market (e.g. ‘traditional’ end uses such as bedding) 
remained relatively soft. 

Geographical performance 
By geography, we saw strong organic revenue growth in Asia (up 5% on a CER basis) as 
momentum in key A&F markets (e.g. Vietnam, Indonesia, Bangladesh and India) continued. 
Revenues in EMEA rose 3%, which followed the strong growth seen in 2017 of 9%. This 
reduced growth was partly due to lost revenues from certain peripheral markets that were 
exited in the period (as part of the Connecting for Growth programme), and softer zips 
demands. In the Americas, organic revenues decreased marginally, where an encouraging 
performance in certain Latam markets (e.g. Performance Materials revenues in Brazil and 
Mexico which both saw strong double digit growth), was offset by the US consumer durables 
market remaining relatively soft, and a 15% decline in Latin America Crafts revenues 
(previously reported within Crafts division) due to weakness in the key markets of Brazil 
and Argentina. 

30 

 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 

Simon Boddie 
Chief Financial Officer 

Highlights for 2018 
-  Agreement of Coats UK Pension 
Scheme triennial valuation 
-  Sale of non-core North America 

Crafts business complete 
20 February 2019 

Priorities for 2019 
-  Delivering another year of 

improving performance through 
effective execution of our 
strategy 

-  Continue implementation of 
Connecting for Growth 

  Alternative Performance  
Measures – see note 37  
on page 152 

UK pensions triennial valuation update 
Following the merger of its three UK pension schemes in June 2018, the Group and the 
scheme Trustee have successfully concluded the first valuation of the Coats UK Pension 
Scheme with a 1 July 2018 effective date. 

The Group has agreed ongoing annual deficit recovery payments of £20 million ($26 million) 
per annum increasing annually by the increase in the Retail Price Index (first increase in January 
2020) based on a Technical Provisions deficit of £252 million ($322 million). The latest 
Technical Provisions deficit is significantly lower than the last triennial valuation deficit (31 
March 2015) of £582 million ($743 million) due to upfront lump-sum payments into the 
scheme of £329 million ($420 million), the ongoing deficit recovery payments, with some 
offset from other valuation factors (primarily as a consequence of a reduction in real UK 
discount rates since March 2015). 

As before, the Group will also meet Scheme administrative expenses and levies estimated at 
£4 million ($5 million) per annum in the future (i.e. total ongoing payments of £24 million ($31 
million) per annum). The new deficit recovery payments will be effective from 1 April 2019 
and are payable until 31 December 2028. The Scheme’s next triennial valuation will have an 
effective date of 31 March 2021 to realign with the valuation cycle of the previous three 
UK schemes. 

The previously agreed level of deficit recovery contributions was £17.5 million ($24 million), 
including estimated administration expenses and levies. As a result of the timing of the start 
of the new contributions, 2019 deficit recovery contributions, including estimated 
administration expenses and levies, are anticipated to be £22 million ($29 million).  

Discontinued operations – sale of North America Crafts 
On 22 January 2019, it was announced that we had agreed to sell the non-core North America 
Crafts business to Spinrite Acquisition Corp, a leading provider of craft products in North 
America. This transaction was subsequently completed on 20 February 2019. The headline 
acquisition proceeds were $37 million, which was on a debt and cash free basis, and was 
subject to an adjustment for the level of net working capital as at the time of completion. 

The sale of our standalone North America Crafts business allows the Group to focus 
completely on the high performing business-to-business global Apparel and Footwear, and 
Performance Materials businesses. The sale proceeds will initially be used to reduce Group net 
debt, and subsequently to fund further value accretive bolt-on acquisitions principally in the 
strategic focus areas of high growth and hi-tech Performance Materials and Software Solutions 
businesses. 

In 2018 the North America Crafts business generated sales of $128 million (2017: $150 
million) and an operating profit of $3 million (pre an allocation of corporate costs) (2017: $13 
million). The declining revenues in 2018 reflect the impact of the first half sale of the smaller 
lifestyle fabrics business ($10 million revenues in H2 2017), the introduction of own-label 
handknitting products at a major customer (which commenced in H2 2017), and general weak 
market conditions. 

North America Crafts results, which include the results of the smaller lifestyles fabrics business, 
are reported as discontinued operations in the Group financial results (2017 results also 
restated), and an exceptional impairment charge to reduce the net assets to fair value of $18 
million (which includes costs to complete the transaction) has been recorded in 2018 
accordingly. We anticipate approximately $2 million of stranded costs will remain with the 
continuing Industrial business in North America following the disposal of the Crafts business. 

The segmental reporting of Coats Group plc has been amended (with 2017 comparatives 
restated accordingly) to report the smaller Latin America Crafts business within the Industrial 
segment following its integration with the wider Latin America business. Following the sale of 
the North America Crafts business future segmental reporting is under review, and is 
anticipated to be reflected in the H1 2019 financial results due to be released in August. 

31 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 
CONTINUED 

 from continuing operations increased 24% to $195 million on a 

Financial review 
Adjusted operating profit 
CER basis (2017: $157 million) and operating margins were up 200 bps to 13.8% (2017: 
11.8%). On a reported basis, operating profit (which is after exceptional and acquisition 
related items) decreased 5% to $147 million (2017: $154 million), primarily due to the initial 
exceptional reorganisation cost incurred in relation to the Connecting for Growth programme, 
the UK guaranteed minimum pension equalisation, and a further accrual for LPR legal costs. 

Financials on a reported basis were impacted by the relative strength of the US Dollar 
compared to 2017, resulting in 4% growth in reported revenues year on year (vs a 6% growth 
on a CER basis), and 21% growth in adjusted operating profit (vs a 24% growth on a CER 
basis). As the Company reports in US Dollars and given that its global footprint generates 
significant revenues and expenses in a number of other currencies, a translational currency 
impact can arise. The main currency impact during the year was the strengthening US Dollar 
against the Indian Rupee, Chinese Yuan, and Turkish Lira. If the reported 2018 results had 
been translated at exchange rates as at 31 December 2018 then Group revenue and adjusted 
operating profit would have been $30 million and $4 million lower respectively, and therefore 
we expect a further FX headwind to continue into 2019. 

 for the year increased 21% to 6.9 cents (2017: 5.7 

Adjusted earnings per share (‘EPS’) 
cents) due to higher adjusted operating profits (21% reported growth), a 100bps reduction in 
underlying effective tax rate to 31% (excluding 2017 benefits from US tax reforms), and a $6 
million reduction in the IAS19 pension finance charge. These year-on-year improvements were 
offset by certain foreign exchange impacts, notably a $1.6 million MTM foreign exchange 
losses on future hedging contracts (vs a $1.3 million MTM gain in 2017), and an increase in 
interest costs. 

On a reported basis, the Group generated an attributable profit from continuing operations 
of $55 million compared to $71 million in 2017. The reduction primarily being due to a $35 
million increase in exceptional and acquisition related items (net of tax) arising mainly from the 
initial Connecting for Growth programme reorganisation charges, the UK guaranteed 
minimum pension equalisation, and a further accrual for LPR legal costs (see later for details).  
Including the impact of discontinued operations in relation to North America Crafts, and the 
associated loss on disposal, reported attributable profit for the Group was $39 million 
compared to $81 million in 2017. 

The Group delivered an adjusted free cash flow 
which reflects the strong adjusted operating profit performance and controlled working 
capital, whilst sustaining the previously indicated higher levels of capital expenditure. As a 
percentage of revenues, net working capital as at 31 December 2018, is broadly in line with 
the same time last year at 9.5% (continuing operations). 

 of $96 million in 2018 (2017: $76 million) 

Return on capital employed (ROCE) 
adjusted operating profits from continuing operations and controlled working capital.  

 improved significantly on 2017 to 43%, due to higher 

Non-operating results 
Net finance costs in the year were $24.4 million, marginally up from $23.3 million in 2017.   
The key drivers of the increase in net finance costs in the period were higher interest on 
borrowings ($1.1 million increase) due to a larger proportion of fixed rate debt (following the 
USPP issuance in December 2017) and increasing rates on the floating debt element, a $1.6 
million MTM foreign exchange loss (Dec 2017 $1.3 million MTM foreign exchange gain), and a 
$2 million increase in other finance costs (e.g. local FX impacts and interest on VAT balances 
(vs a credit in 2017)). These were offset by a $5.6 million reduction in the pensions finance 
charge (as a result of the significant reduction in IAS19 pension deficit following the lump-sum 
cash settlement payments made in 2017). 

The taxation charge for the year was $49 million (2017: $44 million) resulting in a reported tax 
rate of 40% (2017: 34%). Excluding exceptional and acquisition related items, the impact of 
IAS19 finance charges and the one-off impact of the US tax reform (in 2017), the underlying 
effective rate on pre-tax profits reduced year-on-year by 100bps to 31% (2017: 32%) which 
was driven by Advanced Pricing Agreement (‘APA’) negotiations with India and Indonesia and 
a reduction in the total unrelieved losses in the year compared to the prior year, partially offset 
by an unfavourable movement in profit mix. 

  Alternative Performance 
Measures - see note 37 
on page 152. 

32 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 
CONTINUED 

Profit attributable to minority interests was $19 million (2017: $14 million) and was 
predominantly related to Coats’ operations in Vietnam and Bangladesh (in which it has 
controlling interests). 

Exceptional and acquisition related items 
Net exceptional and acquisition related items before taxation were $48 million in the period. 
These primarily relate to the exceptional reorganisation charge arising from the Connecting for 
Growth programme ($23 million out of a total expected charge of $30 million for the 
programme), the UK guaranteed minimum pension equalisation ($10 million), and an increase 
to the legal provision costs in relation the to the Lower Passaic River (LPR) environmental 
matter ($8 million). 

In addition, there was amortisation of intangible assets acquired in the recent acquisitions 
($2.3 million), contingent consideration in relation to these acquisitions ($4.3 million), offset by 
an exceptional pension gain following the wind up of the three UK pension schemes ($1.8 
million). In 2017 net exceptional and acquisition related items before taxation totaled 
$9.1 million. 

UK Guaranteed Minimum Pension Equalisation 
During the year an estimated past service charge of $10 million has been recognised following 
the Lloyds Banking Group judgement in October 2018 and the requirement for all UK pension 
schemes to equalise male and female members’ benefits for the effect of Guaranteed 
Minimum Pensions. This represents an increase of approximately 0.35% of pension scheme 
liabilities and is included in the Technical Provisions deficit of £252 million resulting from the 
recent triennial valuation. 

Lower Passaic River  
In 2010, the US Environmental Protection Agency (‘EPA’) notified Coats & Clark, Inc. (‘CC’) 
that it is a ‘potentially responsible party’ (‘PRP’) under the US Superfund law for investigation 
and remediation costs at the 17-mile Lower Passaic River Study Area (‘LPR’) in New Jersey in 
respect of alleged operations of a predecessor’s former facilities in that area prior to 1950.  

On 30 June 2018, Occidental Chemical Corporation (‘OCC’), the party that has been identified 
as being responsible for the most significant contamination in the river, filed a lawsuit against 
approximately 120 defendants, including CC, seeking recovery of past environmental costs and 
contribution toward future environmental costs. OCC has since released claims for certain past 
costs from 41 of the defendants, including CC, and is not seeking recovery of those past costs 
from CC. OCC’s lawsuit seeks resolution of many of the same issues being addressed in the 
EPA sponsored allocation process, and does not alter CC’s defences or CC’s belief that it is a 
de minimis party. 

During the year ended 31 December 2018, an additional provision of $8.0 million has been 
recorded as an exceptional item to cover legal and professional fees for continuation of the 
EPA allocation and defence of OCC’s litigation against approximately 120 parties, including 
CC. The Group will continue to mitigate additional costs as far as possible through insurance 
and other avenues. There has been no change to the level of provision for potential 
remediation costs, beyond the $9.0 million provision made in 2015, which was based on the 
estimated share of CC’s de minimis costs. As a result of this further provision for legal and 
professional fees the total LPR provision at 31 December 2018 was $17.6 million (31 December 
2017 $11.3 million).  

Following the sale of North America Crafts, which was announced on 22 January 2019 and 
subsequently completed on 20 February 2019, Coats retains the control and responsibility for 
the eventual outcome of the ongoing Lower Passaic River environmental matters. There is no 
change in the Group's overall position in relation to this matter as a result of the sale of North 
America Crafts. 

See note 28 for further details.  

Discontinued operations 
In addition to the above exceptional and acquisition related items, and as referred to earlier, 
as a result of the disposal of the non-core North American Crafts business (completed on 20 
February 2019) an exceptional loss on disposal of $18.4 million has been incurred in 2018. This 
relates to a partial write down of operating assets to the level of sales proceeds, as well as the 
costs incurred to complete the transaction. 

33 

 
 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 
CONTINUED 

Investment 
Capital expenditure in the year, in addition to ongoing maintenance requirements, related to 
new product development (e.g. on-going development of our three global innovation hubs, 
the first of which opened in North Carolina, US, in the second half of the year), process 
improvements, digital tools, capacity expansion, health and safety, and environmental spend. 
The latter includes projects such as effluent treatment plants (of which one went live in our 
Honduras facility during the year) which enable a thread plant to recycle more process water, 
or even to operate with zero discharges. These help to ensure that Coats maintains its strong 
corporate responsibility credentials and ethical reputation in the industry as well as benefiting 
the local communities that we do business in. Total capital spend for the year amounted to 
$48 million (1.3x depreciation and amortisation). 

In order to continue to support our growth strategy and further reinforce our strong 
environmental compliance credentials we anticipate capital spend to be in the $45-55 million 
range for 2019. 

Corporate activity 
On 4 December 2018, the Group announced that it had become a strategic investor in Twine 
Solutions, an Israeli based technology start-up that has developed a revolutionary digital thread 
dyeing system, having invested $5 million for a 9.5% share in the company and a seat on the 
Board. Twine has created a proprietary digital thread dyeing system which combines the 
features of small-scale digital printing with the traditional dyeing process and enables thread to 
be produced, on demand, to any colour and length which aims to directly address the key 
needs of our customers: speed, innovation and sustainability. 

On 20 December 2018, the Group agreed to acquire ThreadSol, a cloud-based digital 
application provider whose technology focuses on fabric usage optimisation in apparel 
manufacturing, for a cash consideration of up to $12 million. The initial cash outflow is circa. 
$5 million, with further payments of up to $7 million over the period to 2022 based on certain 
performance criteria. The acquisition was subsequently completed on 12 February 2019. 

ThreadSol's cloud-based digital applications provide an excellent fit with the existing Coats 
Global Services business. The complementary suite of software solutions for the apparel and 
footwear industries will enable brands, retailers and manufacturers to drive productivity gains, 
supply chain control and speed to market. 

Cash flow 
The Group generated $96 million of adjusted free cash flow 
increase on 2017 ($76 million) due to the increase in adjusted operating profit, controlled net 
working capital, alongside continued capital expenditure ($48 million) which was in excess of 
depreciation. This free cash flow measure is before annual pension recovery payments, 
acquisitions and dividends, and excludes exceptional items such as the Connecting for Growth 
exceptional reorganisation cost. 

 in 2018. This was a 26% 

Adjusted free cash flow 2018 ($m) 

34 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 
CONTINUED 

 (defined as pre-exceptional operating profit before depreciation and 

Adjusted EBITDA 
amortisation) from continuing operations for the year was $231 million (2017: $198 million). 
Net working capital as a percentage of sales (continuing operations) remained broadly in line 
with 2017 at 9.5% as working capital continues to be effectively controlled. Interest paid was 
$19 million, $5 million higher than 2017 due to marginally higher interest on floating rate 
debt. Tax paid (continuing operations) was $52 million, a $5 million reduction on 2017, 
primarily due to the initial APA benefits in India and the timing of a US refund for tax overpaid 
in 2017. 

On a non-adjusted basis, there was a free cash inflow of $25 million in the year, compared 
to a $330 million outflow in 2017. The improvement was primarily related to $373 million of 
payments into the three UK defined benefit pension schemes in H1 2017 following settlement 
with their respective trustees (including $348 million of upfront payments out of parent group 
cash) and the acquisition of Patrick Yarn Mill ($20 million). 

Net debt as at 31 December 2018 was $223 million, $19 million below 31 December 2017 
($241.5 million), which reflects the $25 million free cash inflow and $6 million adverse foreign 
exchange. The $25 million free cash inflow reflects adjusted free cash flow for the year of $96 
million offset by exceptional cash costs of $27 million (primarily in relation to the Connecting 
for Growth programme), the strategic investment in Twine Solutions of $5 million, shareholder 
dividends of $21 million, and ongoing pension deficit recovery payments $24 million. 

, which improved to 1.0x adjusted EBITDA (from continuing operations) at 31 

Balance sheet 
An important metric for the operating business is the leverage ratio of net debt to adjusted 
EBITDA 
December 2018 (1.2x at 31 December 2017), and is at the lower end of the 1-2x stated target 
leverage range. The recent sale of the North America Crafts business further supports our 
strong balance sheet and will enable us to invest in our business organically, self-finance 
further bolt-on acquisitions, as well as meet our other key capital demands of funding our 
pension schemes and making returns to shareholders. 

Pensions and other post-employment benefits 
Following agreement with the UK Pension Schemes' Trustees and with effect from the 1 July 
2018 the assets and liabilities of the Coats UK, Brunel and Staveley schemes (the Current 
Schemes) have been transferred to a single new scheme (named the Coats UK Pension 
Scheme). The consolidation of the three UK schemes into a single scheme is expected to result 
in future savings in administration expenses and efficiencies in investment management. 

The net obligation for the Group’s retirement and other post-employment defined benefit 
liabilities (UK and other group schemes), on an IAS19 financial reporting basis, was 
$168 million as at 31 December 2018, which is broadly in line with the $163 million as 
at 31 December 2017. 

The Group’s UK defined benefit scheme, namely the Coats UK Pension Scheme, shows 
a $109 million (£85 million) IAS19 deficit at 31 December 2018, which is in line with the deficit 
position at 31 December 2017 ($107 million, £79 million). The movement in the period of 
$3 million consisted of an exceptional charge of $10 million in relation to the guaranteed 
minimum pension equalisation, employer contributions of $16 million (excludes administrative 
expenses and levies), a $14 million net actuarial loss (primarily a combination of a change in 
actuarial assumptions (e.g. reduced discount rate) offset by asset underperformance during 
the year), and some year-on-year movement in the sterling exchange rate. 

Following consolidation of the UK schemes and completion of the 2018 actuarial valuation 
the Trustee of the Coats UK Pension Scheme currently hedges over 80% of interest rate and 
inflation-linked liabilities. 

Following the disposal of North America Crafts, Coats retains the previously incurred pensions 
obligations from the business. The pension scheme, which includes both Crafts and Industrial 
operations in North America, was in a surplus position of $65 million at 31 December 2018 
(recoverable surplus of $48 million recognised on the Balance Sheet under accounting 
standards). 

35 

 
 
FINANCIAL REVIEW 
CONTINUED 

Dividend 
Coats has a track record of delivering good levels of free cash through profitable sales growth, 
delivering self-help initiatives and investing in organic growth opportunities. The Board aims to 
use this free cash flow to fund its pension schemes, self-finance bolt-on acquisitions, and make 
returns to shareholders. Over time, and as underlying earnings and cash flows increase, the 
Board intends to pursue a progressive dividend policy. 

As a result of this established policy, and reflecting the financial performance in 2018, the 
Board is proposing a final dividend of 1.16c per share which, combined with the interim 
dividend of 0.50c per share, gives a total dividend for the year of 1.66c (2017 full year 
dividend: 1.44c per share), which represents a 15% increase on the previous year. Subject to 
approval at the forthcoming AGM, the final dividend will be paid on 28 May 2019 to ordinary 
shareholders on the register at 3 May 2019, with an ex-dividend date of 2 May 2019. 

Outlook 
We enter 2019 in a strong position, with continued positive momentum in our core Apparel 
and Footwear and hi-tech Performance Materials businesses.  The exit of our non-core North 
American Crafts business will ensure complete focus on growing our remaining businesses 
organically and identifying further value-add bolt-on acquisitions.  

Whilst we are cautious around the current macroeconomic uncertainties, based on our current 
assessment of business trends we remain confident in delivering another year of improving 
performance through effective execution of our strategy. 

Simon Boddie 
Chief Financial Officer 
7 March 2019 

The Strategic Report comprising pages 1 to 36 was approved by the Board and signed  
on its behalf by the Group Chief Executive. 

Rajiv Sharma 
Group Chief Executive 
7 March 2019 

36 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CHAIRMAN’S INTRODUCTION 

Highlights for 2018 
-  Oversight of acquisitions and 

divestments 

-  Review of principal and 

emerging risks which might 
impact the long term 
sustainability of the business 
-  Consideration of forthcoming 

Corporate Governance changes 
and their impact on Coats 

Priorities for 2019 
-  Oversight of long term strategy 

and acquisitions 

-  Continued review of the impact 

of digital  

-  Visits to Coats sites to gain 
workforce and stakeholder 
insights 

43 

Section contents 
Chairman’s Introduction   37 
39 
Board of Directors  
Group Executive Team 
42 
Corporate  
Governance Report 
Nomination  
Committee Report  
Audit and Risk  
Committee Report  
Directors’  
Remuneration Report 
Directors’ Report   
Directors’ Responsibilities  
Statement 

57 
72 

76 

52 

50 

As a listed company, Coats is required to 
report on how it has applied the principles  
of the 2016 Code and this report is set out 
in the following pages. 

  A full version of the 2016 Code 
can be found on the Financial 
Reporting Council’s website: 
www.frc.org.uk 

‘THE CHALLENGES OF AN EVER CHANGING 
EXTERNAL GEOPOLITICAL ENVIRONMENT MEANS 
THAT ENSURING OUR CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 
STRUCTURES ARE ROBUST AND APPROPRIATE IS 
MORE IMPORTANT THAN EVER’ 

Dear Shareholder 
I am pleased to present the Governance section of the 2018 Annual Report. This Report 
contains an overview of the roles and responsibilities of the Board and its Committees 
together with a summary of the activities undertaken during the course of the year ended 
31 December 2018.  

I am delighted to be able to confirm Coats’ compliance with the relevant principles and 
provisions of the 2016 UK Corporate Governance Code (the ‘2016 Code’) during the course of 
the year ended 31 December 2018. Other information relating to the corporate governance 
structures, including some insight into our intended approach to adopting the new 
requirements in relation to the 2018 UK Corporate Governance Code (the ‘2018 Code’), 
is set out over the following pages. 

The Board strongly believes that effective corporate governance is essential for the long term 
success of our Company and accordingly the Board has spent a significant amount 
of time in 2018 considering our existing ways of working and identifying where changes 
should be implemented to maintain our rigorous standards. As a result, a new advisory body, 
the Digital Advisory Council (‘DAC’), was formed during the course of 2018 to consider our 
Digital and Technology strategy and its execution to ensure the appropriate expertise and focus 
in this area. In March 2019, following the consolidation of our three pension schemes and the 
agreement of the UK pension scheme’s 2018 acturial valuation, the Board agreed to disband 
the Pensions Committee. Further information about the role and composition of the DAC and 
the Pensions Committee is set out on page 45. Ensuring the right governance structures for 
the oversight of our ongoing business activities and areas of focus is an important function of 
the Board.  

A continued focus on ensuring accountability, transparency and fairness in our dealings with 
all of our stakeholders, in particular our shareholders, customers, employees, suppliers and our 
environmental impact, balanced with the need to support the delivery of the Group’s strategic 
objectives will ensure we are well positioned to continue to develop our business. 

During the course of the year, Coats has seen the implementation of various initiatives under 
our Connecting for Growth global transformation programme. This, combined with the 
challenges of an ever changing external geopolitical environment, means that ensuring our 
corporate governance structures are robust and appropriate is more important than ever. 

Board changes 
As stated in our last Annual Report, Ruth Anderson stepped down from the Board at the AGM 
held in May 2018. Anne Fahy, as previously announced, joined the Board in March 2018 and 
succeeded Ruth as Chairman of the Audit and Risk Committee. An overview of Anne’s 
induction can be found in the Nomination Committee Report. Looking forward, Mike Allen will 
step down at the AGM to be held in May 2019 following completion of his term on the Board. 
We have no immediate plans to bring any additional Directors on to the Board to replace 
Mike Allen. 

Our people and our culture 
Following Monica McKee joining Coats as Chief Human Resources Officer in early 2018, the 
Board has considered and approved a number of changes to the Group’s people strategy. 
There continues to be a strong focus on all areas of diversity, not just gender, but including 
ethnic, geographic and diversity in experience at both the Board and Group Executive Team 
level and beyond. Further details on our approach to diversity are contained in the Nomination 
Committee Report set out on pages 50 to 51 of this Annual Report. 

37 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CHAIRMAN’S INTRODUCTION 
CONTINUED 

  The Terms of reference of each 

Committee are available at 
www.coats.com/governance 

Ensuring the right culture and environment for our people to succeed is critical for business 
success. During the Board Strategy Day held in June 2018, the Board considered a review of 
the Coats’ brand and how this is positioned amongst our stakeholders. This review also 
considered the Company’s purpose and values to ensure a consistent understanding of these. 
Management will focus on embedding the understanding of the Coats brand, purpose and 
values in 2019 throughout the business and the Board will have oversight of this. 

In line with the 2018 Code and our continued focus on stakeholder considerations, I am 
pleased to announce that Fran Philip, Non-Executive Director, has been appointed as our 
designated Non-Executive Director to engage with our workforce. Fran has already met with 
representatives from our US and UK workforce and has a detailed programme of events for 
2019. The details, and outcome of these on Board discussions and decision making, will be 
shared in our next Annual Report. 

Engagement with stakeholders 
As the Board is responsible for the long term success of the Company, engagement with 
stakeholders to understand their views and also to ensure they understand the vision for the 
Company forms an important part of the Board’s remit. 

In addition to the Board’s focus on the workforce, as I refer to above, the Board receives 
regular updates on the matters most important to our key external stakeholders and is kept 
abreast of relevant developments from the interactions between the business and these 
stakeholders through regular reporting. The Board receives an investor update at each Board 
meeting and receives regular reports, particularly in relation to assessing risk, on interactions 
with suppliers. During the course of our Board visit to the USA in October 2018 the Board met 
and toured the facilities of certain of our key customers and, at the Global Leadership 
Conference held in January 2019, representatives from one of our customers presented on 
their key priorities specifically in relation to sustainability in the supply chain. 

Sustainability 
I was delighted by Coats’ entry into the FTSE4Good UK Index in July 2018. This recognition of 
our strong ESG and SRI credentials, as detailed in the Corporate Responsibility section on pages 
20 to 22 of this Annual Report shows our demonstrable commitment to the environment and 
communities in which we operate. 

This year, Coats has for the first time issued a separate Sustainability Report which sets out our 
activities and achievements in the year ended 31 December 2018 and our ambitious plans 
going forward. I am proud of Coats’ leadership ambitions in this area and of all our 
programmes that support these initiatives. 

Mike Clasper 
Chairman  
7 March 2019 

38 

 
 
 
 
 
 
BOARD OF DIRECTORS 
CONTINUED 

Key to Committee 
membership 

  Audit and Risk 

  Nomination 

  Remuneration 

  Chair of Committee 

Changes to the composition of the 
Board since 1 January 2018 up to 
the date of this Report are detailed 
below and also in the Directors’ 
Report on page 72: 

•  Anne Fahy,  

Non-Executive Director 
Appointed 1 March 2018 

•  Ruth Anderson, 

Non-Executive Director 
Resigned 16 May 2018 

Mike Clasper CBE, Chairman 
•  Key skills and experience: Mike leads the Board, drawing on his extensive executive and non-
executive experience, including in general management and marketing for global companies. 
Mike is an ambassador for Coats and focuses on long term value, relationships and reputation in 
his dealings with all stakeholders, be they investors, customers, suppliers or employees. 

•  Other current appointments: He is currently Chairman of Bioss, an organisation and people 

development consultancy, a Trustee of Heart Cells Foundation, a Governor of the Royal 
Shakespeare Company (RSC) and an Advisory Board member for Arora International. 

•  Previous relevant experience: Mike was until recently the Senior Independent Director at 

Serco Group plc. He has previously served as Chairman of Which? Ltd, Chief Executive Officer of 
BAA plc, Chairman of HM Revenue & Customs, President of the Chartered Management 
Institute and Operational Managing Director at Terra Firma. He has also held a number of senior 
management positions at Procter & Gamble and was Senior Independent Director of ITV plc, 
Chairman of the West London Consortium, and Chairman of the Market Place Impact Taskforce 
of Business in the Community. 

•  Qualifications: Mike holds an MA in Engineering from the University of Cambridge. 

Rajiv Sharma, Group Chief Executive 
•  Key skills and experience: Rajiv became Group Chief Executive on 1 January 2017, having 
served as an Executive Director since December, 2014. He has nearly 30 years of experience 
which includes commercial, operations, M&A, strategy, digital and general management. Rajiv 
joined Coats in November 2010 as Global CEO Industrial and was responsible for developing and 
executing a growth strategy. He has lived and worked in the US, Europe and Asia. 

•  Other current appointments: Rajiv was appointed as a Non-Executive Director of Senior plc 

with effect from January 2019. 

•  Previous relevant experience: Rajiv has multi industry global experience. He has managed 

complex businesses with blue chip companies that include Saab, Honeywell, GE and Shell. The 
majority of his career has been dedicated to growing or turning around businesses and he has 
been on the board of joint ventures at both GE and Shell. 

•  Qualifications: Rajiv holds a degree in Mechanical Engineering, as well as an MBA from the 

University of Pittsburgh, USA. 

Simon Boddie, Chief Financial Officer 
•  Key skills and experience: Simon has over 30 years’ experience of working in finance with 

extensive knowledge of international operations, emerging markets and digital. 

•  Other current appointments: He is currently a Non-Executive Director of PageGroup plc, 

a specialist recruitment company, where he also chairs the Audit Committee. 

•  Previous relevant experience: Simon was previously Group Finance Director for ten years at 
Electrocomponents plc, a FTSE 250 industrial distribution business. Prior to Electrocomponents, 
Simon worked for Diageo, the leading international drinks business, where he held a variety of 
senior finance positions. His career started at Price Waterhouse, where he qualified as a 
Chartered Accountant, before working in the Corporate Finance Team of Hill Samuel Bank. 
•  Qualifications: Simon is a member of the Institute of Chartered Accountants in England and 

Wales and has an MA in Economics from the University of Cambridge. 

Nicholas Bull, Senior Independent Non-Executive Director 
•  Key skills and experience: Along with his significant global banking and financial services 

experience, Nicholas brings a wealth of international business experience and insights, especially 
in China, to the Board. Nicholas is also an advocate for ESG and SRI matters at the Board. 

•  Other current appointments: He is currently Chairman of the investment trust, Fidelity China 
Special Situations plc, as well as a Trustee of the Design Museum, the Conran Foundation, 
Camborne School of Mines Trust and The Creative Education Trust.  

•  Previous relevant experience: Nicholas has served as Chairman of De Vere, the hotel and 
leisure group. He has also served as Chairman of the Advisory Board of City stockbroker, 
Westhouse Securities and of Smith’s Corporate Advisory Limited. Prior to that he had a career in 
banking with Morgan Grenfell (subsequently Deutsche Bank), Société Générale and ABN AMRO 
working in London, Hong Kong, Singapore and Sydney. 

•  Qualifications: Nicholas has a BSc in Chemistry from the University of Exeter and is a Fellow 

of the Institute of Chartered Accountants in England and Wales. 

39 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
BOARD OF DIRECTORS 
CONTINUED 

Independence 

Tenure 

Diversity 

Mike Allen, Independent Non-Executive Director 
•  Key skills and experience: Mike is not standing for re-election at this year’s AGM. During 

his tenure as a Non-Executive Director, Mike has drawn upon and brought to bear his 
considerable experience of general management in the UK and New Zealand, and strong legacy 
knowledge of the Company and its business to the Board. Through his role as Chairman of the 
Pensions Committee, Mike has also been instrumental in the successful settlement of the UK 
Pension Regulator’s pension investigation and the subsequent agreement of a single actuarial 
valuation of the UK pension scheme. 

•  Other current appointments: He is currently Chairman of Investore Property Limited and 

Director of Taumata Forests Limited, and an Independent Director of China Construction Bank 
(NZ) Limited and Tainui Group Holdings. 

•  Previous relevant experience: Mike was until recently a Director of Godfrey Hirst Australia 

and has previously held a variety of senior leadership roles in New Zealand at Southpac 
Corporation and Westpac. 

•  Qualifications: Mike has an LLB / BCom from Otago University, New Zealand. 

Anne Fahy, Independent Non-Executive Director 
(Anne joined the Board as a Non-Executive Director on 1 March 2018) 
•  Key skills and experience: Anne is an experienced audit committee chairman and brings 
her extensive financial and internal controls experience, combined with her considerable 
knowledge of global business and developing markets, to bear at the Board in her capacity 
as Chairman of the Audit and Risk Committee.  

•  Other current appointments: Anne is currently a Non-Executive Director and Chairman 
of the Audit Committee of Interserve, an international support services and construction 
company, and SThree, a global staffing organisation providing specialist recruitment services. 
She is also a Non-Executive Director of Nyrstar, a global multi-metals business and a Trustee 
of Save the Children. 

•  Previous relevant experience: During her career at BP, Anne gained extensive experience 
of global business, developing markets, risk management, internal control, compliance and 
strategy development in the aviation, petrochemicals, trading and retail sectors. 

•  Qualifications: Anne is a Fellow of the Institute of Chartered Accountants in Ireland and 
a Bachelor of Commerce in Economics, Accounting and Business from University College 
Galway, Ireland. 

David Gosnell, Independent Non-Executive Director 
•  Key skills and experience: David leverages his strong and deep supply and procurement 
background, and his broader experience in global multi-national companies to provide the 
Board, and the Group Executive Team, with key insights into the end-to-end supply chain 
process and to add value in his role as Chairman of the Remuneration Committee and as 
a member of other Committees.  

•  Other current appointments: David is currently Non-Executive Director of Brambles Ltd, 
the supply chain solutions provider and Chairman of Old Bushmills Distillery Company Ltd. 
•  Previous relevant experience: David retired from Diageo plc in 2014 where he had most 
recently held the role of President of Global Supply and Procurement. He led a global team 
of 9,000 people around the world across manufacturing, logistics and technical operations 
as well as managing Diageo’s global procurement budget. Prior to joining Diageo, David 
spent 25 years at HJ Heinz in various operational roles. 

Charts reflect Board composition as at date  
of Annual Report publication. 

•  Qualifications: David holds a Bachelor of Science degree in Electrical and Electronic Engineering 
from Middlesex University and has completed Supply Chain Manufacturing – Drive Operational 
Excellence at INSEAD (Singapore). 

40 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BOARD OF DIRECTORS 
CONTINUED 

Key to Committee 
membership 

  Audit and Risk 

  Nomination 

  Remuneration 

  Chair of Committee 

  Membership details can 
also be found online at 
www.coats.com/aboutus 

Hongyan Echo (‘Echo’) Lu, Independent Non-Executive Director 
•  Key skills and experience: Echo’s significant and ongoing business experience gained in 

different sectors in Europe, Asia and the US provide the Board with pragmatic insights into major 
geographic markets and consumer trends around the world.  

•  Other current appointments: Echo is currently the Managing Director, International of Holland 

& Barrett International, a European health and wellbeing retailer. 

•  Previous relevant experience: Echo previously served as the Managing Director of Homebase 
Ltd as part of Home Retail Group plc and spent ten years at Tesco plc in a variety of senior 
leadership roles, including Asia HR Director, Chief Operations Officer, China and Property 
Director, UK/Ireland. Echo has previously been a Non-Executive Director of Dobbies Garden 
Centres and served as a steering committee member of the Trestle Group Foundation, a non-
profit organisation which supports female entrepreneurs in emerging economies. 

•  Qualifications: Echo has a Bachelor of Arts in International Economy and Finance from Fudan 
University, Shanghai and a Master of Science in Industrial Relations and Human Resources from 
West Virginia University. 

Fran Philip, Independent Non-Executive Director 
•  Key skills and experience: Fran brings extensive speciality retailing business experience, which 
she uses to provide the Board with an understanding of the end consumer’s motivations and 
insight into the US fashion market and its evolving trends and dynamics. Fran’s particular interest 
in workforce dynamics stand her in good stead for her new role as the Designated Non-Executive 
Director to engage with the workforce.  

•  Other current appointments: Fran is currently a Non-Executive Director of a number of  

US companies including Vera Bradley Inc., the accessories brand; Totes Isotoner, the accessories 
manufacturer; Regent Holding, a home décor designer and importer; and an industry executive 
for Freeman Spogli, a US private equity firm specialising in retail and consumer brands. 
•  Previous relevant experience: Fran worked for several specialty chains such as The Gap, 

Williams-Sonoma and The Nature Company. She joined LL Bean in 1994 as Director of Product 
Development, Home Furnishings and went on to hold a number of roles including Vice President, 
Affiliated Brands, before becoming Chief Merchandising Officer in 2002 until she retired in 2011. 

•  Qualifications: Fran has a degree in English and Sociology from Bowdoin College, Maine, and 

an MBA from the Harvard Business School. 

Alan Rosling, CBE, Independent Non-Executive Director 
•  Key skills and experience: Alan has substantial experience of international business across a 

diverse range of sectors including textiles and Government. Alan provides the Board with start-up 
and technology insights derived from his experiences, especially in Asia, with a number of 
technology-focused enterprises. This experience makes him ideally placed for his role as 
Chairman of the Digital Advisory Council. 

•  Other current appointments: Alan is currently the Chairman of Griffin Growth Partners, 
a specialist strategic advisory firm focused on growing markets in Asia and is a Director 
of Constellation Alpha Capital Corporation, Insolight SA and Vyome Therapeutics Inc. 

•  Previous relevant experience: Alan co-founded Kiran Energy Solar Power in 2010. Until 2009 

Alan was an Executive Director of Tata Sons Limited. Prior to that he was Chairman of the 
Jardine Matheson Group in India, Strategy Development Director at United Distillers and a 
member of The Policy Unit at No. 10 Downing Street. He was CEO of Piersons, a division of 
Courtaulds Textiles, and an investment banker with S.G. Warburg & Co. 

•  Qualifications: Alan has an MA in History from the University of Cambridge and an MBA from 

the Harvard Business School. 

41 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GROUP EXECUTIVE TEAM 

  Membership details can  
also be found online at 
www.coats.com/aboutus 

Changes to the composition of 
the GET since 1 January 2018 
up to the date of this report are 
shown below: 
•  Monica McKee’s appointment 

as Chief Human Resources Officer 
was announced on 16 January 
2018 and she joined on 
20 March 2018. 

•  Massimo Petronio served as Chief 
Operating Officer, EMEA and 
LatAm until 31 July 2018. 
•  Shantanu Banerjee served as 

President, Performance Materials 
until 30 March 2018. 

•  Keith DuPont served as President, 
Performance Materials from  
2 April 2018 to 31 January 2019.  

OUR GROUP EXECUTIVE TEAM HAS CONTINUED  
TO EVOLVE AND REFLECT OUR SIMPLIFICATION 
PRIORITY UNDER THE CONNECTING FOR GROWTH 
STRATEGIC TRANSFORMATION PROGRAMME.  

Rajiv Sharma, Group Chief Executive – for details see page 39. 

Simon Boddie, Chief Financial Officer – for details see page 39. 

Ronan Cox, President, Performance Materials – Ronan has over 20 years of experience at 
Coats across sales, manufacturing and supply chain operations. Ronan is responsible for 
delivering the overall strategy for Performance Materials, including commercial activities and 
developing talent. He also leads the Connecting for Growth global strategic transformation 
programme, a series of projects which each address different aspects of reinventing Coats for 
the future and supports the drive to a faster, more profitable business delivering value for 
customers, employees and shareholders. 

Adrian Elliott, President, Apparel and Footwear – Adrian leads the Apparel and Footwear 
segment at Coats providing a world class portfolio of threads, zips and trims to global brands 
and manufacturers. He is primarily responsible for the development and delivery of value 
adding products and customer propositions leading to sustainable and profitable sales growth. 
Adrian has worked at Coats for over 25 years across several countries and continents. 

Kevin Finn, President, Business Operations – Kevin has global accountability for business 
operations which include inclusive working environment and robust business controls across 
the geographic clusters at Coats. He has over 30 years of experience working at Coats and 
held a range of operational and management roles throughout the business. Most recently he 
was Chief Operating Officer, Asia with responsibility for operations across the region and 
previously Managing Director of China. 

Hizmy Hassen, Chief Digital and Technology Officer – Hizmy has global responsibility for 
Technology within the organisation and is responsible for leading on digitising Coats’ customer 
facing interactions which will underpin sales growth and increased productivity. He has worked 
at Coats for almost 20 years and across areas of Supply Chain, Technology and Digital. 

Monica McKee, Chief Human Resources Officer (Monica joined on 20 March 2018) – 
Monica is responsible for delivering the Coats’ global HR strategy. This covers performance 
management, progression planning, reward and talent acquisition. Previously Monica was 
Head of Human Resources, Corporate Functions at Bristol-Myers Squibb where she also held 
a series of senior executive roles in organisation design, change management and business 
partnership.  

Stuart Morgan, Chief Legal & Risk Officer and Group Company Secretary – Stuart joined 
Coats in 2014 and is responsible for legal and compliance, governance, risk management, 
communications and company secretarial matters. He was previously General Counsel, Global 
Retail and Wealth with Lloyds Banking Group where he led international teams and provided 
legal and regulatory advice, risk management guidance and strategic support. 

Michael Schofer, Chief Supply Chain Officer – Michael leads the supply chain business with 
responsibility for procurement, manufacturing, logistics and the programme to digitise Coats’ 
supply chain. He has over 25 years’ experience at Coats and held leadership roles in General 
Management, Supply Chain management, IT and large scale business reorganisation 
throughout Coats. His previous role was as CEO of the Global Crafts Business. 

42 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT 

BOARD AND 
COMMITTEE 
ROLES AND 
RESPONSIBILITIES 

Board duties 
The Board’s role is to provide leadership of the Company, and it is responsible to the 
shareholders for the long term success of the Company. This remit includes: 

•  Monitoring and challenging performance against plan; 
•  Co-developing strategy with executive management; 
•  Leveraging Non-Executive Director expertise beyond the boardroom; and 
•  Ensuring good corporate governance. 
All matters are reserved for the Board unless specifically listed in the terms of reference 
for one of the Committees of the Board (which are available for viewing at 
www.coats.com/About/Corporate-Governance/Board-Committees) or where the Board 
has delegated authority. There is detailed Delegated Authorities policy and schedule which is 
reviewed and approved by the Board on an annual basis. Matters delegated to the Group 
Chief Executive and executive management as set out in the Delegated Authorities policy 
include managing the Group’s business in line with the strategic plan and approved risk 
appetite, and responsibility for the operation of the internal control framework. 

The Chairman, in conjunction with the Chief Legal & Risk Officer and Group Company 
Secretary sets the agenda for Board meetings. Each year the Board agrees a schedule 
of regular business, financial and operational matters to be addressed by the Board and 
its Committees during the course of the year and this ensures that all areas for which the 
Board has responsibility are reviewed. The Board’s standard agenda covers standing items, 
such as Health & Safety, a revolving review of principal risks, pensions and financial matters. 
When relevant, M&A and specific strategic and financial projects were considered. 

Roles and responsibilities 
Chairman and Chief Executive 
There is a clear separation of the role of the Chairman of the Board and the Chief Executive. 
Mike Clasper, the Chairman, leads the Board, and is responsible for its effectiveness and 
governance. He sets the tone for the Company and ensures that the links between the Board 
and management and between the Board and shareholders are strong. He sets the Board 
agenda and ensures that sufficient time is allocated to important matters. Rajiv Sharma, the 
Chief Executive, is responsible for: the day-to-day management of the Group’s operations; for 
recommending the Group’s strategy to the Board; and for implementing the strategy agreed 
by the Board. He is supported in decision-making by Simon Boddie, Chief Financial Officer and 
fellow Executive Director, and by the GET comprised of senior managers (see details below and 
biographies on page 42). 

Senior Independent Director (SID) 
In his role as the SID, Nicholas Bull provides a ‘sounding board’ for the Chairman and serves as 
an intermediary for the other Directors when necessary. Nicholas is available to shareholders if 
they have concerns which contact through the normal channels of Chairman, Group Chief 
Executive or other Executive Directors have failed to resolve, or for which such contact is 
inappropriate. 

Non-Executive Directors 
The role of the Non-Executive Directors is to provide constructive challenge to the executive 
management, and to bring experience and objectivity to the Board’s discussion and decision- 
making. They monitor the delivery of the Company’s strategy against the governance, risk and 
control framework established by the Board. The Non-Executive Directors, led by the SID, are 
also responsible for evaluating the performance of the Chairman. 

Company Secretary 
Stuart Morgan is the Chief Legal & Risk Officer and Group Company Secretary. In his role 
as Group Company Secretary, Stuart is responsible for working with the Chairman to develop 
Board and Committee agendas and to ensure that all Board procedures are complied with. 
Stuart also advises the Board on corporate governance, legal, regulatory and compliance 
matters and developments. 

43 

 
 
 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT 
CONTINUED 

Board Committees and Composition 
Audit and Risk Committee 
The Audit and Risk Committee is responsible on behalf of the Board for, amongst other things: 
•  the financial reporting process, the integrity of the financial statements of the Group, and any 
other formal announcements relating to its financial performance and reviewing significant 
financial reporting judgments contained in them; 

•  the effectiveness of the internal financial controls and the internal control and risk management 

systems of the Company;  

•  the Company’s policy on the supply of non-audit services by the external auditor; and 
•  on behalf of the Board for agreeing the terms of engagement of the external auditor, the 
auditor’s remuneration, confirming the auditor’s independence and its objectivity as well 
as monitoring the effectiveness of the external audit process. 

The Audit and Risk Committee’s report on activities undertaken during the course of the year 
ended 31 December 2018 can be found on pages 52 to 56 of this Annual Report.  

Nomination Committee 
The Nomination Committee is responsible on behalf of the Board for, amongst other things: 

•  establishing and agreeing with the Board a broad policy for appointments to the Board 

of Directors of the Company;  

•  regularly reviewing the balance and effectiveness of the Board, including; its structure, size, 

diversity and composition to consider succession planning; 

•  identification and nomination of candidates to fill any Board or, if required GET, vacancies and 

liaising with other committees of the Board to ensure the leadership needs and skills required to 
carry this forward are met; and  

•  to keep under review the leadership needs of the Company and the Group, both executive and 
non-executive, with a view to ensuring the continued ability of the organisation to compete 
effectively in the marketplace. 

The Nomination Committee’s Report on activities undertaken during the course of the year 
ended 31 December 2018 can be found on pages 50 to 51 of this Annual Report. 

Remuneration Committee 
The Remuneration Committee is responsible on behalf of the Board for, amongst other things: 

•  monitoring and evaluating the effectiveness of the Company’s remuneration policy; 
•  ensuring the policy remains aligned with the interests of all the Company’s stakeholders and 
provides an effective framework that enables the Company to attract, retain and incentivise 
executives that the Company needs to meet its objectives; and 

•  determining remuneration for the Company’s Directors taking into account the need to recruit 

and retain Directors who have the suitable skills and experience to perform in the interests of the 
Company and its shareholders, while paying no more than is necessary. 

The Remuneration Committee’s Report on activities undertaken during the course of the year 
ended 31 December 2018 can be found on pages 57 to 71 of this Annual Report. 

44 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT 
CONTINUED 

Other Committees 
Group Executive Team (GET) 
The GET is responsible for the operational delivery of the Group’s strategy. This includes day-
to-day management of operations and responsibility for monitoring detailed performance 
of all aspects of our business. Biographical details of the members of the GET are set out 
on page 42 of this Annual Report.  

Disclosure Committee 
The Disclosure Committee’s primary duty is to determine whether, what and when any Group 
information needs to be disclosed to the market and to verify such information ahead 
of its disclosure to the market via a Regulatory Information Service in accordance with the 
EU Market Abuse Regulation and the Financial Conduct Authority’s Disclosure Guidance and 
Transparency Rules. This includes providing appropriate reassurances to the Board and, 
as required, individual Directors, and ensuring appropriate records are kept. The Committee 
is chaired by Rajiv Sharma and its other members are Simon Boddie and Stuart  Morgan. 

Pension Committee 
This ad hoc Committee was established by resolution of the Board to act as a Committee to 
provide guidance on the actuarial valuations and investment strategies for the Company’s UK 
defined benefit pension scheme for such duration as determined by the Board. Following the 
cessation of the UK Pensions Regulator’s investigations in 2017, consolidation of the three UK 
pension schemes into one single scheme in 2018; and agreement of the UK pension scheme’s 
2018 actuarial valuation in March 2019, the Board has concluded that this ad hoc Committee 
is no longer required. In 2018, the Pensions Committee was chaired by Mike Allen, and its 
other members were Simon Boddie, Nicholas Bull and David Gosnell.  

Digital Advisory Council (DAC)  
The DAC advises on how to enhance the Digital and Technology strategy and its execution 
and provides input and insights to the Board and GET on emerging technology, digital business 
and change management. It has no formal decision-making authority. The DAC meets four 
times a year (of which two are virtual meetings). The DAC is chaired by Alan Rosling (Non-
Executive Director) and the other members are David Gosnell (Non-Executive Director), Hizmy 
Hassen (GET member) and there are two external members; one is the former CIO of an 
automotive OEM and the other a digital entrepreneur who has founded a leading company in 
data analytics. The DAC is advised by Gartner who are permanent invitees. An additional GET 
member, invited on a rotating basis, also attends meetings. 

d
r
a
o
B
m
o
r
f
d
e
t
a
g
e
l
e
d
y
t
i
l
i
b
i
s
n
o
p
s
e
R

Board of Directors 
For details of individual roles and 
responsibilities, see page 39 to 41 and 43 

Engagement 

Shareholders 

Engagement 

Stakeholders 
internal and external 

Nomination  
Committee 
à See page 50 

Remuneration  
Committee 
à See page 57 

Audit and Risk 
Committee 
à See page 52 

Pensions  
Committee 
à See page 45 

Disclosure  
Committee 
à See page 45 

Group Chief Executive 
à See page 43 

Digital Advisory 
Council  
à See page 45 

Group Executive Team  
For details of individual roles and 
responsibilities, see page 42 

45 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT 
CONTINUED 

Board and Committee meeting attendance 
Directors are expected to attend all meetings of the Board, and the Committees on which they 
sit, and to devote sufficient time to the Company’s affairs to enable them to fulfil their duties 
as Directors. The Directors were located in the UK, USA, New Zealand and Hong Kong and this 
geographical diversity meant that it was not always possible for every Director to attend all 
Board and Committee meetings in person. In the event that Directors were unable to attend a 
meeting, they were given time to comment on papers to be considered at the meeting and 
discussions were held in advance with the Chairman so that their contribution could be 
included in the wider Board discussion. 

In addition to the formal Board meetings, the Chairman periodically ensures that he meets 
on a periodic basis with the Non-Executive Directors without the Executive Directors present. 
These meetings support the constructive contribution of the Non-Executive Directors, and 
allows the Chairman to ensure that all views are taken into account and aired, as appropriate, 
at full Board meetings. All Directors are aware that, should they have concerns about the way 
the Board operates, those concerns should be raised and will be recorded within the minutes. 

No such concerns were raised during the reporting period. 

Appointment 
date 

Committee 
Appointments* 
Appointments* 

Board 

Audit 
Committee 

Nomination 
Committee 

Remuneration 
Committee 

Total meetings 
held 

Chairman 
Mike Clasper** 

Group Chief 
Executive 
Rajiv Sharma 

Chief Financial 
Officer 
Simon Boddie 

Senior 
Independent 
Director 
Nicholas Bull 

Non-Executive 
Directors 

12 

6 

20/02/14 

N 

12 

02/03/15 

N 

12 

04/07/16 

12 

2 

2 

2 

10/04/15 

A/N 

12 

6 

2 

Mike Allen** 

22/09/10 

Ruth Anderson*** 

16/04/14 

N / R 

A / N 

11 

4/4 

Anne Fahy**** 

01/03/18 

A / N 

10/10 

David Gosnell 

02/03/15 

A / N / R 

Echo Lu ***** 

Fran Philip 

01/12/17 

01/10/16 

N / R 

N / R 

Alan Rosling** 

02/03/15 

A / N / R 

12 

12 

11 

12 

3/3 

4/4 

6 

6 

2 

N/A 

2 

2 

2 

2 

2 

3 

3 

3 

3 

3 

3 

Key to Committee Appointments: A: Audit and Risk / N: Nominations / R: Remuneration 

* 
**     Date of appointment to Coats Group p lc 
***   Ruth Anderson attended the maximum possible number of meetings before stepping down from the Board. 
****  Anne Fahy attended the maximum possible number of meetings since  joining the Board. 
***** Echo Lu attended all of the meetings of the Committees on which she serves. Please note that this is now recorded in the above table of 
meeting attendance contained in the PDF version of this Annual Report. However, her attendance at the meetings of the Nomination 
Committee was inadvertently omitted from the printed version of this document.

The Board met formally 12 times during the year and a number of Disclosure Committee 
meetings were also convened to deal with matters such as approval of the Trading 
Statement, and the final approval of the interim and half year results. In addition, one Board 
meeting was devoted exclusively to discussions on the Group’s strategy. 

 46 

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT 
CONTINUED 

Board activities 
Set out below is a summary of some of the key areas that formed the Board’s agenda for the 
financial year ended 31 December 2018. This list is not intended to be exhaustive but instead 
provides an overview of the breadth of the areas considered under the Board’s remit. 

Strategy 

Governance 
and Risk 

Stakeholders 
and Culture 

Financial 

• Appropriate review 
of the progress, 
outcomes and costs 
of the C4G global 
transformation 
programme  

• Regular review of 

M&A project updates  

• Deep dive reviews of 
the Services business 
and strategy 

• Topics covered at 
Board Strategy 
meeting: 

-  Review of 

corporate brand 
including 
stakeholder 
positioning; 

-  Use of Data 
and future 
opportunities; and  

-  People strategy 

and plans 

• Review of risk register 
to ensure appropriate 
update 

• Principal risk deep 
dives presented at 
each Board meeting 
including impact of 
certain critical site 
closures, innovation 
risks and 
environmental risk 
review 

• Review of Company 

approach to: 
corporate social 
responsibility; 
environmental, social 
and governance 
matters; and socially 
responsible investing 

• Review of the 

Company’s modern 
slavery statement 

• Regular Corporate 

Governance 
regulatory updates 
and assessment on 
impact on Coats’ 
ways of working 

• Attendance by the 

•  Approval of 2019 

Chairman and some 
Non-Executive 
Directors at the 
Group Leadership 
Conference 

• Employee 

engagement matters 
including agreeing 
the 2018 employee 
engagement plan, 
review of survey 
results including deep 
dive into relevant 
geographical areas 
where appropriate 

• Review of investor 
relations report at 
every Board meeting 

• Review and approval 

of 2019 people 
strategy for the 
Group 

budget and medium 
term plan 

•  Review of preliminary 
results and half-year 
announcements 
including dividend 
approach 

•  Review and approval 
of going concern and 
long term viability 
statements on the 
recommendation 
of the Audit and Risk 
Committee  

•  Regular review of the 

progress of the 
amalgamation of the 
three UK defined 
benefit pension 
schemes into one 
scheme 

Board support 
Each Director has access to the advice and services of the Group Company Secretary. Where 
necessary, Directors may take independent professional advice at the Company’s expense. 
No such independent advice was sought during the financial year. The Board receives regular 
briefings from the Group Company Secretary on governance, legal and regulatory matters. 
Before each Board meeting, papers are delivered electronically via a secure iPad accessible 
web portal, which helps to ensure that Directors have time and resources to fulfil their duties. 
The web portal includes a resource centre providing access to key information. 

Directors’ interests and conflicts 
The interests of the Directors (including interests of their connected persons) in the share 
capital of the Company and its subsidiaries are set out in the Directors’ Remuneration Report 
on pages 57 to 71. 

There is an established process to capture details of any interests that a Director may have 
which conflict with, or could potentially conflict with, the interests of the Company. The 
Company’s Articles of Association permit the Board to authorise any actual or potential 
conflicts of interest if considered appropriate. At each meeting the Board considers Directors’ 
conflicts of interest and Directors are reminded of their duty to disclose any conflicts and 
potential conflicts, as well as any interests in the matters to be discussed at the meeting. 

No Director, either during or since the end of the year under review, was or has become 
interested in any material contract (not being a contract of employment) with the Company 
or any of its subsidiaries. 

47 

 
 
 
 
 
 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT 
CONTINUED 

Board effectiveness 
This year the Board (and its Committees) conducted internally facilitated effectiveness reviews. 
In respect of the Board effectiveness review, the questions were designed to ensure these 
captured the feedback from last year’s review, and the areas where the Board has focused 
since then, as well as the latest corporate governance regulatory reforms and their anticipated 
impact on the Board’s activities in order to allow appropriate benchmarking in future years. 
The questions required the Directors to input an absolute and relative rating for each item to 
allow consideration of how the Board was operating during the year, relative to Directors' 
experiences on the other boards on which they serve, as well as whether or not the Board had 
increased or decreased its effectiveness in each area in comparison to the previous year. The 
questions included assessment of the focus on key strategic matters vs tactical matters, long 
term strategic thinking vs current issues, opportunities and challenges and the length and 
volume of Board papers. 

The responses to the survey were carefully analysed to identify particular strengths, progress, 
trends and areas for ongoing focus. The Directors considered this analysis in detail during two 
Board meeting discussions.  Areas which received particularly positive feedback included the 
levels of engagement and trust within the Board room; the levels of focus on emerging risks, 
corporate culture, diversity and the interests of the Group’s various internal and external 
stakeholders; and the effective functioning of the various Board Committees.  The Directors 
devoted a large amount of the discussion to areas for further focus in 2019, notably how most 
effectively to challenge specific business performance issues, how best to continue to test and 
monitor the Group’s medium/long term strategy and how best to maximise the effectiveness 
of Board discussions on key topics throughout the year. 

In 2019, the Board will undertake an externally facilitated effectiveness review. 

In addition, during the year Nicholas Bull led an assessment of the Chairman’s performance in 
discussion with the other Non-Executive Directors. The results of this assessment were shared 
with the Chairman prior to the end of the financial year ended 31 December 2018. 

A summary of the results of the effectiveness reviews of the Audit and Risk, Nomination 
and Remuneration Committees can be found in their respective reports contained within 
this Annual Report. 

Following these reviews, I am satisfied that the Board and its Committees are performing 
effectively and that the balance of skill, experience, diversity, independence and knowledge 
of the Group are sufficient to enable the Directors to discharge their respective duties and 
responsibilities effectively and I believe the Board has a sufficient balance of diversity. All of the 
Non-Executive Directors are deemed to be independent in accordance with the criteria set out 
in the 2016 Code. 

48 

 
 
 
 
 
 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT 
CONTINUED 

RELATIONS WITH 
SHAREHOLDERS 

IN 2018, WE HOSTED A CAPITAL MARKET’S DAY 
IN LONDON WHERE THE GET GAVE AN UPDATE 
ON OUR PERFORMANCE AND STRATEGY 
TO A LARGE GROUP OF INSTITUTIONAL 
INVESTORS AND ANALYSTS 

The Chairman, SID and other Non-Executive Directors aim to meet some of the major 
institutional investors at least once per year and are available to meet 
other investors on request. The Chairman shares feedback from these meetings with the 
wider Board. 

The Board receives regular updates on investor communication activity, changes to the 
shareholder register, analysis of share price performance and particular investment themes 
such as Environmental, Social and Governance compliance, and the Chairman ensures that any 
views expressed by shareholders are communicated to the Board at the earliest opportunity. 

The Board considers transparency and openness to be a key feature of its stated strategy and 
endeavours to ensure that both shareholders and the market remain appropriately informed 
and that timely updates are released to the market. 

We maintain an active engagement with our key financial audiences, including institutional 
shareholders, debt stakeholders and sell-side analysts, as well as potential shareholders. 

During the year we made regular presentations to, and had meetings with, institutional and 
retail investors from the UK, Europe and the US to communicate progress towards achieving 
our growth strategy and to answer questions. Throughout the year our senior management 
team presented at industry conferences organised by investor bodies and investment banks for 
their institutional investor bases, and have run multiple investor roadshows across the UK, 
Europe, US and Canada. 

In addition, in 2018 we hosted a Capital Market’s Day in London where our Group Executive 
Team gave an update on our performance and strategy to a large group of institutional 
investors and analysts. I, and a number of Board Directors, also attended this event and heard 
the views and feedback from our shareholder base. We also hosted a selection of brokers and 
analysts at our Bursa plant in Turkey in September. 

Our dedicated Investor Relations function and management team managed the interaction 
with these audiences and provided additional regular presentations during the year. 

Presentations are made to analysts and shareholders covering the Company’s Preliminary 
Results and its half-year results each year. 

Our website has a section focused on information and updates relevant to public shareholders 
which can be found at www.coats.com/shareholders. 

Annual General Meetings 
The Board values the Annual General Meeting as an important opportunity to engage with 
investors. Attendees have the opportunity to ask questions of the Board and are invited to 
meet with the Board following the formal business of the meeting. This interaction helps the 
Board to develop an understanding of the views of the Company’s shareholders. 

Copies of the presentations and reports and the results of proxy voting at the 2018 AGM were 
released to the market and can be found at www.coats.com/shareholders. 

This year’s Annual General Meeting will be held in London on 23 May 2019. 

Mike Clasper  
Chairman  
7 March 2019 

49 

 
 
 
NOMINATION COMMITTEE REPORT 

THE NOMINATION COMMITTEE HAS CONTINUED 
TO MONITOR THE GET AND SENIOR MANAGEMENT 
TALENT POOL TO ENSURE THAT SUCCESSION 
PLANNING FOR BUSINESS CRITICAL ROLES IS 
PROACTIVELY REVIEWED 

Dear Shareholder  
The following Nomination Committee Report summarises our work over the past year and I’m 
pleased to update you on the matters that we have considered. During the course of 2018, the 
Nomination Committee has continued to monitor Board composition to ensure that there are 
the right balance of skills, experience, diversity and independence and that our succession 
planning correctly considers and addresses any gaps identified. 

The Nomination Committee has continued to monitor the GET and senior management talent 
pool to ensure that succession planning for business critical roles is proactively reviewed. The 
Board considered the implications of the new requirements relating to the development of 
‘a diverse pipeline’ for succession for the Board and the GET contained within the 2018 
Code. The Nomination Committee has focused on these areas for a number of years and will 
continue to consider the various diversity factors set out in the 2018 Code and the Hampton-
Alexander and Parker Reports appropriately. The Board will consider the adoption of a formal 
diversity policy in 2019 and details of this will be provided in next year’s Annual Report. 

As included in my last Nomination Committee Report to you, Anne Fahy joined the Board in 
March 2018 and succeeded Ruth Anderson as Chair of the Audit and Risk Committee upon 
her retirement at the 2018 AGM. Mike Allen will step down as a Non-Executive Director at this 
year’s AGM. I would like to thank Mike for his wisdom, tenacity and support over the years. 

Mike Clasper 
Chairman, Nomination Committee 
7 March 2019 

Composition and meetings 
The Chairman is Mike Clasper and its members comprise all of the Non-Executive Directors 
along with the Group Chief Executive. The Committee met on two occasions during 2018, one 
scheduled meeting and one ad hoc meeting, to discuss succession planning and development 
and to consider the current balance of skills, experience, diversity, independence and 
knowledge on the Board. 

Diversity 
The Board believes that having people with a diverse range of skills and qualifications, as 
well as a diverse mix of geographical experience, ethnicities, age and gender on the Board and 
GET contributes to an effective and high performing leadership team, who are better able to 
guide the Company and set the tone and culture for the organisation. This is critical for the 
long term sustainable success of the Group. When reviewing the composition of the Board, 
the Committee takes these factors into account and includes these in its succession planning 
criteria to ensure there is a well developed brief available when required. 

While the Committee’s focus is to ensure that appointment recommendations are made on 
objective criteria and that the best candidates are put forward for appointments, it always 
remains cognisant of the need for and benefits of diversity. Close regard is also given to 
these factors when considering senior executive appointments. As set out in the Chairman’s 
introduction, it is intended that the Company will adopt a formal diversity policy in 2019. This 
will codify the existing ways of working and long-established practices but will not significantly 
change the approach in this area.  

EFFECTIVENESS 

Highlights for 2018: 
-  Oversight of senior executive 
talent development and 
succession planning 

Priorities for 2019 
-  Ongoing focus on ensuring 
appropriate mix of diversity 
among Board, GET and senior 
management more generally 

50 

 
 
 
 
 
 
NOMINATION COMMITTEE REPORT 
CONTINUED 

The Committee continues to take an active interest in talent management, in particular 
ensuring that initiatives are in place to develop the talent pipeline and to promote diversity and 
gender in the GET and other senior executives. During the year the Committee considered the 
changes in the GET including the appointment of the President, Business Operations and the 
succession for the role of President, Performance Materials. Both roles were filled using the 
existing internal talent pipeline. The Nomination Committee continues to focus on appropriate 
Chairman and Chief Executive succession planning. 

We remain satisfied that the succession planning structure in place is appropriate for a 
FTSE250 company of the size and nature of the Group. The Nomination Committee considers 
succession plans covering multiple years and identifies any skills, experience or knowledge gaps 
to be addressed in future recruitment. Our succession planning arrangements will continue to 
be kept under regular review going forward. 

Appointment induction and training 
The Nomination Committee is responsible for leading the process of appointing new Directors. 
This includes developing the search criteria, including a list of necessary and desirable skills, 
knowledge and experience, identified through the ongoing monitoring of the Board's 
composition. Where appropriate, an executive search agency would be appointed and a 
rigorous shortlisting process would be applied to any candidates identified. No such process 
was undertaken during the course of the year ended 31 December 2018.  

There is a formal induction programme for new Directors, which was followed during the 
year for Anne Fahy. This included meetings with GET members, and other senior executives 
individually, and also meeting with stakeholders including relevant bankers, advisers 
and investors. 

Following the initial induction for Non-Executive Directors, their continuing understanding 
of the business is progressed through relevant business engagements such as the Board’s 
visits to the US operations of the business during the course of 2018. The Board received 
briefings from internal and external advisors including the implications of the new 
requirements contained in the 2018 Code. Directors also independently completed a series 
of screen based training modules covering various ethics topics including anti-bribery and 
corruption and competition law. 

Committee performance and effectiveness 
The Nomination Committee performance was evaluated by way of a self assessment 
effectiveness survey that was completed by all Nomination Committee members and routine 
meeting attendees. The results of the effectiveness survey showed that the Nomination 
Committee was considered to be effective. Following discussion of the feedback received 
through that survey, and having considered the evolving corporate governance requirements 
in this area, the Board is in the process of refining the role and remit of the Nomination 
Committee. 

The Committee is satisfied that the external commitments of its Chairman and members do 
not conflict with their duties and commitment as Directors of the Company. During the course 
of the year, Rajiv Sharma was appointed as a non-executive director of Senior plc and the 
Board approved this appointment in advance of it being made. 

The Board believe that having experience of acting on another company board provides 
valuable insights to executive management. The Board considered the requirements of the role 
and was satisfied that it would not adversely impact Rajiv’s ability to perform his role within 
the Company. 

The Nomination Committee Report was approved by a Committee of the Board of Directors 
on 7 March 2019 and signed on its behalf by: 

Mike Clasper 
Chairman, Nomination Committee 
7 March 2019 

51 

 
 
AUDIT AND RISK  
COMMITTEE REPORT 

ACCOUNTABILITY 

Highlights for 2018 
- 

In depth review of Lower 
Passaic River and other tax 
and legal provisions 

-  Deep dives into the internal 
controls for: the Connecting 
for Growth global 
transformation programme; 
procurement; and SAP IT 
-  Consideration of impacts 
of IFRS 16 Leases and 
related disclosure 

-  Determination, presentation 
and disclosure of Exceptional 
items 

-  Regular review of 

whistleblowing allegations and 
deep dive into whistleblowing 
process and controls 

Priorities for 2019 
-  Review of first and second lines 
of defence in new Cluster 
structure 

-  Deep dive into Treasury controls 

and policy 

-  Review of segmental reporting 

DURING THE YEAR I WAS DELIGHTED TO BECOME 
CHAIRMAN OF THE AUDIT AND RISK COMMITTEE, 
SUCCEEDING RUTH ANDERSON AFTER HER 
PLANNED RETIREMENT FROM THE BOARD 

Dear Shareholder 
On behalf of the Audit and Risk Committee, I am pleased to present its Report for the year 
ended 31 December 2018. 

I was delighted to become Chairman of the Audit and Risk Committee on 16 May 2018, 
succeeding Ruth Anderson after her planned retirement from the Board. I would like to thank 
Ruth for her valuable contribution to the work of the Committee during her tenure as Chair 
and I would also like to thank both Ruth and the other members of the Committee for their 
support during the transition period which has resulted in a smooth hand over.  

I hope that you find this Report a helpful explanation of the work undertaken by the 
Committee this year. I am confident that the Committee, supported by members of 
management and the external auditors, has carried out its duties effectively during the year 
under review. 

In the following pages you will find a description of how the Committee has carried out its 
responsibilities during the year. During the course of 2018, the remit of the Committee did 
not significantly change from previous years and its role was to monitor and review the 
integrity of the financial statements; internal controls and risk management systems; 
whistleblowing; and the role and effectiveness of the external auditor.  

The Committee has an annual work plan linked to the Group’s financial reporting cycle, 
which ensures that it considers all matters delegated to it by the Board. During the year, the 
Committee met six times and in that time, in addition to its annual work plan, it reviewed the 
Group’s processes and controls for the Connecting for Growth global transformation 
programme and procurement including status of the implementation of the Company’s 
Supplier Code. 

The Group’s 2017 Annual Report and Financial Statements was included as part of a sample 
within the FRC’s thematic review of small listed and aim quoted companies, with a focus on 
Alternative Performance Measure and pension disclosures. No significant changes to 
disclosures in the 2018 Annual Report and Financial Statements have been required following 
the review. 

Anne Fahy 
Chairman, Audit and Risk Committee 
7 March 2019 

Membership and meetings 
The Committee is comprised solely of independent Non-Executive Directors and the 
composition of the Committee and its members’ biographies, including detailed information 
on their experience, skills and qualifications can be found on pages 39 to 41. Their 
attendance can be found on page 46. The Board has confirmed that it is satisfied that 
Committee members possess an appropriate level of independence and depth of financial 
and commercial, including sectoral, expertise. For the financial year ended 31 December 
2018, Ruth Anderson, Nicholas Bull and Anne Fahy were the members of the Committee 
determined by the Board as having recent and relevant financial experience. 

Regular attendees at Committee meetings in the year included the Group Chief Financial 
Officer, the Chief Legal & Risk Officer and Group Company Secretary, the Group Financial 
Controller, the Head of Financial Control, the Senior Financial Reporting Manager, the Head 
of Group Internal Audit, and the external auditor. The Group Chairman and Group Chief 
Executive also attended most meetings. The Chairman holds regular meetings with both 
internal and external auditors and each has an opportunity to discuss matters with the 
Committee without management being present. 

52 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
AUDIT AND RISK 
COMMITTEE REPORT 
CONTINUED 

Committee responsibilities 
In respect of the year ended 31 December 2018, the Committee reviewed its terms of 
reference to ensure they reflect current standards of governance including consideration of 
the relevant sections of the 2018 UK Code. The matters that the Committee is responsible for 
monitoring include: 

•  the financial reporting process, the integrity of the financial statements of the Group, and any 
other formal announcements relating to its financial performance and reviewing significant 
financial reporting judgments contained therein; 

•  the effectiveness of the system of internal control and risk management of the Company; and 
•  agreeing the terms of engagement of the external auditor, the auditor’s remuneration, 
confirming the auditor’s independence and its objectivity as well as monitoring the 
effectiveness of the external audit process and the Company’s policy on the supply 
of non-audit services by the external auditor. 

Financial reporting 
The Committee’s primary responsibility in relation to the Group’s financial reporting is 
to review with management and the external auditor the half-year and annual financial 
statements including, amongst other matters: 

•  the accounting policies and practices adopted; 
•  material areas in which significant judgments have been applied, where there are significant 
estimates, or where significant issues have been discussed with the external auditor; and 
•  the clarity of disclosures and compliance with financial reporting standards and relevant 

financial and governance reporting requirements including the use, prominence and balance 
of financial Alternative Performance Measures compared to their closest Generally Accepted 
Accounting Principles equivalents. 

Going concern and viability statements  
The Committee reviewed the appropriateness of the going concern basis of accounting in 
preparing the half-year and annual financial statements and confirmed its satisfaction with 
the methodology applied. The Committee reported to the Board that management had 
followed sound processes in reaching its conclusion in relation to both the going concern 
and viability statements. 

Fair, balanced and understandable 
The Committee considered whether the Annual Report is ‘fair, balanced and understandable’, 
in line with the requirements of the 2016 Code, using the same methodology that was 
applied in previous years to make its assessment. On the basis of this work together with the 
views expressed by the external auditor, the Committee recommended to and, in turn the 
Board confirmed, that it could make the required statement that the Annual Report is ‘fair, 
balanced and understandable’. 

Significant issues relating to the financial statements 
The Committee considered the following issues relating to the financial statements during the 
year. These include the matters relating to risks disclosed in the external auditor’s report: 

Significant issues relating  
to the financial statements  How the Committee addressed the issue during the year 

Pension matters –  
valuation of obligations  
and disclosure 

At 31 December 2018, the Group’s IAS19 Pension deficit was $168m. 
The Committee reviewed the methodology for determining key 
assumptions underpinning the valuation of liabilities of the Group’s most 
significant pension schemes. The Committee also reviewed in detail the 
various aspects of the continuing obligations to the Group’s ongoing 
schemes. The Committee is satisfied that these, and the disclosures 
provided in note 10 to the financial statements are appropriate. 

53 

 
  
 
 
AUDIT AND RISK  
COMMITTEE REPORT 
CONTINUED 

Significant issues relating  
to the financial statements  How the Committee addressed the issue during the year 

US environment provision 

Exceptional items 

Sale of North  
America Crafts 

Taxation 

The Group has recognised a provision, net of insurance reimbursements, 
of $17.6m in respect of remediation and legal / professional costs for 
the Lower Passaic River. The Committee considered at length 
management’s position on the accounting and disclosure implications 
surrounding this environmental case. Following the delivery of the EPA’s 
Record of Decision in March 2016, the Committee has continued to 
review whether subsequent events, including those impacting other 
parties considered to be responsible for the most significant 
contamination in the river, triggered the requirement to re-measure the 
level of remediation provisioning previously established. The Committee 
is satisfied that there is no requirement to re-measure the remediation 
provision at 31 December 2018 and that the disclosures provided in 
note 28 to the financial statements are appropriate. However, in light 
of the litigation filed by OCC, the Committee reviewed the adequacy 
of the legal/professional cost provision and agreed with management 
that an increase was appropriate so that the Company could continue 
to defend its position 

In 2018, exceptional costs of $47.8m in respect of continuing operation 
have been recorded; the disclosures in note 4 provide further details. 
The most significant items relate to reorganisation costs in respect of the 
Connecting for Growth program, additional provisioning in respect of 
the Lower Passaic River and past service cost for the equalisation of 
Guaranteed Minimum Pensions. The Committee assessed management 
judgements, took into account the views of the external auditors and 
concluded that the accounting treatment was appropriate given the 
one-off nature of the events. 

The sale of the North America Crafts business was announced on  
22 January 2019. The Committee reviewed management’s judgements 
on the accounting and reporting implications on the 2018 results, 
including: the held for sale classification at 31 December 2018, the  
write down of the carrying value to fair value less costs to sell and 
treatment of results as discontinued operations. The Committee 
concluded that it was satisfied with the accounting treatment and 
disclosures made in the Annual Report. 

The Group operates in numerous jurisdictions around the world, with 
different regulations applying in different territories. This complexity 
together with intra-group cross-border transactions give rise to inherent 
risks. In addition to reviewing the Group’s underlying effective tax rate, 
which has reduced from 32% to 31%, the Committee also considered 
the Group’s uncertain tax provisions which amount in total to $16 
million. The Committee is satisfied with the approach and disclosures 
adopted by management as reflected in the financial statements in note 
9 to the financial statements. 

The Committee also received regular updates from Chief Legal & Risk Officer and Group 
Company Secretary on provisions made for litigation and tax matters and the Committee 
considered the appropriateness of the methodology applied.  

Internal control and risk management 
The Board has overall responsibility for determining the nature and extent of its principal risks 
and the extent of the Group’s risk appetite, and for monitoring and reviewing the effectiveness 
of the Group’s systems of risk management and internal control. The principal risks and 
uncertainties facing the Company are addressed in the Strategic Report and in the table 
on pages 25 to 27 in this document. The Board has delegated to the Committee the 
responsibility for monitoring the effectiveness of the systems of risk management and 
internal control. 

The Committee receives reports from management, Internal Audit and the external auditor 
relating to the effectiveness of the control environment. The reporting process ensures that all 
business units regularly report on internal control and risks through the submission of self-

54 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
AUDIT AND RISK 
COMMITTEE REPORT 
CONTINUED 

The Committee considered the results 
of an internally facilitated effectiveness 
review of the Internal Audit function 
as well as considering its overall 
performance in relation to the year 
ended 31 December 2018. The review 
was conducted with input from 
management worldwide and the 
Committee concluded that it was 
satisfied that the experience and 
expertise of the function is appropriate 
for the Company. 

The Company has a whistleblowing 
procedure which enables employees 
who are aware of, or suspect, 
misconduct, illegal activities, fraud, 
abuse of assets or violations of any 
Company policy to report these 
confidentially. 

assessments every six months. During the year, the Committee specifically looked at the 
processes and controls underpinning the whistleblowing programme, as well as in relationship 
to the SAP IT environment. The Committee and the Board are satisfied that these systems 
operate effectively in all material respects and provide reasonable assurance regarding the 
Group’s financial and operational condition. 

Internal audit 
The Head of Group Internal Audit agrees the Internal Audit department’s programme of 
work annually in advance with the Committee. At each Committee meeting, the Committee 
reviews key findings from internal audit reports, receives detailed reports from management 
where appropriate, and monitors the rate at which actions agreed with management are 
implemented. Key themes seen in the internal audit reports throughout the year included the 
impact of changes to management oversight of certain operations following the move to a 
cluster structure, as a result of the Connecting for Growth global transformation programme 
and an increase in whistleblowing reporting (see below). In 2018, the Committee has also 
focused on re-enforcing control systems for regulatory compliance, notably in India and 
Central America. 

The Head of Group Internal Audit also consolidated and presented to the Committee a 
biannual review of in-country operational risks, which included a summary of any new risks 
that have arisen in the period with agreement on appropriate actions and interventions. 
The Committee also reviews the minutes from the Group Risk Management Committee 
and discussed matters arising with management. 

Whistleblowing procedure 
A whistleblowing, ethics and fraud report is a standing item on the agenda at each Committee 
meeting. Coats has a well-publicised whistleblowing procedure designed to empower all 
employees, contractors and anyone else who is aware of, suspects, or is concerned about 
potential misconduct, illegal activities, fraud, abuse of assets or other violations of Company 
policy/ Code of ethics to report these confidentially. Once a concern is received via the 
whistleblowing procedure, it is investigated by a team independent of the relevant operational 
business or function, and findings are presented to an appropriate member of the Group 
Executive Team in order to determine appropriate remedial actions. During the course of the 
year ended 31 December 2018, there were 99 whistleblowing concerns raised (2017: 50). This 
significant increase appears to be at least partially attributable to the embedding of the ‘Doing 
the right thing’ programme, which was established in 2017 and encourages employees to 
reflect regularly on the importance of ethical behaviour in their working lives – supported by 
ongoing training, communications and discussion of the importance of a strong ethical and 
compliance-focussed culture – and to remain alert to potential concerns and to raise these 
appropriately. Importantly, in 2018, the uphold rate of those concerns which were found 
to be substantiated after proper investigation decreased by nearly a third from 2017. In the 
case of every such substantiated concern, disciplinary action was taken whenever there was 
any evidence of misdemeanour and training and enhanced controls were implemented 
wherever appropriate. 

External audit 
Independence 
The Committee is responsible for reviewing the independence of the Company’s auditor, 
Deloitte LLP, agreeing the terms of engagement with them and the scope of their audit. 
Deloitte has a policy of partner rotation, which complies with regulatory standards, and, 
in addition, Deloitte has a structure of peer reviews for its engagements, which are aimed 
at ensuring that its independence is maintained. 

Maintaining an independent relationship with the Company’s auditor is a critical part 
of assessing the effectiveness of the audit process. The Committee has agreed the Company’s 
policy on non-audit fees and this was reviewed by the Committee during the year ended 31 
December 2018. The Committee also regularly reviews the level of audit and non-audit fees 
paid to Deloitte. The key principles of the policy on non-audit services are: 
•  The Committee has approved a list of all permitted non-audit services which are allowed under 

UK statutory legislation and complies with the European Union Directive on audit 
and non-audit services. Permitted services include audit-related services such as reviews 

55 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
AUDIT AND RISK  
COMMITTEE REPORT 
CONTINUED 

of interim financial information or any other review of accounts required by law to be provided 
by the auditor. 

•  The list also includes certain tax compliance and advisory services for Group subsidiaries 

incorporated outside the European Union. 

•  The Committee has approved a list of prohibited services which include services remunerated on 

a success fee or participation in activities normally undertaken by management. 

•  Any service that is not on the list of permitted services, if in excess of US$25,000, requires the 

approval of the Committee. 

During 2018, the external auditor provided services in relation to the Group’s interim results and 
tax advisory services outside the European Union. The external auditor has confirmed to the 
Committee that they did not provide any prohibited services and that they have not undertaken 
any work that could lead to their objectivity and independence being compromised. 

The non-audit services supplied by the external auditor can be found in note 5 of the financial 
statements. The non-audit services primarily relate to tax compliance and advisory services in 
India and the Committee considered and approved a proposal for the external auditor to 
continue these works in India. In the case of each engagement, it was considered appropriate 
to engage Deloitte LLP for the work because of their existing knowledge and experience from 
prior Group engagements. The Committee discussed with, and received confirmation from, the 
external auditor that the audit team have not relied on the work performed by their tax teams 
as part of the audit and their objectivity and independence has been safeguarded. 

Consideration of Audit tender 
Deloitte LLP was appointed the Company’s auditor in 2003. The Company has an established 
policy that the external audit contract be put out to competitive tender in accordance with 
the provisions of The Statutory Audit Services for Large Companies Market Investigation 
(Mandatory Use of Competitive Tender Processes and Audit Committee Responsibilities) Order 
2014. Given the significant Connecting for Growth global transformation programme that is 
being implemented in the Group, the Company has decided not yet to tender the audit, as 
permitted by the transitional provisions under the EU Statutory Audit Directive but it will have 
to do so no later than 2023. Ed Hanson was appointed as the lead audit engagement partner 
in 2018 succeeding Tim Biggs in December 2018. He will rotate off the audit team after the 
2022 year-end. The Company will continue to consider annually the timetable for audit 
tendering. There are no contractual obligations that restrict the Company’s choice of external 
audit firm. 

Assessment of audit process 
The scope of the external audit is formally documented by the auditor. They discuss the draft 
proposal with management before it is referred to the Committee who reviews its adequacy 
and holds further discussions with management and the auditor before final approval. 

In respect of the financial year ended 31 December 2018, the Committee assesses the 
performance and effectiveness of the external auditor, as well as their independence and 
objectivity, on the basis of meetings and a questionnaire-based internal review which was 
completed by the Committee members, regular attendees to the Committee and those Coats 
colleagues globally who interact most frequently with the external auditor. The summary of the 
results of the questionnaire has been reviewed by the Committee and appropriate feedback 
has been shared with the external auditor. The Committee is satisfied that it can recommend 
to the Board that the Board should propose to shareholders the reappointment of Deloitte LLP 
as auditor for the year ending 31 December 2019. 

Assessment of the effectiveness of the Committee 
The Committee has undertaken a questionnaire-based self-assessment to evaluate its 
effectiveness in respect of the year ended 31 December 2018. The key issues that were 
identified in the previous year’s assessment were discussed by the Committee to ensure these 
were adequately addressed and the Chairman provided an update where appropriate. The 
Committee is considered to function well, with structured meetings and good challenge and 
engagement being provided across its remit by all Committee members. The Audit and Risk 
Committee Report was approved by a Committee of the Board of Directors on 7 March 2019 
and signed on its behalf by: 

Anne Fahy 
Chairman, Audit and Risk Committee  
7 March 2019 

56 

 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT 
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2018 

REMUNERATION 

Highlights for 2018: 
-  Delivery of Connecting for 

Growth initiatives in Industrial 
business  

-  Challenging performance for 

- 

Crafts North America reflected 
in annual bonus outcomes 
Impressive three year share price 
performance reflected in Long 
Term Incentive vesting  

Priorities for 2019: 
-  Adoption of revised levels of 

annual incentive pay approved 
(following restraint in use 
of policy) 
Increased mandatory deferral 
in shares of annual bonus 
-  Post termination shareholding 

- 

requirement 

-  Review of Remuneration Policy 
prior to AGM vote in 2020 
-  Aligning reward to growth and 

culture (innovation and 
teamwork) 

‘The Committee is committed to the 
maintenance of a robust approach to 
establish stretching performance targets 
for all incentive awards.’ 

DURING THE THREE YEAR PERFORMANCE PERIOD 
TO 31 DECEMBER 2018 THE COMPANY WAS 
RANKED AT 98 PERCENTILE OF ITS TOTAL 
SHAREHOLDER RETURN COMPARATOR GROUP 
AND ACHIEVED SHARE PRICE GROWTH OF 184.6% 

Dear Shareholder 
I am pleased to introduce the fourth annual report on remuneration since my appointment 
as Remuneration Committee Chairman. The Group has experienced a significant degree of 
change and successful growth over the last 4 years and the Committee’s primary objective 
remains to ensure the company has the right remuneration structure that enables it to attract, 
reward and retain the individuals it needs to meet its objectives. 

Overview of 2018  
The LTIP award for the 2016 to 2018 performance period will vest at 84.2%. This reflects the 
strong performance delivered by the executive team over the last 3 years. The Company has 
continued to achieve significant growth in Earnings Per Share and Free Cash Flow generation.  
During the three year performance period to 31 December 2018 the company was ranked at 
98th Percentile of its Total Shareholder Return comparator group and achieved share price 
growth of 184.6%. 

The annual bonus award for 2018 has achieved 64.5% of the maximum financial metrics for 
profit and cash generation. Performance for the year was negatively impacted by a challenging 
year for the North America Crafts business but despite this the annual bonus outcome reflects 
the strong performance of the underlying industrial business and the success of the 
Connecting For Growth programme announced last year (and referred to elsewhere in this 
Annual Report). 

Long Term Incentive award grants in 2018 were established with a higher level of challenge 
with an increase in the threshold EPS CAGR target from 5% to 7% and a tougher vesting scale 
to the maximum of 15% CAGR to reflect the revised expectations of the Connecting for 
Growth Programme. This was planned as a one-off amendment and the LTIP award for 2019 
will return to 5% CAGR at threshold and straightline vesting to the maximum target which is 
maintained at 15%. 

This Directors Remuneration Report details the outcomes for both annual bonus and long term 
incentive plans and we have listened to feedback we received from shareholders following last 
years report and we have included more detailed information regarding the personal 
performance objectives that were linked to bonus payments for each Executive Director. 

During the year the Committee considered the impact of the sale of the North America 
Crafts business that was announced in January 2019. Although the business is regarded 
as discontinued for the purposes of the 2018 Annual Report and Accounts the Committee 
determined that for the outcome of 2018 annual bonus and Long Term Incentive awards the 
underlying performance of the discontinued business should be included, even though this has 
a negative impact on the incentive outcomes, as it was under the control and management of 
the Group up to 31 December 2018. 

In 2017 the Committee increased the Minimum Shareholding Requirement (MSR) target for 
Executive Directors to 200% of salary and I am pleased to note that Rajiv Sharma has now 
reached and exceeded his target and Simon Boddie is on track to achieve his target. Both 
Executive Directors will have achieved their targets ahead of the five year time schedule. 
Members of the Group Executive Team have a target of 75% of salary and progress towards 
this target is monitored by the Committee and they are all on track to achieve the target. 

Outlook for 2019 
The Committee is committed to the maintenance of a robust approach to establish stretching 
performance targets for all incentive awards and in particular consider how any acquisitions or 
disposals have or will impact targets in the future. The Committee will also carefully consider 
the views of shareholders on how the Remuneration Policy should be implemented or 

57 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT 
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2018 
CONTINUED 

amended prior to the next Remuneration Policy approval resolution which is scheduled for the 
AGM in 2020. This will include a review of the pensions benefit policy for Executive Directors 
and consideration of the alignment of this policy with the policy applied to rest of the 
workforce. 

The current remuneration policy was approved by 99% of shareholders at the 2017 AGM 
and the Committee decided not to implement the maximum permitted bonus opportunity 
of 150% in 2017 and 2018. However, the Committee is now aware that the level of annual 
bonus that was applied up to 2018 is materially below other comparable companies. 
Consequently, the Committee have decided to increase the levels of annual bonus opportunity 
for 2019 while maintaining a robust approach to setting challenging targets. For 2019 the 
bonus opportunity will be increased for the CEO to 125% and for the CFO to 115% (from 
100% that applied in 2018). The increase is still below the maximum level of 150% authorised 
by the policy and the compulsory deferral into shares will be increased from 33% to 40% of 
the 2019 bonus outcome. In addition, the MSR policy will be extended to provide a 
requirement to maintain a certain level of shareholding for a period of up to 2 years post any 
termination of employment based on the lower of 100% of the MSR or the level of 
shareholding at termination of employment. 

Corporate Governance  
The Committee monitors the developments in best practice guidelines provided by various 
organisations and proactively seeks to engage shareholders in the course of developing and 
implementing remuneration policy. The next Remuneration Policy will be submitted for 
shareholder approval in 2020 and the Committee will undertake a consultation exercise to 
seek the views of shareholders in advance of any proposed changes. The revised statutory 
disclosures regarding CEO pay ratios do not apply to Coats because there are less than 250 UK 
based employees; however, it is our intention to follow the statutory disclosure requirement 
that would have applied from the 2019 report onwards even if our UK based employees are 
below the minimum number. 

On behalf of the Committee I would like to thank shareholders for their continued support. 

David Gosnell 
Chairman, Remuneration Committee 
7 March 2019 

58 

 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT 
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2018 
CONTINUED 

POLICY SUMMARY 

The following is a summary of the key features of the Remuneration Policy approved at the Annual General Meeting held 17 May 2017. 

Components of remuneration 

Fixed components 

Annual base salary 

Rajiv Sharma (CEO) 

Simon Boddie (CFO) 

Pension 

Rajiv Sharma (CEO) 

Simon Boddie (CFO) 

Policy 

Executive Directors’ salaries are reviewed annually with effect from 1 July. Reference is made to market 
competitive levels of pay at relevant comparator companies, average salary increases applied elsewhere 
across the Group, individual performance and experience as well as any changes to the size and scope 
of the role. 

£594,000 

£423,500 

20% of salary 

20% of salary 

Executive Directors receive defined contributions pensions (and/or cash in lieu thereof) of up to 20% of 
salary. Other benefits may include the provision of private medical insurance, ill-health protection 
and/or life insurance and a cash-for-car-allowance. In addition, the Company may provide assistance in 
connection with the relocation of an Executive Director and, in the event of an international transfer, 
may provide tax equalisation. 

Variable components 

Annual bonus 

Policy 

Maximum opportunity for 2019 

  Maximum award opportunity: 150% of base salary 

Rajiv Sharma (CEO) 

Simon Boddie (CFO) 

125% of salary 

115% of salary 

Any bonus awarded for 2019 is subject to mandatory deferral of 40% (2018: deferral of 33%). 
Deferred bonuses are transferred into share awards and are released after a three year retention 
period. The performance measures, weightings and targets for the annual bonus are set by the 
Committee on an annual basis. Any bonuses paid are subject to malus and clawback. 

Performance measures weighting 

Attributable Profit 

EBIT 

Free Cash Flow 

Individual objectives 

25% 

25% 

30% 

20% 

Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP) 

Annual bonus 

Policy 

Maximum opportunity for 2019 

  Maximum LTIP award opportunity: 150% of base salary (200% in exceptional circumstances) 

Rajiv Sharma (CEO) 

Simon Boddie (CFO) 

150% of salary 

150% of salary 

Performance measures weighting 

Awards may be made annually; with vesting conditional on three-year performance conditions. Any 
shares vesting after three years are also subject to an additional two-year holding period. Performance 
measures and targets are determined by the Committee, taking into account the balance of strategic 
priorities for Coats for the upcoming three-year performance period. Any LTIP shares awarded are 
subject to malus and clawback. 

3-year EPS CAGR 

3-year cumulative  
Free Cash Flow 

TSR vs FTSE250  
(ex. investment trusts) 

40% 

40% 

20% 

59 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT 
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2018  
CONTINUED 

Shareholding requirements 

Rajiv Sharma (CEO) 

Simon Boddie (CFO) 

  More details on our policies can be found at www.coats.com/governance 

200% of salary 

200% of salary 

60 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT 
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2018 
CONTINUED 

ANNUAL REPORT ON REMUNERATION  

This Annual Report on Remuneration has been prepared in accordance with the relevant provisions of the Companies Act 2006 and as 
prescribed in The Large and Medium-sized Companies and Groups (Accounts and Reports) Regulations 2008 as amended in 2013 (the 
Regulations). Where indicated data has been audited by Deloitte LLP. 

The Annual Report on Remuneration will be subject to an advisory vote at the AGM on 23 May 2019. The current Remuneration Policy 
applicable to the year ended 31 December 2018 was approved by shareholders at the AGM on 17 May 2017 and the previous policy 
was approved on 22 May 2014; both can be found in the Corporate Governance section at www.coats.com/governance. 

Executive Directors 
Two Executive Directors were employed during 2018. Rajiv Sharma, was originally appointed to the Board on 2 March 2015 and was 
appointed as Chief Executive with effect from 1 January 2017. Rajiv Sharma was based in Dubai during his previous tenure as Managing 
Director, Industrial Division and remained on secondment in Dubai until 31 May 2017. Details of the remuneration arrangements and 
relocation assistance offered to Rajiv on his appointment to the role of Chief Executive Officer are detailed in this report and were 
originally previously disclosed to shareholders in the 2016 Annual Report on Remuneration. The relocation support is time limited 
and will cease in May 2019. 

Single total figure for Executive Directors’ remuneration for 2018 (audited information) 

Base salary 
£000 

2018 

2017 

Simon Boddie  

417.8 

406.0 

Rajiv Sharma 

586.0 

Total 

1,003.8 

569.5 

975.5 

Benefits 
£000 
£000 

2017 

29.3 

141.5 

170.8 

2018 

30.5 

155.0 

185.5 

Annual bonus  
(cash & shares) 
£000 
£000 

2018 

2017 

2018 

279.3 

324.7 

1,208.7 

LTIP 
£000 
£000 

2017 

– 

396.2 

675.5 

459.5 

2,038.7 

1,282.5 

784.2 

3,247.4 

1,282.5 

Pension 
£000 
£000 

2017 

2018 

Total 
£000 
£000 

2017 

81.2 

2,019.9 

841.2 

113.9 

3,293.1 

2,566.9 

195.1 

5,313.0 

3,408.1 

2018 

83.6 

117.2 

200.8 

The figures in the table above have been calculated on the basis of the following: 

•  The figures for Rajiv Sharma in 2017 include the value of additional benefits that were provided to him during his secondment from 

Singapore to Dubai which commenced in June 2015 and ended in May 2017. The benefits figure for Rajiv Sharma includes an international 
allowance of $100,000 per annum which was paid until May 2017. From 1 June 2017 he was paid £10,000 per month as a housing 
allowance following his relocation to the UK. This decreased to £5,000 per month from 1 June 2018 and will cease completely 
on 1 June 2019. 

•  Benefits: this is the value of all taxable benefits including a car allowance, private medical insurance and life insurance. A car allowance 

of £20,000 per annum is paid to Rajiv Sharma and an allowance of £15,000 is paid to Simon Boddie. In the case of Rajiv Sharma this also 
reflects the additional benefits provided in connection with his secondment to Dubai (which impacts 2017 figures only) and relocation 
to the UK as described above. All relocation support is due to cease in May 2019. 

•  Annual bonus (cash and shares): is the total value of the annual bonus that is attributable to 2018. One third of any bonus outcome 

is compulsorily awarded in shares under the terms of the Deferred Annual Bonus Plan that was approved by shareholders at the AGM 
in May 2014.  

•  Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP): the value of any vested awards that were granted during a period as an Executive Director or which 

contained a performance period that ended during the year. The LTIP award value shown for 2018 reflects the vesting of the LTIP award that 
was granted to Rajiv Sharma and Simon Boddie in respect of the performance period 1 January 2016 to 31 December 2018. The value 
shown represent the number of shares that vest multiplied by the mid-market share price on 31 December 2018 which was £0.812. The LTI 
value for 2017 has been re-stated to reflect the share price following the vesting date of 7 April 2018. The 2018 LTI values will be re-stated 
in next year’s report to reflect the value on the vesting date of the awards. The value shown also reflects the cash value of notional dividend 
equivalents payable on vested shares. 

•  Pension: represents the value of all employer contributions to any pension plan or cash payments paid in lieu of a pension benefit. 

No Executive Director participates in any defined benefit pension arrangement. 

•  Simon Boddie is a Non-Executive Director of PageGroup plc and received fees of £68,133 during the year to 31 December 2018. The policy 

of the Board is that Directors are entitled to retain any fees in respect of external appointments. 

61 

 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT 
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2018  
CONTINUED 

Annual bonus outcome 2018 (audited information) 
The annual bonus for 2018 was determined in accordance with the details provided in the 2017 Directors’ Remuneration Report.  
Details of the bonus measures and opportunities are provided in the table below. All figures are as a % of salary. 

Annual bonus 2018 

Weighting 

Bonus opportunity 

Performance achieved in 2018 

Performance measure 

Attributable Profit (AP) 

Earnings Before Interest and Taxation 
(EBIT) 

Free Cash Flow 
(adjusted) (FCF) 

Individual objectives 

Total 

25.0% 

25.0% 

30.0% 

20.0% 

100.0% 

Threshold 

1.43% 

0% 

0% 

0% 

1.43% 

Target 

Maximum  

Simon Boddie 

Rajiv Sharma  

12.5% 

12.5% 

25.0% 

25.0% 

13.4% 

17.1% 

13.4% 

17.1% 

15.0% 

30.0% 

21.2% 

21.2% 

10.0% 

50.0% 

20.0% 

100.0% 

14.25% 

65.95% 

15.0% 

66.7% 

The measures were selected to incentivise a balance of outcomes that reflected the strategic priorities for the Group. In particular these 
were to increase the attributable profit (profit after tax) that was available for shareholders, to achieve strong growth in trading profit 
through continued efficiency and growth in EBIT performance, ensure consistent and increasing level of cash generation from operations 
through strong working capital management, and achieve certain key strategic objectives which are detailed on the next page that were 
specific for each Executive Director. 

Annual bonus 2018 

Performance targets 

AP ($m) 

EBIT ($m) 

FCF (adjusted) 

Individual objectives 

Weighting 

25.0% 

25.0% 

30.0% 

20.0% 

Threshold 

89.7 

178.2 

91.4 

Bonus targets 

Maximum  

120.8 

217.8 

111.4 

Target 

105.0 

198.0 

101.4 

Performance achieved in 2018 

106.1 

205.2 

105.5 

Strategic objective 

See table above 

The targets above were established on a basis which excludes the impact of certain exceptional items and the impact of any exchange 
rate fluctuations during the year. Targets are set in relation to Budget for the upcoming financial year and the figures in the table above 
reflect the 2018 Plan exchange rates. For the 2018 annual bonus challenging individual objectives were established by the Committee 
for each Executive Director that reflected activities and initiatives intended to improve the performance of the Group. The objectives 
established and assessed for 2018 are reflected in the table on the next page.  

Bonus Outcome 
Reconciliation of bonus outcome to reported 2018 figures. As noted above the bonus plan targets are subject to certain adjustments. 
In order to assist shareholders the reconciliation of the actual performance reported in 2018 to the numbers used for bonus purposes 
is shown in the table below. 

Adjusted 2018 figures as per this report 

Adjustment for; 
Discontinued operations (as per discontinued note 32) 

FX rate movement (i.e. Plan vs Actuals) 

Adjustments 

Costs relating to disposals 

IAS19 interest variation vs Plan 

Actuals for bonus purposes ($m) 

Attributable Profit 

100.4 

5.5 

0 

0.2 

106.1 

EBIT 

194.9 

2.7 

7.6 

0 

0 

205.2 

Free Cash Flow 

96.2 

7.5 

0.5 

1.3 

0 

105.5 

Other adjustments may include movement in central costs that are not directly related to underlying trading. The Committee considers 
the applicability of these adjustments, with appropriate consideration and consultation with the Audit and Risk Committee before 
determing the bonus outcome. 

62 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT 
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2018 
CONTINUED 

Personal objectives linked to bonus 
Rajiv Sharma 

No 

Objective 

Achievement in 2018 

1 

2 

3 

1 

2 

3 

4  

Total 

Max % 

Actual % 

6.6% 

6.6% 

6.6% 

6.6% 

20% 

15% 

Max % 

Actual % 

5.0% 

5.0% 

Deliver and communicate 
Connecting for Growth operational 
and financial goals 

•  Net benefits from C4G programme - $15 million 
•  Quality execution of new operating model across markets 
•  Global functionalisation of HR, legal, marketing, procurement 

and technology 

Accelerate Group Innovation Forum 
delivery to launch new products 
in 2019 

•  Sales growth of 6% in premium brands 
•  New competencies in lightweight carbon and innovative competencies 
• 
Innovation hub – Americas – opened in Sevier, USA. Approval plans for 
two more in 2019 

Deliver double digit organic sales 
growth in Performance Materials 
& Services 

•  Performance Materials: double digit organic sales growth in hi-tech end 

6.6% 

1.8% 

uses; more than 20% of revenue from new products; 7% organic 
revenue growth 

Total 

Simon Boddie 

No 

Objective 

Achievement in 2018 

Deliver Connecting for Growth 
operational and financial targets 

•  Net benefits from C4G programme – $15 million 
•  Finance support aligned to new operating model 

Lead governance, reporting and 
communication for Connecting for 
Growth costs and benefits 

•  Adapted processes and procedures for reporting and monitoring 

5.0% 

2.5% 

C4G programme 

Manage the operational efficiency 
of the Group’s overall effective 
tax rate 

•  Reduction of 100 bps in underlying tax rate 
•  Advanced Pricing Agreements in several markets 

5.0% 

3.75% 

Implement the plan to develop a 
global Finance function and assist 
in the delivery of Connecting for 
Growth benefits 

•  Global functionalisation of Finance 
• 

Implemented reporting capabilities for new operating model 

5.0% 

3.0% 

20% 

14.25% 

When the Committee assesses the extent to which each objective is achieved, consideration is given to the manner in which the 
objective was achieved, the quality of delivery or execution and the personal leadership and impact demonstrated by the Executive 
relating to each task. In general, to achieve the maximum for each objective an exceptional level of performance is expected with actions 
taken that are consistent with the company’s values and culture of innovation and teamwork. 

63 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT 
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2018  
CONTINUED 

Long Term Incentive award vesting 
On 26 February 2016 Rajiv Sharma was granted a Long Term Incentive award in the form of nil cost options over shares in respect 
of the performance period 1 January 2016 to 31 December 2018 (referred to as LTIP 2016). On 29 July 2016 Simon Boddie was 
granted an award following his appointment on 4 July 2016 on similar terms and with the same performance criteria. 

The performance measures were based upon the Total Shareholder Return Performance (TSR), compound annual growth (CAGR) 
in Earnings Per Share and cumulative Free Cash Flow relating to Coats Group plc. 

The achievement of the Long Term Incentive performance measures and the consequent vesting of the award is shown in the 
table below.  

LTIP 2016: Performance period 1 January 2016 to 31 December 2018 
Measure 

Weighting 

Threshold 

Compound Annual Growth  
in Attributable Profit 

Vesting % of total award 

Cumulative Free Cash Flow over 3 years 

Vesting % of total award 

Total Shareholder Return versus the FTSE250 
excluding investment trusts 

Vesting % of total award 

Total 

40.0% 

40.0% 

20.0% 

100.0% 

5.0% 

10.0% 

$220m 

10.0% 

Mid 

12.5% 

25.0% 

$240m 

25.0% 

Maximum  

20.0% 

40.0% 

$260m 

40.0% 

Actual 

12.1% 

24.2% 

270.3m 

40.0% 

Median 

62.5 Percentile 

Upper Quartile 

98 Percentile 

5.0% 

25.0% 

12.5% 

62.5% 

20.0% 

100.0% 

20.0% 

84.2% 

Share awards granted in 2018 
The following share awards were granted to Executive Directors during the financial year ended 31 December 2018.  

The targets for achieving minimum performance for each measure, where these apply, are shown in the tables below. 

Coats Group plc Long Term Incentive Plan 

Executive Director 

Date of  
grant 

Number of 
options awarded 

Face value  
at award date 

Award value  
as a % of salary 

Share price  
to calculate  
no of shares 

% vesting for 
minimum 
performance 

Performance 
period 

Vesting  
date 

Simon Boddie 

28-Feb-18 

744,578 

£618,000 

150% 

£0.83 

Rajiv Sharma 

28-Feb-18 

1,044,578 

£867,000 

150% 

£0.83 

25% 

25% 

1 Jan 2018 to  
31 Dec 2020 

1 Jan 2018 to  
31 Dec 2020 

28-Feb-21 

28-Feb-21 

Coats Group plc Deferred Bonus Plan 

Executive Director 

Simon Boddie 

Rajiv Sharma 

Date of  
grant 

Number of  
options awarded 

Face value  
at award date 

Award deferred  
cash value as a 
% of salary 

Share price  
to calculate  
no of shares  Performance period 

Vesting  
date 

28-Feb-18 

28-Feb-18 

130,384 

£108,218 

184,542 

£153,170 

26.3% 

26.5% 

£0.83 

£0.83 

None 

28-Feb-21 

None 

28-Feb-21 

The share price used to calculate the number of options awarded under the terms of the Coats Group plc Long Term Incentive Plan and 
the Coats Group plc Deferred Annual Bonus Plan is based on the mid-market closing price for the day immediately preceding the grant 
date, which was £0.83 for 28 February 2018. 

Coats Group plc Long Term Incentive Plan 
Awards were granted on 28 February 2018 as nil cost options under the terms of the Coats Group plc Long Term Incentive Plan that was 
approved by shareholders on 22 May 2014. The LTIP awards will vest, subject to the achievement of performance measures, on the third 
anniversary of the date of grant. For Executive Directors an additional two year holding period applies. The notional value of any 
dividends paid on any vested share during the period from grant to the end of the holding period is awarded as additional shares. 

64 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT 
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2018 
CONTINUED 

Coats Group plc Deferred Annual Bonus Plan 
For all Executive Directors one third of the bonus outcome relating to the financial year 2017 was awarded in the form of nil cost options 
during the year. The awards were granted on 28 February 2018 under the terms of the Deferred Annual Bonus Plan that was approved 
by shareholders on 22 May 2014. Awards are not subject to additional performance measures but are subject to clawback in certain 
circumstances such as gross misconduct or a material misstatement of results. 

Long Term Incentive awards performance measures 
The performance measures applicable to awards granted in respect of the three year performance period that commenced on 1 January 
2018 (LTIP 2018) are shown below. The table on the previous page reflects the performance measures for the award that relates to the 
three year performance period that ended on 31 December 2018 (LTIP 2016). 

LTIP 2018 Measures 

Weighting 

Threshold 

Mid 

Maximum  

Compound Annual Growth (CAGR)  
in Earnings Per Share 

Vesting % of total award 

Cumulative Free Cash Flow over 3 years 

Vesting % of total award 

Total Shareholder Return versus the 
FTSE250 excluding investment trusts 

Vesting % of total award 

Total 

40.0% 

40.0% 

20.0% 

100.0% 

7.0% 

10.0% 

$305m 

10.0% 

Median 

5.0% 

25.0% 

10.0% 

19.0% 

$335m 

25.0% 

15.0% 

40.0% 

$365m 

40.0% 

62.5 Percentile 

Upper Quartile 

12.5% 

56.5% 

20.0% 

100.0% 

For this purpose, Earnings Per Share (EPS) growth is defined as the cumulative Compound Annual Growth Rate in the performance 
period. The Board will consider the growth in normalised EPS, adjusted to exclude the impact of exceptional costs such as property gains 
or losses and the impact of variation of the IAS19 (pensions finance) charge. 

Free Cash Flow targets are based on cumulative Free Cash Flow generated for each year of the performance period after maintaining the 
Company’s asset base i.e. operating cash flow minus capital expenditure, adjusted to reflect any exceptional items, disposals, acquisitions 
or property gains or losses. Targets are established on a basis that is before any UK pension scheme deficit repair contributions. 

Total Shareholder Return is the total returns to shareholders which includes share price growth and ordinary dividend payments. 
The performance measure is assessed against a comparator group consisting of the FTSE250, excluding investment trusts. 

As disclosed in the last years Report the Committee decided to increase the challenge of the EPS CAGR targets by raising the threshold 
from 5% to 7% CAGR and reducing the mid-point vesting scale that applied to LTIP18 awards in order to reflect the stretch plans of the 
Connecting For Growth programme. The Committee retains the discretion to consider whatever adjustments it considers are fair and 
reasonable when considering performance against the targets shown. The Committee may adjust the level of vesting if it considers that 
the performance measures do not reflect the overall performance of the Company during the performance period or if there has been 
a material event such as an acquisition or disposal during the course of the performance period. 

Non-Executive Directors 
In July 2018 the fee levels for the Chairman were reviewed by the Remuneration Committee and for the Non-Executive Directors by 
a sub-committee consisting of the Chairman and the Executive Directors. The Chairman’s fee was not increased because the fee had 
been adjusted in 2017 to a level that was appropriate considering the company’s scale and profile in comparison with other FTSE 250 
companies. For other Non-Executive Directors no changes were proposed during 2018 and the base fees have remained at the same 
level since 1 October 2013. However, in view of the increasing amount of time commitment involved to fulfill the duties of a Sub-
Committee Chair the fees for the Chairs of the Remuneration and Audit and Risk Committee were increased from £10,000 to 
£12,500 per annum with effect from 1 July 2018. 

65 

 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT 
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2018  
CONTINUED 

Non-Executive Directors, excluding the Chairman, who are required to travel long haul (more than 5 hours one-way) to meetings 
are entitled to an additional travel allowance of £1,500 for each round-trip subject to a maximum of five trips per annum. Additional 
fees may be paid for additional duties and time commitments that are undertaken outside the terms of appointment. 

Single total figure for Non-Executive Directors’ remuneration for 2018 (audited information) 

£000  

Base fee 

Supplementary fee 

Benefits1 

Other fee2 

2018 

2017 

2018 

2017 

2018 

2017 

2018 

2017 

2018 

Total 

2017 

Comments 

Mike Clasper 

250.0 

237.5 

– 

0.9 

Mike Allen 

Ruth Anderson 

Nicholas Bull 

Anne Fahy 

David Gosnell 

Echo Lu 

Fran Philip 

Alan Rosling 

Total 

– 

20.0 

4.2 

10.0 

7.1 

60.0 

60.0 

60.0 

– 

20.0 

10.0 

10.0 

– 

60.0 

11.3 

10.0 

5.0 

60.0 

60.0 

– 

– 

2.5 

– 

– 

– 

60.0 

25.0 

60.0 

50.0 

60.0 

60.0 

60.0 

60.0 

– 

– 

1.1 

– 

1.1 

– 

– 

– 

2.4 

1.3 

1.3 

1.1 

– 

2.5 

– 

1.1 

1.3 

– 

7.5 

– 

1.5 

1.5 

1.5 

1.5 

7.5 

7.5 

– 

250.9 

239.9 

7.5 

3.0 

3.0 

– 

3.0 

– 

7.5 

7.5 

87.5 

29.2 

72.6 

58.6 

73.9 

61.5 

67.5 

70.0 

88.8 

74.3 

Resigned 16-May-18 

74.1 

– 

Appointed 1-Mar-18 

75.5 

– 

Appointed 1-Dec-17 

68.6 

68.8 

685.0 

602.5 

55.1 

50.0 

3.1 

11.0 

28.5 

31.5 

770.7 

695.0 

1  The figure under benefits for Non-Executive Directors relates to business expense re-imbursements which are deemed to be taxable in the UK and include the tax paid by the Company  

directly to HMRC. Mike Allen‘s expenses include the grossed-up cost of travel from his residence in New Zealand to attend Board Meetings which were regarded as taxable in the UK in 2017. 
2  Fees under Other Fee represent the £1,500 per trip travel fee payable for Directors (excluding the Chairman) who travel long-haul to attend meetings. The travel fee is capped at a maximum of 

£7,500 per annum. 

The base fee paid by Coats Group plc is £60,000 per annum for Non-Executive Directors and £250,000 for the Chairman. A 
supplementary fee is paid to the Senior Independent Director (£10,000 per annum) and Chairs of the Audit Committee and 
Remuneration Committee (£12,500 per annum). Mike Allen receives a supplementary fee of £20,000 per annum as Chair of the 
Pensions Committee. Alan Rosling receives an additional fee of £5,000 per annum fulfilling a role as Chair of the Company’s Digital 
Advisory Committee. 

Payments to past Directors 
The following former Directors exercised options that were originally granted under the rules of the Guinness Peat Group plc Executive 
Share Option Scheme (GPG ESOS), Coats Limited Interim Long Term Incentive Plan (ILTIP), Coats Group Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP) 
and Coats Group PLC Deferred Annual Bonus Plan (DABP). The value shown under gain represents the difference between the price paid 
for any option and the market value on exercise. Where applicable, appropriate values were disclosed in the Single Figure disclosure for 
each relevant former Director. 

Name 

Plan 

Granted 

Max no.  
of options 

Exercise Price  
per share 

Date of 
exercise 

No. of 
options 

MV per share  
on exercise 

Gain 
(£000) 

Blake Nixon 

Guinness Peat Group ESOS 

10-Apr-08 

1,310,104 

£0.499961 

22-Jan-18 

1,310,104 

£0.806000 

£400.9 

Sir Ron Brierley  Guinness Peat Group ESOS 

10-Apr-08 

196,515 

£0.499961 

16-Mar-18 

196,515 

£0.806400 

£60.2 

Gary Weiss 

Guinness Peat Group ESOS 

10-Apr-08 

1,310,104 

£0.499961 

27-Mar-18 

1,310,104 

£0.784639 

£373.0 

Paul Forman 

Coats Group plc LTIP 

7-Apr-15 

1,053,465 

£0.000000 

9-Apr-18 

1,053,465 

£0.792112 

£834.5 

Paul Forman 

Coats Group plc DABP 

Richard Howes 

Coats Group plc DABP 

7-Apr-15 

7-Apr-15 

438,241 

£0.000000 

9-Apr-18 

438,241 

£0.792112 

£347.1 

279,651 

£0.000000 

26-Sep-18 

279,651 

£0.826997 

£231.3 

No other payments were paid to past Directors. 

Payments for loss of office 
There have been no payments for loss of office during the year. Ruth Anderson resigned from the Board on 16 May 2018 and Anne Fahy 
was appointed on 1 March 2018. 

66 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT 
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2018 
CONTINUED 

Statement of Directors’ shareholding and share interests 
The interests of the Directors who held office during the year, and their closely associated persons (if any), in the shares, options  
and listed securities of Coats Group plc and its subsidiaries as at 31 December 2018, are set out below. 

Shareholding 
requirement in 2018 

Shares 
beneficially owned 

Deferred bonus shares 
subject to vesting period 

LTIP share options  
(subject to performance 
conditions) 

Share options 
(no performance 
conditions) 

Shares 

Equivalent 
% of Salary3 

Condition 
Met? 

01-Jan-181 

31-Dec-182 

01-Jan-181 

31-Dec-182 

01-Jan-181 

31-Dec-182  01-Jan-181  31-Dec-182 

Executive Director 

Simon Boddie   1,050,000 

Rajiv Sharma  1,450,000 

200% 

200% 

Chairman and Non-Executive Directors 

Mike Clasper 

Mike Allen 

Nicholas Bull 

Anne Fahy 

David Gosnell 

Echo Lu 

Fran Philip 

Alan Rosling 

No 

200,000 

300,000 

71,506 

201,890 

2,820,027 

3,564,605 

– 

– 

Yes 

400,000 

400,000  1,143,525 

845,142 

7,132,323 

5,489,635 

749,781  2,845,065 

  1,490,000 
  200,000 
  400,000 
– 

  786,475 
– 

1,490,000 

200,000 

400,000 

– 

786,475 

15,000 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

1  Or date of appointment, if later. 
2  Or date of resignation, if earlier. 
3  This target was increased to 200% on 1 January 2017. The target number of shares is based on the average share price for 2018 which was 79.8p. 

The Executive Directors’ shareholding requirement must be met within five years of their appointment to the Board which is by 2 March 
2020 for Rajiv Sharma and 4 July 2021 for Simon Boddie. There is no requirement for Non-Executive Directors. For the purposes of 
achieving this target the total number of shares beneficially owned by the Executive Director or a closely associated person is considered 
as well as the estimated post-tax number of vested but unexercised share options or deferred bonuses that are not subject to a 
performance condition. All Long Term Incentive awards granted to Executive Directors from 29 July 2016 onwards include a requirement 
to retain any vested shares (save for any shares that may be sold to satisfy income tax liabilities) until a minimum of the fifth anniversary 
of the date of grant. 

Details of Scheme Interests as at 31 December 2018 
Rajiv Sharma 

Award  

Vesting Date 

Retention Period 

Expiry Date 

No.  

  Status  

Performance 
conditions?  

Deferred bonus shares subject to vesting period 

DABP16 

DABP17 

DABP18 

Sub-total 

26-Feb-19 

27-Feb-20 

28-Feb-21 

N/A 

N/A 

N/A 

26-Feb-26 

27-Feb-27 

28-Feb-28 

LTIP share options (subject to performance conditions) 

LTIP16 

LTIP17 

LTIP18 

Sub-total 

2-Mar-19 

27-Feb-20 

28-Feb-21 

N/A 

27-Feb-22 

28-Feb-23 

Share options (no performance conditions) 

LTIP14 

LTIP15 

DABP15 

Sub-total 

24-Feb-17 

7-Apr-18 

7-Apr-18 

N/A 

N/A 

N/A 

26-Feb-26 

27-Feb-27 

28-Feb-28 

24-Feb-25 

7-Apr-25 

7-Apr-25 

 449,386  

  Unvested 

 211,214  

  Unvested 

 184,542  

  Unvested 

845,142 

2,908,071  

  Unvested 

1,536,986  

  Unvested 

1,044,578  

  Unvested 

5,489,635 

 749,781  

 1,612,359  

 482,925  

2,845,065 

  Vested 

  Vested 

  Vested 

No 

No 

No 

Yes 

Yes 

Yes 

No 

No 

No 

67 

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT 
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2018  
CONTINUED 

Simon Boddie 

Award  

Vesting Date 

Retention Period 

Expiry Date 

No.   

Status  

Deferred bonus shares subject to vesting period 

DABP17 

DABP18 

Sub-total 

27-Feb-20 

28-Feb-21 

N/A 

N/A 

27-Feb-27 

28-Feb-28 

LTIP share options (subject to performance conditions) 

LTIP16 

LTIP17 

LTIP18 

Sub-total 

29-Jul-19 

27-Feb-20 

28-Feb-21 

29-Jul-21 

27-Feb-22 

28-Feb-23 

26-Jul-26 

27-Feb-27 

28-Mar-28 

 71,506  

 130,384  

201,890 

 1,724,137  

 1,095,890  

 744,578  

3,564,605 

 Unvested 
 Unvested 

 Unvested 
 Unvested 
 Unvested 

Performance 
conditions?  

No 

No 

Yes 

Yes 

Yes 

On 4 March 2019, Executive Directors were awarded the following nil cost options as part of their deferred bonus for 2018; Simon 
Boddie 114,231 shares, Rajiv Sharma 162,044 shares. The options are exercisable after a period of three years. In addition, the following 
nil cost options were awarded in respect of awards under the LTIP, Simon Boddie 779,447 shares, Rajiv Sharma 1,093,251 shares. 
No options have been exercised by any Director during the year or between the year end and the signing of this report. 

No other Directors have entered into any transactions since the year end. 

The middle market price of Coats Group plc shares at 31 December 2018 was 81.2 pence and the range during the year was  
69.0 pence to 90.0 pence. 

Review of performance 
The graph (below left) shows the difference between investing £100 in the Company and the constituents of the FTSE All Share Index 
and FTSE 250 from 1 January 2009 to 31 December 2018. It is assumed dividends are reinvested over that period. The Board feels the 
FTSE All Share Index and the FTSE 250 each provide an appropriate comparator given the Company’s market capitalisation and its 
presence on the London Stock Exchange. 

To enable comparison with the LTIP performance period an additional graph (below right) is shown on the same basis that reflects the 
three year performance period ending 31 December 2018. 

68 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT 
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2018 
CONTINUED 

Chief Executive total remuneration for the last 10 years1 

Executive Director 

2009 

2010 

2011 

2012 

2013 

2014 

2015 

2016 

2017 

2018 

CEO single figure of 
remuneration (£k) 

Annual Bonus as a % of 
maximum opportunity 

LTIP award as a % of 
maximum opportunity 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

1,017.0 

1,760.3 

2,566.9 

3,293.1 

87.1% 

77.0% 

79.5% 

66.7% 

– 

43.6% 

60.0% 

84.2% 

Chief Executive remuneration – percentage change from 2017 to 2018 

Executive Director 

CEO Remuneration (Single Figure data) 

Average of all employees2 

Salary 

2.9% 

3.4% 

Benefits 

Bonus 

9.5% 

0% 

-13.8% 

-12.9% 

1  The Company did not have an Executive Director who performed the role of CEO until 2 March 2015, when the Company completed its transition from Guinness Peat Group plc to Coats Group plc. 
The increase in CEO remuneration from 2015 to 2016 is therefore largely influenced by the 2015 single figure data being part year data. The CEO figures for 2017 and 2018 reflect the appointment 
of Rajiv Sharma and in particular the increase in benefits reflect the relocation and expatriate support that was offered to him following his appointment as CEO on 1 January 2017. 

2  The average of all employees reflects the total number of employees based in the UK. The UK has been chosen as the most appropriate comparator group because the CEO is based in the UK and the 
majority of Coats employees who are employed outside the UK are working in locations with very different inflationary and market pressures. The UK employee population includes employees across 
all levels of the organisation. 

Amendments to UK regulations have established a requirement for UK companies with more than 250 UK employees to publish a CEO 
pay ratio figure. For companies with our year end this will require the first disclosure in 2019. The requirement does not apply to Coats 
because the number of UK based employees is relatively small and below the threshold level. However, it is the company’s intention to 
voluntarily follow the statutory definition and disclose the figure with effect from next years’ report. In advance of the statutory 
definition Coats disclosed in last years remuneration report that the CEO pay ratio was 16 times the average and 25 times versus the 
median of the UK workforce. These ratios are likely to change next year when the company will follow the statutory definition. Although 
as noted in the table above the relative remuneration for the CEO has not changed materially in 2018 versus 2017. 

Relative importance of spend on pay 
The table below shows the total pay for all of the Company’s employees compared to other key financial indicators. 

Employee costs ($m) 

Distributions to shareholders1 ($m) 

Average number of employees 

Revenues from continuing operations ($m) – CER basis 

Operating profit pre-exceptional ($m) – CER basis 

1  By way of dividends. 

Year to  
31 December 2018 

Year to  
31 December 2017 

% change 

305.9 

21.1 

17,881 

1,414.7 

194.9 

327.0 

17.8 

18,356 

1,328.9 

157.2 

(6)% 

19% 

(3%) 

6% 

24% 

Additional information on number of employees, total revenues and profit has been provided for context. The figures for employee 
costs, average number of employees, revenues and operating profit in 2018 and 2017 have been stated on the basis of continuing 
operations only. Information for 2018 includes acquisitions made during the year. The figures for revenues and operating profit are on a 
constant exchange rate (CER) basis with amounts for 2017 restated at 2018 exchange rates. 

69 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT 
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2018  
CONTINUED 

Statement of implementation of Remuneration Policy for 2019 
Base salaries for Executive Directors and fees for the Chairman and Non-Executive Directors will be reviewed on 1 July 2019. 

Rajiv Sharma was appointed as Chief Executive of Coats Group plc with effect from 1 January 2017. Rajiv is a Singaporean national and 
was previously based in Dubai until 31 May 2017. He will receive a base salary of £594,000 per annum, a pension allowance of 20%, a 
car allowance of £20,000 per annum, medical insurance, life insurance and income replacement insurance. As disclosed in the 2016 and 
2017 Directors’ Remuneration Reports to support his relocation to the UK he will be paid a net allowance of £5,000 per month until May 
2019. The Company are also responsible for additional relocation expenses which may include airfares and shipping costs, tax 
compliance assistance, limited tax equalisation to an effective Singaporean tax rate until May 2019. 

Simon Boddie will receive a base salary of £423,500 per annum, a pension allowance of 20%, a car allowance of £15,000 per annum, 
medical insurance, life insurance and income replacement insurance. 

The 2019 annual bonus opportunities and Long Term Incentive award grants will be implemented in accordance with the 
limits of the current Remuneration Policy. The LTIP opportunity for the CEO and CFO will be 150% and the annual bonus opportunity for 
the CEO will be increased from 100% to 125%. The CFO bonus opportunity will be increased from 100% to 115%. The compulsory 
three-year deferral into shares of the 2019 bonus outcome will be increased from 33.3% to 40% of the annual bonus outcome. In 
addition the company intends to introduce a post termination minimum shareholding requirement to apply for two years following 
termination of employment based on 100% of the MSR or shareholding at termination. Although the bonus opportunity 
is being increased in 2019 this is still within the limits approved by the Remuneration policy approved by shareholders at the AGM 
in 2017. 

Annual bonus 

Measure 

Attributable Profit 

Earnings Before Interest and Taxation 

Free Cash Flow  

Individual objectives 

Long Term Incentive 

  Measure 

Earnings Per Share CAGR 

Free Cash Flow 

Total Shareholder Return 

Weighting 
25%   
25%   
30%   
20%   

Weighting 

40% 

40% 

20% 

Annual bonus targets are based on attributable profit, adjusted operating profit and adjusted free cash flow excluding the impact of any 
exchange rate fluctuations. 

The Long Term Incentive awards granted in 2019 are subject to the following targets: 

Measure 

EPS CAGR over three years 

Vesting % for EPS measure 

Cumulative Free Cash Flow ($m) over three years 

Vesting % for FCF measure 

Total Shareholder Return vs FTSE250 excluding investment trusts 

Vesting % of each measure for TSR measure  

Threshold 

5% 

25% 

$287.1m 

25% 

Median 

25% 

Mid 

10%  

62.5% 

$317.1m 

62.5% 

Maximum 

15% 

100% 

$347.1m 

100% 

62.5 Percentile 

Upper Quartile 

62.5% 

100% 

Straight line vesting occurs between Threshold, Mid and Maximum. 

The cumulative Free Cash Flow target is subject to adjustment and is calculated before dividends and before any deficit repair 
contributions to UK pension schemes. EPS growth is based on EPS growth adjusted to exclude the impact of any variation in the pension 
finance charge. 

70 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT 
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2018 
CONTINUED 

Consideration by the Directors of matters relating to Directors’ remuneration 
The members of the Committee were: David Gosnell (Chairman), Mike Allen, Echo Lu, Fran Philip and Alan Rosling. 

The responsibilities of the Committee are set out in the Corporate Governance section of the Annual Report. The Committee also 
received assistance from Stuart Morgan (who also acted as Secretary to the Committee), Monica McKee (Group HR Director) from March 
2018 and Brendan Fahey (Reward Director). No Directors are involved in deciding their own remuneration. 

The Company received advice from Herbert Smith Freehills LLP in relation to legal matters relating to the Group’s incentive plans. Kepler, 
a brand of Mercer, provided independent advice to the Company principally in relation to the design and performance targets set for the 
Group’s incentive plans, benchmarking of Executive Directors pay, review of the Directors’ Remuneration Report and regulatory 
developments in remuneration governance and practice. Kepler were paid fees of £77,220 for time spent and materials used in providing 
advice to the Company during the period to 31 December 2018. Kepler provide no other advice to the Company and the Committee is 
satisfied that the advice provided was fair and objective. 

Statement of voting at the General Meeting 
At the AGM of the Company on 16 May 2018 the results of the vote regarding Resolution 2 (to approve the Annual Report on 
Remuneration) were: 

Number 

1,083,012,988 

Votes for 

% 

99.3 

Number 

7,462,036 

Votes against 

% 

0.7 

Votes  

Total 

Votes  

Withheld 

1,090,475,024 

69,324,286 

At the AGM of the Company on 17 May 2017 the results of the vote regarding Resolution 3 (to approve the Directors Remuneration 
Policy were): 

Number 

1,048,569,448 

Votes for 

% 

99.9 

Number 

153,415 

Votes against 

% 

0.01 

Votes 

Total 

1,048,722,863 

Votes 

Withheld 

150,924 

Prior to the AGM vote the Remuneration Committee Chairman consulated with all shareholders with a holding of more than 1% of the 
company to explain the key terms of the proposed policy and to highlight the changes that were proposed. 

A copy of the Remuneration Policy will be made available at www.coats.com/governance 

Assessment of the effectiveness of the Committee 
The Committee has undertaken a questionnaire-based self-assessment to evaluate it’s effectiveness for the year ended 31 December 
2018. Committee members and regular attendees were invited to complete the survey. The results were discussed and the Committee is 
considered to function well, with structured meetings and good engagement being provided across it’s remit by all Committee members. 

The Remuneration Report was approved by a Committee of the Board of Directors on 7 March 2019 and signed on its behalf by: 

David Gosnell 
Chairman, Remuneration Committee 
7 March 2019 

71 

 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT 

THE DIRECTORS PRESENT THEIR ANNUAL REPORT AND AUDITED 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2018. 

Coats Group plc (the ’Company‘) is the holding company of the Coats group of companies (the ’Group’). 

Annual General Meeting 
The Annual General Meeting (‘AGM’) of the Company will be held on Thursday, 23 May 2019 at 2.30pm at FTI Consulting, 
200 Aldersgate, London EC1A 4HD.  

Corporate Governance statement 
The Corporate Governance statement, prepared in accordance with rule 7.2 of the Financial Conduct Authority’s Disclosure Guidance 
and Transparency Rules, comprises of the following sections of the Annual Report: the ‘Strategic Report’; the ‘Corporate Governance 
Report’; the ‘Audit and Risk Committee Report’; the ‘Nomination Committee Report’; the ‘Remuneration Committee Report’; together 
with this Directors’ Report. As permitted by legislation, some of the matters required to be included in the Directors’ Report have been 
included in the Strategic Report by cross reference including details of the Group’s financial risk management objectives and policies, 
business review, future prospects and environmental policy. 

Directors 
The names and biographical details of the current Directors are shown on pages 39 to 41 of this Annual Report. Particulars of their 
emoluments and beneficial and non-beneficial interests in shares are given in the Directors’ Remuneration Report. 

The appointment and removal of Directors is governed by the Company’s Articles of Association, the 2016 Code and the Companies Act 
2006. The Directors may, from time to time, appoint one or more Directors. In the interests of good governance and in accordance with 
the provisions of the 2016 Code, all Directors will retire and submit themselves for re-election or election at the forthcoming AGM, apart 
from Mike Allen who will retire from the Board. 

Changes to the composition of the Board since 1 January 2018 up to the date of this Report are shown in the table below: 

Member 

Ruth Anderson 

Anne Fahy 

Action 

Resigned as a director of the Company  

Appointed as a director of the Company 

Date 

16 May 2018 

1 March 2018 

Directors Powers 
The Board manages the business of the Company under the powers set out in the Company’s Articles of Association. These powers 
include the Directors’ ability to issue or buy back shares. Shareholders’ authority to empower the Directors to make market purchases 
of up to 10% of its own ordinary shares is sought at the AGM each year (as set out in the Share Capital section below). The Company’s 
Articles of Association can only be amended, or new Articles adopted, by a resolution passed by shareholders in a general meeting by 
at least three quarters of the votes cast. 

Further discussion of the Board’s activities, powers and responsibilities appears within the Corporate Governance Report on pages 43 to 
49 of this Annual Report. Information on compensation for loss of office is contained in the Directors’ Remuneration report on pages 57 
to 71 of this Annual Report. 

Directors’ conflicts of interests 
The Company has procedures in place for managing conflicts of interest. Should a Director become aware that they, or any of their 
connected parties, have an interest in an existing or proposed transaction with the Company, they should notify the Board in writing or 
at the next Board meeting. Internal controls are in place to ensure that any related party transactions involving Directors, or their 
connected parties, are conducted on an arm’s length basis. Directors have a continuing duty to update any changes to these conflicts. 

Directors’ indemnities 
The Directors of the Company have entered into individual deeds of indemnity with the Company which constitute ‘qualifying third party 
indemnity provisions’ for the purposes of the Companies Act 2006. The deeds indemnify the Directors, and the directors of the 
Company’s subsidiary companies, to the maximum extent permitted by law. 

The deeds were in force for the whole of the year, or from the date of appointment for those appointed during the year. In addition, the 
Company had Directors’ and Officers’ liability insurance cover in place throughout the year. 

72 

 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT 
CONTINUED 

Share capital 
Details of the Company’s issued share capital, together with details of the movements in the Company’s issued share capital during the year, 
are shown in note 26. The Company has one class of ordinary shares with a nominal value of 5 pence each (‘Ordinary Shares’), which does 
not carry the right to receive a fixed income. Each share carries the right to one vote at general meetings of the Company. There are no 
restrictions or agreements known to the Company that may result in restrictions on share transfers or voting rights in the Company. There 
are no specific restrictions on the size of a holding, on the transfer of shares, or on voting rights, all of which are governed by the provisions 
of the Articles of Association and prevailing legislation. Shareholder authority for the Company to purchase up to 142,403,000 (representing 
approximately 10% of the Company’s issued shares as at the latest practicable date before the publication of the notice of the annual 
general meeting held in May 2018) of its own Ordinary Shares was granted at the 2018 AGM. No shares were purchased pursuant to this 
authority during the year. 

Shareholder authority for the Company to allot Ordinary Shares up to an aggregate nominal amount of £23,710,000 was granted at the 
2018 AGM. No shares were allotted pursuant to this authority during the year. The issued share capital of the Company at 31 December 
2018 was approximately £71,374,600 divided into 1,427,492,032 Ordinary Shares. 

Since 31 December 2018, 235,119 new shares have been issued as a result of the exercise of share options by the Company’s share 
option scheme participants and the total issued share capital at 1 March 2019 is 1,427,727,151 Ordinary Shares. The Company’s 
Ordinary Shares are listed on the London Stock Exchange. The register of shareholders is held in the UK. 

Substantial interests 
As at 31 December 2018 the Company had been notified in the last three years, in accordance with Chapter 5 of the Disclosure 
Guidance and Transparency Rules, of the following voting rights as a shareholder of the Company (see the following table). 

Company 

Invesco Limited 

AXA Investment Managers  

Liontrust Investment Partners LLP 

Kempen Capital Management N.V. 

Threadneedle Asset Management Ltd. 

Prudential plc group of companies (M&G) 

J O Hambro Capital Management 

Odey Asset Management LLP 

Soros Fund Management 

MSD Capital 

Schroders plc 

Date of notification 

19 December 2016 

29 August 2018 

20 December 2018 

10 January 2017 

10 November 2017 

3 August 2018 

30 June 2017 

19 April 2016 

30 June 2017 

1 August 2016 

25 April 2016 

Number of shares 

%* 

138,493,196 

75,691,650 

73,438,626 

71,172,011 

71,337,869 

71,068,036 

70,333,801 

69,490,000 

61,185,245 

56,006,443 

51,864,254 

9.83 

5.31 

5.15 

5.06 

5.05 

4.98 

4.98 

4.94 

4.33 

3.98 

3.69 

* % holding based on total number of shares at the time of respective notification. 

As required by Chapter 5 of the Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules, there have been no changes in the schedule of substantial 
interests since the year-end. 

The Company has not been notified of any other substantial interests in its securities. The Company’s substantial shareholders do not 
have different voting rights. The Group, so far as is known by the Company, is not directly or indirectly owned or controlled by another 
corporation or by any government. 

Change of control 
The Company is not party to any significant agreements that would take effect, alter or terminate upon a change of control of 
the Company following a takeover bid. However, the Group’s Revolving Credit Facility Agreement and US Private Placement would 
terminate upon a change of control of the Company. The Company does not have agreements with any director or employee 
providing compensation for loss of office or employment that occurs because of a takeover bid, except for provisions in the rules 
of the Company’s share schemes which result in options or awards granted to employees vesting on a takeover. 

Political donations 
No contributions were made to political parties during the year (2017: £Nil). 

Going concern 
The Company’s business activities, together with the factors likely to affect its future development, performance and position are set out 
in the Chairman’s statement. 

In addition, note 34 to the financial statements includes the Group’s objectives, policies and processes for managing its capital; its 
financial risk management objectives; details of its financial instruments and hedging activities; and its exposures to credit risk and 
liquidity risk. The Directors believe that the Group is well placed to manage its business risks successfully.

73 

 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT 
CONTINUED 

The Board expects to be able to meet any actual and contingent liabilities from existing resources. Further information on the net cash 
position of the Group is set out in note 30(f). 

Giving due consideration to the nature of the Group’s business and taking account of the following matters: the financing facilities 
available to the Group; the Group’s foreign currency exposures; committed deficit repair contributions to the Coats UK Pension Scheme; 
and also taking into consideration the cash flow forecasts prepared by the Group and the sensitivity analysis associated therewith, the 
Directors consider that the going concern basis of accounting is appropriate for the Company and the Group and the financial 
statements have been prepared on that basis. 

Results and dividends 
The results of the Group are shown on page 87 and movements in reserves are set out in note 27 to the financial statements. 

On 29 May 2018 a final dividend in respect of 2017 of 1.00 US cent per Ordinary Share was paid. In addition the Company paid an 
ordinary interim dividend per share of 0.50 US cents on 16 November 2018 to shareholders recorded on the register on 26 October 
2018. 

The Company recommends to shareholders payment of a final dividend of 1.16 US cents per share in respect of the year ended 31 
December 2018 on 28 May 2019 to shareholders recorded on the register on 3 May 2019 (2017: 1.00 US cents per share). The Ordinary 
Shares will become ex-dividend on 2 May 2019. 

Environmental matters 
The involvement of the Group in relation to the Lower Passaic River matter is reported in the Principal Risks section of this Annual Report 
and can be found on page 27. Further details are contained in note 28 to the financial statements. 

Greenhouse gas emissions 
For the year ended 31 December 2018, Coats reported the following emissions: 

Global tonnes of CO2e1,2 

Direct (Gas, coal, oil) 

Indirect (Electricity) 

2018 

68.3 

234 

2017 

71.8 

238.8 

2016 

70.9 

247.6 

1  Based on IEA CO2 Emissions from Fuel Combustion, 2018 & 2017, OECD/IEA, Paris, 2016, and the 2018 & 2017 UK DEFRA GHG reporting guidance and conversion factors. Includes Scope 1 – direct 

emissions from the combustion of fuel (gas, coal and oil) and Scope 2 – indirect emissions from the purchase of electricity. 

2  Emissions reported are from energy consumption in our global operations, including continuing and discontinued operations, accordingly the North America Crafts business (sale completed on 20 

February 2019) is included. 

This represents a decrease of 2.7% versus 2017 total emissions. 

The methodology for Scope 1 direct emissions is to convert fuel consumed in kWh to GHG equivalent using DEFRA published global 
conversion factors. 

The methodology for Scope 2 indirect emissions is to convert the electricity or other purchased energy in each country from KWh to 
GHG equivalent using the country level conversion factors published by the IEA for all countries. The resultant figures are then 
consolidated globally. 
Greenhouse gas emissions intensity per unit of production (kg per kg of dyed product) 

20181,3 

4.2 

2017 

4.3 

2016 

4.6 

2015 

4.5 

Greenhouse gas emissions intensity per sales value (tonnes per million $ sales) 

20181,3 

196 

2017 

206 

2016 

219 

2015 

208 

2014 

5.1 

2014 

201 

20132 

5.3 

20132 

212 

2012 

5.6 

2012 

226 

2011 

6.2 

2011 

249 

1  2014 – 2018 reported figures are based on IEA conversion factors for Scope 2 emissions. 
2  Scope 2 emissions for 2011 – 2013 continue to be calculated using DEFRA country level figures derived from IEA data. 
3  All 2018 numbers, including sales, used for these series include continuing and discontinued operations, accordingly the North America Crafts business (sale completed on 20 February 2019) is included. 

This means that the 2018 figures are comparable with prior years. 

Further details can be found in the Corporate Responsibility section on pages 20 to 22 and in the separate Sustainability Report. 

Employees  
A description of the Company’s employee policies applied during the year and details of our Employee Engagement Survey can be found 
on page 19 of this Annual Report. As part of the changes resulting from the Connecting for Growth global transformation programme, 
employees were regularly consulted to gather their views on decisions that would impact them. Consultation was conducted by way of 
'pulse surveys', conferences and roadshows to ensure the correct level of engagement worldwide. The views gathered were considered 
by management and by the Board throughout the course of the year ended 31 December 2018. 

74 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT 
CONTINUED 

Employees with disabilities 
Applications for employment by people with disabilities are always fully and fairly considered, bearing in mind the aptitudes of the 
applicant concerned. In the event of members of staff developing disabilities, every effort is made to ensure that their employment with 
the Company continues and that appropriate arrangements, including the provision of any new training required where necessary, are 
made. It is the policy of the Company that the training, career development and promotion of employees with disabilities should, as far 
as possible, be identical to that of other employees. 

Auditor 
A resolution to re-appoint Deloitte LLP as auditor will be proposed at the 2019 AGM. 

A statement in respect of the auditor, in accordance with Section 418 of the Companies Act 2006, has been included below. 

Disclosure of information to the Auditor 
The Directors who held office at the date of approval of this Directors’ Report confirm that, so far as they are aware, there is no relevant 
audit information of which the Company’s Auditor is unaware, and each Director has taken reasonable steps to ascertain any relevant 
audit information and to ensure that the Company’s Auditor is aware of that information. 

Other information  
Other information relevant to this Directors’ Report, and which is incorporated by reference, including information required in 
accordance with the UK Companies Act 2006 and Listing Rule 9.8.4R, can be located as follows: 

Branches and financial risk management objectives and policies 

Property, plant and equipment 

Research and Development (R&D) and future development 

Financial instruments 

Amount of interest capitalised 

Publication of unaudited financial information 

Details of Long Term Incentive schemes 

Allotment of equity securities 

Significant contracts 

The Company operates in over 50 countries through branches and offices. Information 
about internal control and financial risk management objectives and policies in relation 
to the use of financial instruments can be found in note 34 to the financial statements. 
Further information on risk management more generally can be found on page 23. 

Details of property, plant and equipment are set out in note 14 to the financial 
statements. 

The Group has a number of ongoing R&D projects focused on developing value-
adding products aimed at the industrial market segments, as well as continuing to 
develop its proprietary colour management systems. Further information on future 
development initiatives can be found in note 5. 

Disclosure of the use of financial instruments by the Group can be found in note 34 to 
the financial statements. 

N/A 

N/A 

See page 64 

See page 73 

See page 73 

Post balance sheet events 
Details of post balance sheet events are set out in note 36 to the financial statements. 

This Directors’ Report was approved by order of the Board. 

On behalf of the Board 

Stuart Morgan 
Company Secretary 
7 March 2019 

75 

 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ 
RESPONSIBILITIES 
STATEMENT 

ENSURING OUR ANNUAL  
REPORT IS FAIR, BALANCED 
AND UNDERSTANDABLE 
A number of established and 
embedded processes underpin the 
compilation of the Annual Report 
to help provide the Board with the 
assurance that it is fair, balanced 
and understandable, including: 
•  reviewing the use of Alternative 
Performance Measures and their 
appropriateness in aiding users 
of our financial statements to 
better understand our 
performance year-on-year; 
•  drafting of the Annual Report 

by appropriate senior 
management who monitor 
regulatory changes and who are 
briefed regarding the fair, 
balanced and understandable 
regulations; 

•  an extensive verification process 
undertaken to ensure factual 
accuracy which has been 
considered by the Disclosure 
Committee; 

•  comprehensive reviews of drafts 
of the Annual Report undertaken 
by senior management, including 
members of the Group 
Executive Team; 

•  the Audit and Risk Committee 

discussing the draft Annual Report 
with both management and 
Deloitte and, where appropriate, 
challenging the content and any 
judgements and assumptions 
used; and 

•  all Board members receiving drafts 

of the Annual Report with 
sufficient time for review 
and comment. 

76 

Company law requires the Directors to prepare financial statements for each financial year. 
Under that law the Directors are required to prepare the Group financial statements in 
accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) as adopted by the 
European Union and Article 4 of the IAS Regulation and have elected to prepare the parent 
Company financial statements in accordance with United Kingdom Generally Accepted 
Accounting Practice (United Kingdom Accounting Standards and applicable law), including 
FRS 102 ‘The Financial Reporting Standard applicable in the UK and Republic of Ireland’. 

Under company law the Directors must not approve the accounts unless they are satisfied that 
they give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the Company and of the profit or loss of 
the Company for that period. 

In preparing the parent Company financial statements, the Directors are required to: 

•  select suitable accounting policies and then apply them consistently; 
•  make judgments and accounting estimates that are reasonable and prudent; 
•  state whether applicable UK Accounting Standards have been followed, subject to any material 

departures disclosed and explained in the financial statements; and 

•  prepare the financial statements on the going concern basis unless it is inappropriate to presume 

that the Company will continue in business. 

In preparing the Group financial statements, International Accounting Standard 1 requires 
that Directors: 

•  properly select and apply accounting policies; 
•  present information, including accounting policies, in a manner that provides relevant, reliable, 

comparable and understandable information; 

•  provide additional disclosures when compliance with the specific requirements in IFRSs are 
insufficient to enable users to understand the impact of particular transactions, other events 
and conditions on the entity’s financial position and financial performance; and 

•  make an assessment of the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. 
The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting records that are sufficient to 
show and explain the Company’s transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy at any 
time the financial position of the Company and enable them to ensure that the financial 
statements comply with the Companies Act 2006. They are also responsible for safeguarding 
the assets of the Company and for taking reasonable steps for the prevention and detection 
of fraud and other irregularities. 

The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of the corporate and financial 
information included on the Company’s website. Legislation in the United Kingdom governing 
the preparation and dissemination of financial statements may differ from legislation in other 
jurisdictions. 

Responsibility statement 
We confirm that to the best of our knowledge: 

•  the financial statements, prepared in accordance with the relevant financial reporting framework, 

give a true and fair view of the assets, liabilities, financial position and profit or loss of the 
Company and the undertakings included in the consolidation taken as a whole; 

•  the strategic report includes a fair review of the development and performance of the business 
and the position of the Company and the undertakings included in the consolidation taken 
as a whole, together with a description of the principal risks and uncertainties that it faces; and 

•  the Annual Report and financial statements, taken as a whole, are fair, balanced and 

understandable and provide the information necessary for shareholders to assess the Company’s 
performance, business model and strategy. 

This responsibility statement was approved by the Board of Directors and is signed on its behalf by: 

Mike Clasper 
Chairman 
7 March 2019 

 
 
 
 
 
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT 
TO THE MEMBERS OF COATS GROUP PLC 

Report on the audit of the financial statements 

Opinion 
In our opinion: 

•  the financial statements of Coats Group plc (the ‘parent company’) and its subsidiaries (the ‘group’) give a true and fair view of the 
state of the group’s and of the parent company’s affairs as at 31 December 2018 and of the group’s profit for the year then ended; 

•  the group financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) 

as adopted by the European Union; 

•  the parent company financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with United Kingdom Generally Accepted 

Accounting Practice, including Financial Reporting Standard 102 “The Financial Reporting Standard applicable in the UK and Republic 
of Ireland”; and 

•  the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 and, as regards the 

group financial statements, Article 4 of the IAS Regulation. 

We have audited the financial statements which comprise: 

•  the Consolidated Income Statement; 

•  the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income; 

•  the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position; 

•  the Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity; 

•  the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows; 

•  the group related notes 1 to 37; 

•  the Company Balance Sheet; 

•  the Company Statement of Changes in Equity; 

•  the Company Cash Flow Statement; and 

•  the Company related notes 1 to 7.  

The financial reporting framework that has been applied in the preparation of the group financial statements is applicable law and IFRSs 
as adopted by the European Union. The financial reporting framework that has been applied in the preparation of the parent company 
financial statements is applicable law and United Kingdom Accounting Standards, including FRS 102 “The Financial Reporting Standard 
applicable in the UK and Republic of Ireland” (United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting Practice). 

Basis for opinion 
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) (ISAs (UK)) and applicable law. Our responsibilities 
under those standards are further described in the auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements section of our report.  

We are independent of the group and the parent company in accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit of 
the financial statements in the UK, including the Financial Reporting Council’s (the ‘FRC’s’) Ethical Standard as applied to listed public 
interest entities, and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements. We confirm that the non-
audit services prohibited by the FRC’s Ethical Standard were not provided to the group or the parent company. 

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion. 

77 

 
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT 
TO THE MEMBERS OF COATS GROUP PLC  
CONTINUED 

Summary of our audit approach 

Key audit matters 

The key audit matters that we identified in the current year were: 

•  Lower Passaic River Study Area litigation provision 

•  Material assumptions underlying retirement benefit obligations 

•  Taxation provisions – transfer pricing on incremental management recharges 

The key audit matters are the same as the prior year, except that the impairment risk relating to the tangible 
assets in Brazil referred to in the previous audit opinion is no longer considered a key audit matter following the 
confirmation of the underlying value of the land by an independent valuation expert. We refined the key audit 
matter relating to tax to focus on the incremental management recharges that were considered to represent the 
area of greatest judgement. 

Within this report, any new or refined key audit matters are identified with ­ and any key audit matters which 
are the same as the prior year identified with ~ 

Materiality 

The materiality that we used for the group financial statements was $8.5 million which was determined on the 
basis of 5% of adjusted profit before tax. 

Scoping 

Coats Group plc was subject to a full statutory audit by the group auditor. Due to the widespread nature of the 
group, the audit is subject to scoping decisions on overseas components. Our full-scope audit of components 
provided coverage of 76% of the Group’s net assets, 75% of the group’s revenue and 78% of the group’s profit 
before tax from profit making components. 

Significant  
changes in  
our approach 

In addition to the change in key audit matters as described above, in the current year materiality has been based 
on 5% of adjusted profit before tax. In the prior year 7% of profit before tax has been used. For further details 
refer to the discussion of ‘our application of materiality’ below. 

Conclusions relating to going concern, principal risks and viability statement 

Going concern 
We have reviewed the directors’ statement in note 1 to the financial statements about whether they considered it appropriate to adopt 
the going concern basis of accounting in preparing them and their identification of any material uncertainties to the group’s and 
company’s ability to continue to do so over a period of at least twelve months from the date of approval of the financial statements. 

We considered as part of our risk assessment the nature of the group, its business model and related risks including where relevant the 
impact of Brexit, the requirements of the applicable financial reporting framework and the system of internal control. We evaluated the 
directors’ assessment of the group’s ability to continue as a going concern, including challenging the underlying data and key 
assumptions used to make the assessment, and evaluated the directors’ plans for future actions in relation to their going concern 
assessment. 

We are required to state whether we have anything material to add or draw attention to in relation to that statement required by Listing 
Rule 9.8.6R(3) and report if the statement is materially inconsistent with our knowledge obtained in the audit. 

We confirm that we have nothing material to report, add or draw attention to in respect of these matters. 

78 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT 
TO THE MEMBERS OF COATS GROUP PLC  
CONTINUED 

Principal risks and viability statement 
Based solely on reading the directors’ statements and considering whether they were consistent with the knowledge we obtained in the 
course of the audit, including the knowledge obtained in the evaluation of the directors’ assessment of the group’s and the company’s 
ability to continue as a going concern, we are required to state whether we have anything material to add or draw attention to in 
relation to: 

•  the disclosures on pages 23 to 27 that describe the principal risks and explain how they are being managed or mitigated; 

•  the directors' confirmation on page 28 that they have carried out a robust assessment of the principal risks facing the group, including 

those that would threaten its business model, future performance, solvency or liquidity; or 

•  the directors’ explanation on page 28 as to how they have assessed the prospects of the group, over what period they have done so 
and why they consider that period to be appropriate, and their statement as to whether they have a reasonable expectation that the 
group will be able to continue in operation and meet its liabilities as they fall due over the period of their assessment, including any 
related disclosures drawing attention to any necessary qualifications or assumptions. 

We are also required to report whether the directors’ statement relating to the prospects of the group required by Listing Rule 9.8.6R(3) 
is materially inconsistent with our knowledge obtained in the audit. 

We confirm that we have nothing material to report, add or draw attention to in respect of these matters. 

Key audit matters 
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most significance in our audit of the financial 
statements of the current period and include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or not due to fraud) 
that we identified. These matters included those which had the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy, the allocation of resources 
in the audit; and directing the efforts of the engagement team. 

These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, 
and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters. 

Lower Passaic River Study litigation provision ~ 

Key audit matter  
description 

Along with other textile manufacturers, and chemical producers, the group is subject to ongoing litigation 
proceedings by the US Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) in regard to environmental damage caused 
by historic operations of the group in the Lower Passaic River Study Area.  

In March 2016, EPA issued a Record of Decision providing a basis for management to make a provision 
in respect of remediation and legal costs which amounts to $17.6 million, net of insurance proceeds, at 
31 December 2018. This is currently considered by management to be the best estimate of the future 
liability, given the information available. Judgement is required to estimate what, if any, the group’s share of 
the total remediation costs is likely to be.  

Management identify provisions as a source of significant estimation uncertainty in notes 1, 24 and 28 of the 
financial statements and discuss the matter as a significant financial and reporting issue in the Audit and Risk 
Committee report on page 52. 

How the scope  
of our audit 
responded to the 
key audit matter 

We challenged management’s assumptions including a review of evidence used in determining provisions for 
the Lower Passaic River Study Area litigation, both in terms of appropriateness of recognition and the valuation 
thereof. We verified the material cash outflows relating to the utilisation of the legal provision and made 
enquiries of management to confirm whether any further correspondence had been received in connection 
with this matter. We challenged whether the increase in the provision for legal costs was appropriate. We 
evaluated the competence of management’s external legal advisers. We considered the legal advice 
management had obtained in relation to litigation and directly challenged management’s judgements through 
discussion with key external legal advisers and our internal environmental specialist. 

Key observations  We found that management’s provision is within a range of reasonable estimates of the future liability and 

has properly taken into account the latest information available from their third party legal advisers. 

79 

 
 
 
 
 
 
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT 
TO THE MEMBERS OF COATS GROUP PLC  
CONTINUED 

Material assumptions underlying retirement benefit obligations ~  

Key audit matter  
description 

The retirement benefit obligations recognised in the statement of financial position in respect of defined 
employee benefits are the present values of the defined benefit obligations at the year-end less the fair value of 
any associated assets. The gross actuarial value of scheme liabilities of Coats Group plc at 31 December 2018 
was $3,002 million.  

The assumptions used in the valuation are relatively sensitive to small changes and can result in a material 
difference in the net deficit recognised of $168 million. Key assumptions involved in the determination of the 
present values of the defined benefit obligations include discount rates, mortality and inflation rates. 

The carrying values of the Group’s pension obligations as well as a sensitivity analysis relating to the Group’s 
major defined benefit pension arrangements are included in note 10. Management identify Pension and other 
employee benefit obligations as a source of significant estimation uncertainty in note 1 of the financial 
statements and discuss the matter as a significant financial and reporting issue in the Audit and Risk Committee 
report on page 52. Management refer to the potential impact of Brexit on the pension liabilities on page 26. 

How the scope  
of our audit 
responded to the  
key audit matter 

We worked with our own pension specialists to challenge the assumptions underlying management’s 
calculation of the group defined benefit schemes and their consideration of the potential impact of Brexit. 
We have compared these assumptions to industry benchmarks and prior year rates.  

We evaluated the competence of the experts that management engaged to calculate the defined benefit 
pension schemes, by confirming they are qualified and affiliated with the appropriate industry body; and we 
evaluated the sensitivity of the pension scheme liabilities to differences between our independent judgements 
and those made by management, both individually and in aggregate. 

Key observations 

The key assumptions used in the calculation of the retirement benefit obligations were within the ranges 
expected by our pension audit specialists.  

Taxation provisions: transfer pricing on incremental management recharges ~  

Key audit matter  
description 

The Group evaluates uncertain tax items, which are subject to interpretation and agreement of the position 
with the local Tax Authorities and consequently agreement may not be reached for a number of years. 

The area of most significant judgement, and the focus of our key audit matter, is incremental group recharges 
that have not yet been subject to any local tax authority enquiries.  

The Group’s effective tax rate reconciliation is provided in note 9 and the matter is discussed as a significant 
financial and reporting issue in the Audit and Risk Committee report on page 52. 

How the scope  
of our audit 
responded to the 
key audit matter 

We worked with our tax specialists, including transfer pricing tax specialists, in key jurisdictions to evaluate and 
challenge the appropriateness of judgements and assumptions made by management with respect to their 
assessment and valuation of transfer pricing tax risks specifically related to those arising from incremental 
management recharges. This included a review of applicable third party evidence and correspondence with tax 
authorities to assess the adequacy of associated provision and disclosures. 

Key observations 

We are satisfied that the provisions raised in respect of the potential transfer pricing taxation exposures for 
risks associated with incremental management recharges are appropriate. 

80 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT 
TO THE MEMBERS OF COATS GROUP PLC  
CONTINUED 

Our application of materiality 
We define materiality as the magnitude of misstatement in the financial statements that makes it probable that the economic decisions 
of a reasonably knowledgeable person would be changed or influenced. We use materiality both in planning the scope of our audit work 
and in evaluating the results of our work.  

Based on our professional judgement, we determined materiality for the financial statements as a whole as follows: 

Materiality 

Basis for 
determining 
materiality 

Group financial statements 
$8.5 million (2017: $10 million) 

5% of adjusted profit before tax. 

We have determined adjusted profit before tax on the basis of continuing profit 
before tax before exceptional and acquisition related items as highlighted in the 
Consolidated Income Statement on page 87.  

In the prior year 7% of profit before tax had been used.  

In 2018, given the significant impact of exceptional and acquisition related items, 
adjusted profit before tax was used as this better reflects the scale of the 
underlying business under audit. 

Rationale for  
the benchmark 
applied 

We have determined materiality based on professional judgement, the 
requirements of auditing standards and the financial measure most relevant to the 
user of the financial statements. 

Profit before tax has been adjusted in determining materiality to exclude items 
which, due to their variable financial impact and/or expected infrequency of the 
underlying events, are not considered indicative of continuing operations of the 
Group. These items do not form part of the Group’s internally or externally 
monitored primary key performance indicators, and which if included, would 
distort materiality year-on-year. 

Adjusted profit before tax is a key measure used by Coats Group plc in reporting their 
results and is determined to be the most appropriate basis for determining materiality.  

Parent company  
financial statements 
$7.2 million (2017: $8.5 million)  

Parent company materiality of 
$7.2 million represents 0.6% of 
net assets. This is capped at 85% 
of the group materiality.  

The parent company is primarily 
an investment holding company 
and net assets is considered the 
most appropriate basis. 

We agreed with the Audit and Risk Committee that we would report to the Committee all audit differences in excess of $0.4 million 
(2017: $0.5 million) for the group, as well as differences below that threshold that, in our view, warranted reporting on qualitative 
grounds. We also report to the Audit and Risk Committee on disclosure matters that we identified when assessing the overall 
presentation of the financial statements. 

81 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT 
TO THE MEMBERS OF COATS GROUP PLC  
CONTINUED 

An overview of the scope of our audit 
Coats Group plc was subject to a full statutory audit by the group auditor. Due to the geographically widespread nature of the group, 
the audit is subject to scoping decisions on overseas components. We focused our group audit scope on 11 (2017: 11) overseas 
components spread across four continents which were subject to full audit scope. Our involvement in their audits is as follows: 

•  For all components the group auditor held planning calls, maintained regular contact throughout the audit process and reviewed the 

work of overseas component auditors.  

•  The Group audit team continued to follow a programme of regular on-site meetings with components that has been designed so that 
the Senior Statutory Auditor or another senior member of the Group audit team periodically meets with local management and the 
component audit team on a rotational basis. During 2018, the Senior Statutory Auditor visited Coats operations in USA, Turkey, and 
Mexico, and met with the respective component audit teams. Senior members of the engagement team also visited Indonesia  
and Colombia. 

Our audit work at these components was executed at levels of materiality which were lower than the group materiality and range from 
$0.5 million to $5.1 million (2017: $0.2 million to $7.3 million).  

The 11 overseas components and UK components subject to full audit account for 76% of the Group’s net assets (2017: 75%), 75% of 
the Group’s revenue (2017: 76%) and 78% of the Group’s profit before tax within the group’s profit making components (2017: 81%). 
Additionally, 2 components were subject to specified audit procedures. These components were selected in order to provide an 
appropriate basis for undertaking the audit work to address the risks of material misstatement identified above. 

At the parent entity level we also tested the consolidation process and carried out analytical procedures to confirm our conclusion that 
there were no significant risks of material misstatement of the aggregated financial information of the remaining components not 
subject to audit or audit of specified account balances. 

82 

 
 
 
 
 
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT 
TO THE MEMBERS OF COATS GROUP PLC  
CONTINUED 

Other information 
The directors are responsible for the other information. The other information comprises the information included in the annual report, 
other than the financial statements and our auditor’s report thereon. 

Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover the other information and, except to the extent otherwise explicitly stated in our 
report, we do not express any form of assurance conclusion thereon. 

In connection with our audit of the financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, consider 
whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the audit or 
otherwise appears to be materially misstated. 

If we identify such material inconsistencies or apparent material misstatements, we are required to determine whether there is a material 
misstatement in the financial statements or a material misstatement of the other information. If, based on the work we have performed, 
we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are required to report that fact.  

In this context, matters that we are specifically required to report to you as uncorrected material misstatements of the other information 
include where we conclude that: 

•  Fair, balanced and understandable – the statement given by the directors that they consider the annual report and financial 

statements taken as a whole is fair, balanced and understandable and provides the information necessary for shareholders to assess 
the group’s position and performance, business model and strategy, is materially inconsistent with our knowledge obtained in the 
audit; or 

•  Audit and Risk Committee reporting – the section describing the work of the Audit and Risk Committee does not appropriately  

address matters communicated by us to the Audit and Risk Committee; or 

•  Directors’ statement of compliance with the UK Corporate Governance Code – the parts of the directors’ statement required under  
the Listing Rules relating to the company’s compliance with the UK Corporate Governance Code containing provisions specified for 
review by the auditor in accordance with Listing Rule 9.8.10R(2) do not properly disclose a departure from a relevant provision of  
the UK Corporate Governance Code. 

We have nothing to report in respect of these matters. 

Responsibilities of directors 
As explained more fully in the directors’ responsibilities statement, the directors are responsible for the preparation of the financial 
statements and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view, and for such internal control as the directors determine is necessary 
to enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error. 

In preparing the financial statements, the directors are responsible for assessing the group’s and the parent company’s ability to continue 
as a going concern, disclosing as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless 
the directors either intend to liquidate the group or the parent company or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but 
to do so. 

83 

 
 
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT 
TO THE MEMBERS OF COATS GROUP PLC  
CONTINUED 

Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements 
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from material 
misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high 
level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a material 
misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, 
they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these financial statements. Details 
of the extent to which the audit was considered capable of detecting irregularities, including fraud are set out below. 

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements is located on the Financial Reporting Council’s 
website at: www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms part of our auditor’s report. 

Extent to which the audit was considered capable of detecting irregularities, including fraud 
We identify and assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to fraud or error, and then design and 
perform audit procedures responsive to those risks, including obtaining audit evidence that is sufficient and appropriate to provide a 
basis for our opinion. 

Identifying and assessing potential risks related to irregularities 
In identifying and assessing risks of material misstatement in respect of irregularities, including fraud and non-compliance with laws and 
regulations, our procedures included the following: 

•  enquiring of management, internal audit and the audit and risk committee, including obtaining and reviewing supporting 

documentation, concerning the Group’s policies and procedures relating to: 

•  identifying, evaluating and complying with laws and regulations and whether they were aware of any instances of non-compliance; 

•  detecting and responding to the risks of fraud and whether they have knowledge of any actual, suspected or alleged fraud; and  
•  the internal controls established to mitigate risks related to fraud or non-compliance with laws and regulations;  

•  discussing among the engagement team, including significant component audit teams, and involving relevant internal specialists, 

including tax, pensions, IT and industry specialists regarding how and where fraud might occur in the financial statements and any 
potential indicators of fraud. As part of this discussion, we identified potential for fraud in the following area: Cut-off risk over 
revenue recognition at year on sales where control had not yet passed to the buyer in areas with a wide distribution network; and 

•  obtaining an understanding of the legal and regulatory frameworks that the Group operates in, focusing on those laws and 

regulations that had a direct effect on the financial statements or that had a fundamental effect on the operations of the Group. 
The key laws and regulations we considered in this context included the UK Companies Act, Listing Rules, pensions legislation, 
environmental and tax legislation. 

Audit response to risks identified 
As a result of performing the above, we identified Lower Passaic River Study litigation provision as a key audit matter. The key audit 
matters section of our report explains the matter in more detail and also describes the specific procedures we performed in response 
to that key audit matter. 

Our procedures to respond to risks identified included the following: 

•  reviewing the financial statement disclosures and testing to supporting documentation to assess compliance with relevant laws and 

regulations discussed above; 

•  enquiring of management, the audit and risk committee and in-house legal counsel concerning actual and potential litigation 

and claims; 

•  performing analytical procedures to identify any unusual or unexpected relationships that may indicate risks of material misstatement 

due to fraud; 

•  performed substantive procedures on cut off for all full scope audits, in addition we have reviewed revenue at year end for any 

unusual trends;  

84 

 
 
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT 
TO THE MEMBERS OF COATS GROUP PLC  
CONTINUED 

Audit response to risks identified (continued) 
•  reading minutes of meetings of those charged with governance and reviewing internal audit reports;  

•  in addressing the risk of fraud through management override of controls, testing the appropriateness of journal entries and other 
adjustments; assessing whether the judgements made in making accounting estimates are indicative of a potential bias; and 
evaluating the business rationale of any significant transactions that are unusual or outside the normal course of business. 

We also communicated relevant identified laws and regulations and potential fraud risks to all engagement team members, significant 
component audit teams and internal specialists, and remained alert to any indications of fraud or non-compliance with laws and 
regulations throughout the audit. 

Report on other legal and regulatory requirements 
Opinions on other matters prescribed by the Companies Act 2006 
In our opinion the part of the directors’ remuneration report to be audited has been properly prepared in accordance with the 
Companies Act 2006. 

In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit: 

•  the information given in the strategic report and the directors’ report for the financial year for which the financial statements  

are prepared is consistent with the financial statements; and 

•  the strategic report and the directors’ report have been prepared in accordance with applicable legal requirements. 

In the light of the knowledge and understanding of the group and of the parent company and their environment obtained in the  
course of the audit, we have not identified any material misstatements in the strategic report or the directors’ report. 

Matters on which we are required to report by exception 
Adequacy of explanations received and accounting records 
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you if, in our opinion: 

•  we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit; or 

•  adequate accounting records have not been kept by the parent company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been  

received from branches not visited by us; or 

•  the parent company financial statements are not in agreement with the accounting records and returns. 

We have nothing to report in respect of these matters. 

Directors’ remuneration 
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are also required to report if in our opinion certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration  
have not been made or the part of the directors’ remuneration report to be audited is not in agreement with the accounting  
records and returns. 

We have nothing to report in respect of these matters. 

Other matters 
Auditor tenure 
Following the recommendation of the Audit and Risk Committee, we were appointed by the company on 17 June 2003 to audit the 
financial statements for the year ending 31 December 2003 and subsequent financial periods. The period of total uninterrupted 
engagement including previous renewals and reappointments of the firm is 16 years, covering the years ending 31 December 2003  
to 31 December 2018. 

Consistency of the audit report with the additional report to the Audit and Risk Committee 
Our audit opinion is consistent with the additional report to the Audit and Risk Committee we are required to provide in  
accordance with ISAs (UK). 

85 

 
 
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT 
TO THE MEMBERS OF COATS GROUP PLC 
CONTINUED 

Use of our report 
This report is made solely to the company’s members, as a body, in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006. 
Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to the company’s members those matters we are required to state to them 
in an auditor’s report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility 
to anyone other than the company and the company’s members as a body, for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions 
we have formed. 

Edward Hanson (Senior statutory auditor) 
For and on behalf of Deloitte LLP 
Statutory Auditor 
London, United Kingdom 

7 March 2019

86 

CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT 

2018 

2017* 

Year ended 31 December 

Notes 

Before 
exceptional 
and 
acquisition 
related items  
US$m 

Exceptional 
and 
acquisition 
related 
items 
(see note 4) 
US$m 

Before 
exceptional 
and 
acquisition 
related items  
US$m 

Exceptional 
and 
acquisition 
related  
items 
(see note 4)  
US$m 

Total 
US$m 

2,3 

1,414.7 

– 

1,414.7 

1,356.1 

Continuing operations: 

Revenue 

Cost of sales 

Gross profit 

Distribution costs 

Administrative expenses 

Other operating income 

Operating profit 

Share of profits/(losses) of joint ventures 

Investment income 

Finance costs 

Profit before taxation 

Taxation 

2,4,5 

15 

6 

7 

5 

9 

Profit from continuing operations 

Profit/(loss) from discontinued operations 

32 

Profit for the year 

Attributable to: 

Equity shareholders of the company 

Non-controlling interests 

Earnings per share (cents): 

11 

Continuing operations: 

Basic 

Diluted 

Continuing and discontinued operations: 

Basic 

Diluted 

(849.7) 

506.4 

(150.4) 

(195.5) 

0.1 

160.6 

1.3 

2.1 

(25.4) 

138.6 

(44.6) 

94.0 

9.5 

103.5 

89.2 

14.3 

103.5 

(901.9) 

512.8 

(142.7) 

(176.0) 

0.8 

(4.4) 

(4.4) 

(4.5) 

(38.9) 

– 

(906.3) 

508.4 

(147.2) 

(214.9) 

0.8 

194.9 

(47.8) 

147.1 

0.1 

1.7 

(26.1) 

170.6 

(53.8) 

116.8 

2.8 

119.6 

100.4 

19.2 

119.6 

– 

– 

– 

(47.8) 

4.8 

(43.0) 

(18.4) 

(61.4) 

(61.2) 

(0.2) 

(61.4) 

0.1 

1.7 

(26.1) 

122.8 

(49.0) 

73.8 

(15.6) 

58.2 

39.2 

19.0 

58.2 

3.85 

3.78 

2.76 

2.70 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(6.5) 

– 

(6.5) 

(2.6) 

– 

– 

(9.1) 

0.7 

(8.4) 

– 

(8.4) 

(8.4) 

– 

(8.4) 

Total 
US$m 

1,356.1 

(849.7) 

506.4 

(150.4) 

(202.0) 

0.1 

154.1 

(1.3) 

2.1 

(25.4) 

129.5 

(43.9) 

85.6 

9.5 

95.1 

80.8 

14.3 

95.1 

5.10 

5.00 

5.78 

5.67 

Adjusted earnings per share 

37(d) 

6.87 

5.70 

* Restated to reflect the results of the North America Crafts business as a discontinued operation and to reflect the impact of the adoption of IFRS 15 ‘Revenue from contracts with customers’ (see note 1). 

Notes on pages 93 to 155 form part of these financial statements. 

87 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 2018 
US$m 

58.2 

 2017 
US$m 

95.1 

(21.8) 

145.2 

1.2 

1.0 

(20.6) 

146.2 

(1.0) 

(0.6) 

(20.5) 

(22.1) 

(1.1) 

0.2 

(6.1) 

(7.0) 

(42.7) 

139.2 

15.5 

234.3 

(2.7) 

219.9 

18.2 

15.5 

14.4 

234.3 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT  
OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME  

Year ended 31 December  

Profit for the year  

Items that will not be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss:  

Actuarial (losses)/gains on retirement benefit schemes  

Tax on items that will not be reclassified  

Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss:  

Losses on cash flow hedges arising during the year 

Transferred to profit or loss on cash flow hedges  

Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations 

Other comprehensive income and expense for the year  

Net comprehensive income and expense for the year  

Attributable to:  

Equity shareholders of the company  

Non-controlling interests  

Notes on pages 93 to 155 form part of these financial statements. 

88 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT  
OF FINANCIAL POSITION 

31 December  

Non-current assets: 

Intangible assets 

Property, plant and equipment 

Investments in joint ventures 

Other equity investments 

Deferred tax assets 

Pension surpluses 

Trade and other receivables 

Current assets: 

Inventories 

Trade and other receivables 

Other equity investments 

Pension surpluses 

Cash and cash equivalents 

Assets of disposal group and non-current assets classified as held for sale 

Total assets 

Current liabilities: 

Trade and other payables 

Current income tax liabilities 

Bank overdrafts and other borrowings 

Retirement benefit obligations: 

–  Funded 

–  Unfunded 

Provisions 

Notes 

2018 
US$m 

2017* 
US$m 

13 

14 

15 

15 

16 

10 

18 

17 

18 

15 

10 

30(f) 

32(b) 

20 

22 

10 

10 

24 

284.2 

282.2 

10.6 

6.1 

19.2 

42.6 

21.4 

292.9 

297.3 

12.0 

1.2 

24.6 

57.9 

21.5 

666.3 

707.4 

185.4 

253.8 

0.6 

6.1 

232.2 

268.9 

0.2 

6.9 

135.7 

118.4 

51.4 

0.2 

633.0 

626.8 

1,299.3 

1,334.2 

(302.7) 

(330.4) 

(15.5) 

(20.3) 

(8.7) 

(1.7) 

(16.0) 

(16.9) 

(6.0) 

(7.4) 

(16.3) 

(18.3) 

Liabilities of disposal group classified as held for sale 

32(b) 

(17.9) 

– 

Net current assets 

Non-current liabilities: 

Trade and other payables 

Deferred tax liabilities 

Borrowings 

Retirement benefit obligations: 

–  Funded schemes 

–  Unfunded schemes 

Provisions 

Total liabilities 

Net assets 

20 

23 

22 

10 

10 

24 

(394.7) 

(383.4) 

238.3 

243.4 

(23.1) 

(10.5) 

(27.2) 

(17.9) 

(338.1) 

(358.2) 

(99.5) 

(101.1) 

(95.5) 

(102.6) 

(39.0) 

(33.5) 

(605.7) 

(640.5) 

(1,000.4) 

(1,023.9) 

298.9 

310.3 

89 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT  
OF FINANCIAL POSITION  
CONTINUED 

31 December 

Equity: 

Share capital 

Share premium account 

Own shares 

Translation reserve 

Capital reduction reserve 

Other reserves 

Retained loss 

Equity shareholders’ funds 

Non-controlling interests 

Total equity 

*  Restated to reflect adjustments to provisional fair value amounts relating to the acquisition of Patrick Yarn Mill Inc. (see note 31). 

Rajiv Sharma 
Group Chief Executive 

Approved by the Board 7 March 2019 

Company Registration No.103548 

Simon Boddie 
Chief Financial Officer 

Notes on pages 93 to 155 form part of these financial statements. 

Notes 

2018 
US$m 

2017* 
US$m 

26 

27 

88.5 

10.4 

87.5 

7.7 

26, 27 

(6.8) 

(7.7) 

27 

27 

27 

27 

27 

(68.5) 

(48.8) 

59.8 

59.8 

244.2 

245.8 

(56.7) 

(58.6) 

270.9 

285.7 

28.0 

24.6 

298.9 

310.3 

90 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Issue of ordinary shares 

1.0 

2.7 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT 
OF CHANGES IN EQUITY 

Share 
capital 
US$m 

Share 
premium 
account 
US$m 

Own 
shares 
US$m 

Translation 
reserve 
US$m 

Capital 
reduction 
reserve 
US$m 

Other 
reserves 
US$m 

Retained 
loss 
US$m 

Non- 
controlling 
interests 
US$m 

Total 
US$m 

Total 
equity 
US$m 

Balance as at 1 January 2017 

 127.0 

 11.6 

 (10.5) 

 (121.1) 

 85.2 

 250.9 

 (274.6) 

 68.5 

 22.5 

91.0   

Change in functional currency* 

(39.9) 

(10.8) 

1.8 

78.5 

(25.4) 

(4.2) 

– 

– 

– 

-   

– 

– 

– 

80.8 

80.8 

14.3 

95.1   

Profit for the year 

Other comprehensive income and 
expense for the year 

Dividends 

Issue of ordinary shares 

Movement in own shares 

Share based payments 

Deferred tax on share schemes  

Balance as at 
31 December 2017 

Profit for the year 

Other comprehensive income and 
expense for the year 

Dividends 

Movement in own shares 

Share based payments 

Deferred tax on share schemes 

Balance as at 
31 December 2018 

– 

– 

– 

0.4 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

2.6 

4.3 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

1.0 

– 

– 

(6.2) 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

0.9 

– 

– 

– 

(19.7) 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(0.9) 

146.2 

139.1 

0.1 

139.2 

(17.8) 

(17.8) 

(12.3) 

(30.1)   

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(5.2) 

6.4 

5.6 

3.0 

0.1 

6.4 

5.6 

– 

39.2 

39.2 

– 

– 

– 

– 

3.0   

0.1   

6.4   

5.6   

24.6 

19.0 

310.3 

58.2   

(1.6) 

(20.6) 

(41.9) 

(0.8) 

(42.7) 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(21.1) 

(21.1) 

(14.8) 

(35.9)  

(0.7) 

– 

7.4 

3.0 

0.9 

7.4 

(2.3) 

(2.3) 

– 

– 

– 

– 

3.0   

0.9   

7.4   

(2.3)  

87.5 

7.7 

(7.7) 

(48.8) 

59.8 

245.8 

(58.6) 

285.7 

88.5 

10.4 

(6.8) 

(68.5) 

59.8 

244.2 

(56.7) 

270.9 

28.0 

298.9 

* The functional currency of the parent company Coats Group plc was changed during the year 31 December 2017. See note 1 for further details. 

Notes on pages 93 to 155 form part of these financial statements. 

91 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT 
OF CASH FLOWS  

Year ended 31 December 

Cash inflow/(outflow) from operating activities: 

Net cash inflow/(outflow) from operations  

Interest paid 

Taxation paid 

Net cash generated by/(absorbed in) operating activities 

Cash outflow from investing activities: 

Investment income 

Net capital expenditure and financial investment 

Acquisitions and disposals 

Net cash absorbed in investing activities 

Cash outflow from financing activities: 

Receipts from exercise of share options  

Dividends paid to equity shareholders 

Dividends paid to non-controlling interests 

Net decrease in debt and lease financing 

Net cash absorbed in financing activities 

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents 

Net cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the year 

Foreign exchange (losses)/gains on cash and cash equivalents  

Net cash and cash equivalents at end of the year 

Reconciliation of net cash flows to movements in net debt 

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents 

Net decrease in debt and lease financing 

Change in net debt resulting from cash flows (free cash flow) 

Other non-cash movements 

Foreign exchange (losses)/gains 

Decrease/(increase) in net debt 

Total net (debt)/cash at the start of the year 

Total net debt at the end of the year 

Notes on pages 93 to 155 form part of these financial statements. 

92 

Notes 

2018 
US$m 

2017 
US$m 

30(a) 

171.1 

(157.4) 

30(b) 

30(c) 

30(d) 

30(e) 

(19.1) 

(50.1) 

(13.7) 

(60.5) 

101.9 

(231.6) 

1.6 

(45.6) 

(0.1) 

(44.1) 

3.0 

(21.1) 

(14.8) 

(20.4) 

(53.3) 

1.3 

(49.7) 

(23.1) 

(71.5) 

3.0 

(17.6) 

(12.3) 

(41.1) 

(68.0) 

4.5 

(371.1) 

116.8 

470.3 

(5.6) 

17.6 

30(f) 

115.7 

116.8 

4.5 

(371.1) 

20.4 

24.9 

(0.7) 

(5.4) 

41.1 

(330.0) 

(5.0) 

15.3 

18.8 

(319.7) 

(241.5) 

78.2 

30(f) 

(222.7) 

(241.5) 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

1 Principal accounting policies 
The following are the principal accounting policies adopted in preparing the financial statements. 

Critical accounting judgements and key sources of estimation uncertainty 
The principal accounting policies adopted by the Group are set out in this note to the consolidated financial statements. Certain of the 
Group’s accounting policies inherently rely on subjective assumptions and judgements, such that it is possible over time the actual results 
could differ from the estimates based on the assumptions and judgements used by the Group. Due to the size of the amounts involved, 
changes in the assumptions relating to the following policies could potentially have a significant impact on the result for the year and/or 
the carrying values of assets and liabilities in the consolidated financial statements: 

Critical judgements in applying the Group’s accounting policies 
In the course of preparing the financial statements, the below critical judgements have had a significant effect on the amounts 
recognised in the financial statements. 

Exceptional items 
As set out in the Group’s accounting policy below, judgement is used to determine those items which should be separately disclosed to 
allow a better understanding of the underlying trading performance of the Group. This judgement includes assessment of whether an 
item is of sufficient size or of a nature that is not consistent with normal trading activities. Please see note 4 for further details. 

Held for sale classification 
At 31 December 2018 the North America Crafts business has been classified as held for sale, see note 32 for further information. The 
key accounting judgement in classifying the assets and liabilities as held for sale was that the appropriate level of management was 
committed to the sale and that as at 31 December 2018 the sale of the North America Crafts business was considered highly probable. 
The carrying value of the assets and liabilities were written down to fair value less cost to sell, as the transaction completed on 20 
February 2019 there is no judgement in fair value of the assets and liabilities. Furthermore, in management’s judgement North America 
Crafts represents a major line of business and therefore its results for 2018 have been presented as discontinued operations, with 
restatement of the 2017 comparative amounts. 

Key sources of estimation uncertainty 
The key assumptions concerning the future, and other sources of estimation uncertainty at the balance sheet date, that may have  
a significant risk of causing material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next financial year, are 
discussed below. 

UK retirement benefit obligations 
The UK retirement benefit obligations recognised in the consolidated statement of financial position are the present values of the  
defined benefit obligations at the year end less the fair value of any associated assets. Key assumptions involved in the determination  
of the present values of the defined benefit obligations include discount rates, beneficiary mortality and inflation rates. Changes in  
any or all of these assumptions could materially change the employee benefit obligations recognised in the consolidated statement  
of financial position. 

The carrying values of the Group’s pension obligations as well as a sensitivity analysis relating to changes in discount rates, beneficiary 
mortality and inflation rates are included in note 10. 

Provisioning for Lower Passaic River environmental matters 
In determining the level of provision held at year end in respect of the Lower Passaic River environmental matter the Board takes advice 
from external experts as appropriate. The nature of the estimates adopted is such that the final liability that crystallises may differ from 
these estimates. In particular there is estimation uncertainty as to what, if any, the Group’s share of total remediation and legal costs is 
likely to be, for which a provision of $17.6 million, net of insurance reimbursements, has been recorded as set out in notes 24 and 28. 

As set out in note 28 the final remediation cost could differ materially from the provision recorded. 

a) Accounting convention and format  
The Group’s financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) as adopted 
by the European Union and therefore comply with Article 4 of the EU IAS Regulations. 

The financial statements are prepared under the historical cost convention except for derivatives which are stated at fair value, disposal 
groups which are held at fair value less costs to sell and retirement benefit obligations which are valued in accordance with IAS 19 
Employee Benefits. 

Except for the changes arising from the adoption of new accounting standards (as detailed in note 1), and the changes to operating 
segments (as detailed in note 2) the same accounting policies, presentation and methods of computation have been followed in these 
consolidated financial statements as applied in the Group’s annual financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2017. 

93 

 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
CONTINUED 

b) Basis of preparation 
Subsidiaries 
Subsidiaries are consolidated from the effective date of acquisition or up to the effective date of disposal, as appropriate, or the 
subsidiary meets the criteria to be classified as held for sale. The effective date is when control passes to or from the Group. Control is 
achieved when the Group has the power over the investee and is exposed, or has the rights to variable returns from its involvement with 
the investee and has the ability to use its power to affect its returns. The existence and effect of potential voting rights that are currently 
exercisable or convertible are considered in determining the existence or otherwise of control. Where necessary, adjustments are made  
to the financial statements of subsidiaries to align their accounting policies with those used by the Group. 

Where subsidiaries are not 100% owned by the Group, the share attributable to outside shareholders is reflected in non-controlling 
interests. Non-controlling interests are identified separately from the Group’s equity, and may initially be measured at either fair value or 
at the non-controlling interests’ share of the fair value of the subsidiary’s identifiable net assets. The choice of measurement is made on 
an acquisition-by-acquisition basis. Changes in the Group’s interests in subsidiaries, that do not result in a loss of control, are accounted 
for as equity transactions. Where control is lost, a gain or loss on disposal is recognised through the consolidated income statement, 
calculated as the difference between the fair value of consideration received (plus the fair value of any retained interest) and the Group’s 
previous share of the former subsidiary’s net assets. Amounts previously recognised in other comprehensive income in relation to that 
subsidiary are reclassified and recognised through the income statement as part of the gain or loss on disposal. 

Joint ventures 
Joint ventures are entities in which the Group has joint control, shared with a party outside the Group. The Group reports its interests  
in joint ventures using the equity method. 

Discontinued operations and disposal group held for sale 
In January 2019 the Group announced the agreement to sell the North America Crafts business to Spinrite Acquisition Corp. The North 
America Crafts business has been classified as held for sale at 31 December 2018 and its results presented as a discontinued operation. 
Prior years amounts in the consolidated income statement have also been restated to reclassify the results of North America Crafts from 
continuing operations to discontinued operations. The sale was completed on 20 February 2019, the date which control passed to the 
acquirer. Note 32 provides further details on the results of North America Crafts. 

Going concern 
Giving due consideration to the nature of the Group’s business and taking account of the following matters: the financing facilities 
available to the Group; the Group’s foreign currency exposures; and also taking into consideration the cash flow forecasts prepared by 
the Group and the sensitivity analysis associated therewith, the directors consider that the Company and the Group are going concerns 
and these financial statements are prepared on that basis. Further detail is contained in the corporate governance section on page 53. 

c) Functional currency 
The functional currency of Coats Group plc continued to be United States dollars (‘USD’) during the year ended 31 December 2018. 
In the prior year following the UK pensions settlement, the functional currency of Coats Group plc was changed from Great Britain 
pounds sterling to USD, effective 1 March 2017.  

Prior to the UK pensions settlement in February 2017, Coats Group plc and the parent group were considered to operate autonomously 
from the Coats operating business. Cash within the parent group was primarily denominated in Great Britain Pounds, held separately 
from the Coats operating business and represented a significant proportion of the Group’s value at that time. Following the UK pensions 
settlement and payment of upfront pension contributions the parent group became largely dormant with minimal cash maintained. 
In addition dividend payments recommenced to external shareholders having been suspended during the period of the investigation by 
the UK Pension Regulator. Following the settlement payments made into the UK pension schemes the functional currency of Coats 
Group plc was reassessed and changed from Great Britain pounds sterling to USD, effective 1 March 2017. 

In accordance with IAS 21 this change has been accounted for prospectively from this date. To give effect to the change in functional 
currency, the assets, liabilities and equity of Coats Group plc in Sterling at 1 March 2017 were converted into USD at an exchange rate 
of US$1:£0.8078. 

Share capital and other equity amounts of Coats Group plc reported in the Group’s consolidated statement of financial position were 
previously presented in USD converted from Sterling using historical rates of exchange. Exchange differences have therefore arisen 
between the historical USD/Sterling exchange rates and the exchange rate used for conversion from Sterling to USD at 1 March 2017. 
These exchange differences are reported in the consolidated statement of changes in equity. 

d) Foreign currencies 
Foreign currency translation 
The Group’s presentation currency is US Dollars. Transactions of companies within the Group are recorded in the functional currency  
of that company. Currencies other than the functional currency are foreign currencies.  

Transactions in foreign currencies are recorded at the rate ruling at the date of the transaction. Monetary assets and liabilities 
denominated in foreign currencies are translated at the rates of exchange ruling at the period end. All currency differences on monetary 
items are taken to the consolidated income statement with the exception of currency differences that represent a net investment in a 

94 

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
CONTINUED 

foreign operation, which are taken directly to equity until disposal of the net investment, at which time they are recycled through the 
consolidated income statement. Non-monetary items that are measured in terms of historical cost in a foreign currency are translated 
using the exchange rate as at the date of initial transaction. 

Group companies 
Assets and liabilities of subsidiaries whose presentation currency is not US Dollars are translated into the Group’s presentation currency  
at the rates of exchange ruling at the period end and their income statements are translated at the average exchange rates for the year. 
The exchange differences arising on the retranslation since 1 January 2004 are taken to a separate component of equity. On disposal of 
such an entity, the deferred cumulative amount recognised in equity since 1 January 2004 relating to that particular operation is recycled 
through the consolidated income statement. Translation differences that arose before the date of transition to IFRS in respect of all such 
entities are not presented as a separate component of equity. 

Goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on acquisition of such operations are regarded as assets and liabilities of the particular 
operation, expressed in the currency of the operation and recorded at the exchange rate at the date of the transaction and subsequently 
retranslated at the applicable closing rates. 

The principal exchange rates (to the US dollar) used in preparing these financial statements are as follows: 

Average 

Period end 

Sterling  

Euro 

Brazilian Real 

Indian Rupee 

Sterling 

Euro 

Brazilian Real 

Indian Rupee 

2018 

0.75 

0.85 

3.65 

2017 

0.78 

0.89 

3.19 

68.41 

65.09 

0.78 

0.87 

3.87 

0.74 

0.83 

3.31 

69.77 

63.87 

e) Operating segments 
Operating segments are components of the Group about which separate financial information is available that is evaluated by the  
Coats Group plc Board in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. 

f) Operating profit 
Operating profit is stated before the share of results of joint ventures, investment and interest income, finance costs and foreign 
exchange gains and losses from cash and cash equivalents used in investing activities. 

g) Exceptional and acquisition related items 
The Group has adopted an income statement format which seeks to highlight significant items within the Group results for the year. 
Exceptional items may include significant restructuring associated with a business or property disposal, litigation costs and settlements, 
profit or loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment, gains or losses arising from de-risking of defined benefit pension obligations, 
regulatory investigation costs and impairment of assets. Acquisition related items include amortisation of acquired intangible assets, 
acquisition transaction costs, contingent consideration linked to employment and adjustments to contingent consideration. 

Judgement is used by the Group in assessing the particular items, which by virtue of their scale and nature, should be presented in the 
income statement and disclosed in the related notes as exceptional items. In determining whether an event or transaction is exceptional, 
quantitative as well as qualitative factors such as frequency or predictability of occurrence are considered. This is consistent with the way 
financial performance is measured by management and reported to the Board. 

h) Property, plant and equipment 
Owned assets 
Items of property, plant and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and any accumulated impairments. 

Leased assets 
Leases where the lessor retains substantially all the risks and benefits of ownership of the asset are classified as operating leases. 
Operating lease payments are recognised as an expense in the income statement on a straight-line basis over the lease term. 

Subsequent expenditure 
Expenditure incurred to replace a component of an item of property, plant and equipment that is accounted for separately, including 
major inspection and overhaul expenditure, is capitalised. Other subsequent expenditure is capitalised only when it increases the future 
economic benefits embodied in the item of property, plant and equipment. All other expenditure is recognised in the income statement 
as an expense as incurred. 

95 

  
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
CONTINUED 

Depreciation 
Depreciation is charged to the income statement on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of property, plant and 
equipment, and major components that are accounted for separately. Land is not depreciated. The estimated useful lives are as follows: 

Freehold buildings 

Leasehold buildings 

Plant and equipment 

Vehicles and office equipment 

50 years to 100 years 

10 years to 50 years or over the term of the lease if shorter 

3 years to 20 years 

2 years to 10 years 

Assets’ residual values and useful lives are reviewed, and adjusted if appropriate, at each period end.  

i) Intangible assets 
Goodwill 
Goodwill arising on consolidation represents the excess of the cost of acquisition over the Group’s interest in the fair value of the 
identifiable assets and liabilities of a subsidiary at the date of acquisition. Goodwill is recognised as an asset and reviewed for impairment 
at least annually. Any impairment is recognised immediately in the income statement. On disposal of a subsidiary, the attributable 
amount of goodwill is included in the determination of the profit or loss on disposal. 

Goodwill is allocated to cash-generating units (‘CGUs’) for the purpose of impairment testing. CGUs represent the Group’s investment  
in each of its business segments. 

Negative goodwill is recognised immediately in the income statement. 

Intangible assets acquired in a business combination 
Intangible assets acquired in a business combination and recognised separately from goodwill are initially recognised at their fair value  
at the acquisition date (which is regarded as their cost). 

Subsequent to initial recognition, intangible assets acquired in a business combination are reported at cost less accumulated amortisation 
and accumulated impairment losses, on the same basis as intangible assets that are acquired separately. 

The estimated useful lives (other than the Coats Brand) are as follows: 

Brands and trade names 

Technology 

Customer relationships 

10 years to 20 years 

5 years to 10 years 

9 years to 14 years 

The useful life of the Coats Brand is considered to be indefinite. 

Other intangibles 
Acquired computer software licences and computer software development costs are capitalised on the basis of the costs incurred  
to acquire and bring to use the specific software and are amortised over their estimated useful lives of up to 5 years. 

Intellectual property, comprising trademarks, designs, patents and product development which have a finite useful life, are carried at  
cost less accumulated amortisation and impairment charges. Amortisation is calculated using the straight-line method to allocate the  
cost over the assets’ useful lives, which vary from 5 to 10 years. 

The amortisation charge for both acquired and other intangibles assets is included within the distribution costs and administrative 
expense lines in the consolidated income statement. 

Impairment of assets 
Assets that have an indefinite useful life are not subject to amortisation and are tested annually for impairment. Assets that are subject  
to amortisation are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not  
be recoverable. 

An impairment charge is recognised for the amount by which the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount. The 
recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value less costs to sell and its value in use. In assessing value in use, the estimated 
future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time 
value of money and the risks specific to the asset for which the estimates of future cash flows have not been adjusted. For the purposes 
of assessing impairment, assets are measured at the CGU level. 

96 

 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
CONTINUED 

Research and development 
All research costs are expensed as incurred. 

An internally-generated intangible asset arising from development is recognised only if all of the following conditions are met: 

•  an asset is created that can be separately identified; 

•  it is probable that the asset created will generate future economic benefits; and 

•  the development costs can be measured reliably. 

Internally-generated intangible assets are amortised on a straight-line basis over their useful lives. 

Where no internally-generated intangible asset can be recognised, development expenditure is recognised as an expense in the period  
in which it is incurred. 

j) Financial instruments 
Financial assets and financial liabilities are recognised when the Group becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the relevant 
financial instrument. 

Financial assets 
(i) Investments in equity securities 
Investments in equity securities are recognised and derecognised on a trade date basis and are initially measured at fair value, plus 
directly attributable transaction costs and are remeasured at subsequent reporting dates at fair value, with movements recorded in other 
comprehensive income. Listed investments are stated at market value. Unlisted investments are stated at fair value based on directors’ 
valuation, which is supported by external experts’ advice or other external evidence. 

(ii) Cash and cash equivalents  
Cash and cash equivalents in the statement of financial position comprise cash at bank and in hand and short-term deposits. For the 
purposes of the statement of cash flows, cash and cash equivalents consist of cash and cash equivalents as defined above, net of 
outstanding bank overdrafts. 

(iii) Trade and other receivables 
Trade receivables are recognised at fair value (which ordinarily reflects the invoice amount) and carried at amortised cost, less an 
allowance for expected lifetime losses as permitted under the simplified approach in IFRS 9. Fully provided balances are not written off 
from the balance sheet until the Group has decided to cease enforcement activity. 

Financial liabilities 
(i) Trade payables 
Trade payables are not interest-bearing and are recognised at fair value, and measured subsequently at amortised cost. 

(ii) Borrowings 
Interest-bearing loans and overdrafts are initially measured at fair value, net of direct issue costs. These financial liabilities are 
subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method, with interest expense recognised over the period  
of the relevant liabilities. 

(iii) Compound instruments 
The component parts of compound instruments are classified separately as financial liabilities and equity in accordance with the 
substance of the contractual arrangement. At the date of issue, the fair value of the liability component is estimated using the prevailing 
market interest rate for a similar non-convertible instrument, and this amount is recorded as a liability at amortised cost. The equity 
component is the fair value of the compound instrument as a whole less the amount of the liability component, and is recognised in 
equity, net of income tax effect, without subsequent remeasurement. 

Derivatives embedded in other financial instruments or other host contracts are treated as separate derivatives when their risks and 
characteristics are not closely related to those of the host contracts, and the host contracts are not measured at fair value with changes 
in fair value being recognised in the income statement. 

(iv) Derivative financial instruments and hedge accounting 
The Group’s activities expose it to the financial risks of changes in foreign exchange rates and interest rates. 

The use of financial derivatives is regulated by the Board or that of the relevant operating subsidiary in accordance with their respective 
risk management strategies. Changes in values of all derivatives of a financing nature are included within investment income and finance 
costs in the income statement. 

Derivative financial instruments are initially measured at fair value at contract date and are remeasured at each reporting date. 

The Group designates hedging instruments as either fair value hedges, cash flow hedges or hedges of net investments in foreign 
operations. Hedges of interest rate risk are accounted for as cash flow hedges. 

97 

  
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
CONTINUED 

At the inception of each hedge transaction the issuing entity documents the relationship between the hedging instrument and the 
hedged item and the anticipated effectiveness of the hedge transaction, and monitors the ongoing effectiveness over the period of the 
hedge. Hedge accounting is discontinued when the issuing entity revokes the hedging relationship, the hedge instrument expires, is sold, 
exercised or otherwise terminated, and the adjustment to the carrying amount of the hedged item arising from the hedged risk is 
amortised through the income statement from that date.  

(v) Fair value hedges 
Changes in the fair values of derivatives that are designated and qualify as fair value hedges are recognised immediately through the 
income statement, together with any changes in the fair value of the related hedged items due to changes in the hedged risks. On 
discontinuation of the hedge the adjustment to the carrying amount of the hedged item arising from the hedged risk is amortised 
through the consolidated income statement from that date. 

(vi) Cash flow hedges 
The effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges is deferred in  
equity. Once the related hedged item is recognised in the income statement, the amounts deferred in equity are recycled through the 
consolidated income statement. The gain or loss arising from any ineffective portion of the hedge is recognised immediately through  
the consolidated income statement. 

(vii) Hedges of net investments in foreign operations 
Gains and losses on hedging instruments relating to the effective portion of such hedges are recognised through the translation reserve, 
and recycled through the consolidated income statement on disposal of the respective foreign operations. The gain or loss arising from 
any ineffective portion of such hedges is recognised immediately through the consolidated income statement.  

k) Revenue 
Revenue comprises the fair value of the sale of goods and services, net of sales tax and discounts, and after eliminating sales within  
the Group. Revenue is recognised as follows: 

(i) Sales of goods 
Sales of goods are recognised in revenue at a single point in time when control of the goods has been transferred to the buyer. The 
point in time at which control is deemed to have transferred varies depending on the commercial terms agreed with the buyer. 

(ii) Sales of services 
Sales of services are recognised in the period in which the services are rendered, as follows: 

•  Software implementation and licensing income – performance obligations are satisfied over a period of time and therefore revenue 
is recognised by reference to the stage of completion at the period end. The Group uses labour hours expended to assess the stage 
of completion as it is deemed to be the most appropriate basis to measure progress. 

•  Maintenance income – performance obligations are satisfied evenly over a fixed period of time and therefore revenue is recognised 

on a straight line basis over the maintenance period. 

Advances received from customers are included within contract liabilities. 

(iii) Income from sales of property 
Income from sales of property is recognised on completion when legal title of the property passes to the buyer.  

l) Inventories 
Inventories are valued at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Costs incurred in bringing each product to its present location  
and condition are accounted for as follows: 

Raw materials are valued at cost on a first-in, first-out basis. 

The costs of finished goods and work in progress include direct materials and labour and a proportion of manufacturing overheads  
based on normal operating capacity but excluding borrowing costs. Net realisable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary 
course of business, less estimated costs of completion and the estimated costs necessary to make the sale. Provision is made for  
obsolete, slow-moving and defective inventories. 

m) Employee benefits 
(i) Retirement and other post-employment obligations 
For retirement and other post-employment benefit obligations, the cost of providing benefits is determined using the Projected  
Unit Credit Method, with actuarial valuations being carried out at the end of each reporting period by independent actuaries. 

Remeasurement comprising actuarial gains and losses, the effect of the asset ceiling (if applicable) and the return on scheme assets 
(excluding interest) are recognised immediately in the consolidated statement of financial position with a charge or credit to the 
consolidated statement of comprehensive income in the period in which they occur. Remeasurement recorded in the consolidated 
statement of comprehensive income is not recycled. 

98 

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
CONTINUED 

Current and past service costs, along with the impact of any settlements or curtailments, are charged to the consolidated income 
statement. The net interest expense on pension plans’ liabilities and the expected return on the plans’ assets is recognised within  
finance expense in the consolidated income statement. 

In addition, pension scheme administrative expenses including the PPF (Pension Protection Fund) levy and actuary, audit, legal and  
trustee charges are recognised as administrative expenses. 

The retirement benefit and other post employment benefit obligation recognised in the consolidated statement of financial position 
represents the deficit or surplus in the Group’s defined benefit schemes. Any surplus resulting from this calculation is limited to the 
present value of any economic benefits available in the form of refunds from the schemes or reductions in future contributions to the 
schemes and refunds expected from the schemes to fund other Group defined benefit schemes, in accordance with relevant legislation. 

For defined contribution plans, the Group pays contributions to publicly or privately administered pension plans on a mandatory, 
contractual or voluntary basis. The contributions are recognised as employee benefit expenses when they are due. Prepaid contributions 
are recognised as an asset to the extent that a cash refund or a reduction in the future payments is available. 

(ii) Share-based compensation 
Cash-settled  
Cash-settled share-based payments are measured at fair value (excluding the effect of non market based vesting conditions) at each 
reporting date. The fair value is expensed on a straight-line basis over the vesting period, with a corresponding increase in liabilities.  

Equity-settled  
The Group operates an equity-settled Long Term Incentive Plan for executives and senior management. Awards under this plan  
are subject to both market-based and non-market-based vesting criteria.  

The fair value at the date of grant is established by using an appropriate simulation method to reflect the likelihood of market-based 
performance conditions being met. The fair value is charged to the consolidated income statement on a straight-line basis over  
the vesting period, with appropriate adjustments being made during this period to reflect expected vesting for non market-based 
performance conditions and forfeitures. The corresponding credit is to equity shareholders’ funds. 

To satisfy awards under this Plan, shares may be purchased in the market by an Employee Benefit Trust over the vesting period. 

(iii) Non-share-based long-term incentive schemes  
The anticipated present value cost of non-share-based incentive schemes is charged to the consolidated income statement on a  
straight-line basis over the period the benefit is earned, based on remuneration rates that are expected to be payable.  

(iv) Termination benefits  
Termination benefits are payable when employment is terminated before the normal retirement date, or whenever an employee accepts 
voluntary redundancy in exchange for these benefits. The Group recognises termination benefits when it is demonstrably committed  
to either: terminating the employment of current employees according to a detailed formal plan without possibility of withdrawal;  
or providing termination benefits as a result of an offer made to encourage voluntary redundancy. Benefits falling due more than  
12 months after the period end are discounted to present value.  

n) Taxation 
The tax expense represents the sum of the current tax and deferred tax. 

The tax currently payable is based on taxable profit for the year. Taxable profit differs from net profit as reported in the consolidated 
income statement because it excludes items of income and expense that are taxable or deductible in other years and it further excludes 
items that are never taxable or deductible. The Group’s liability for current tax is calculated using tax rates that have been enacted by  
the period end. 

Deferred tax is provided using the liability method, providing for temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and 
liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for taxation purposes. Deferred taxation is measured on a non-
discounted basis. The following temporary differences are not provided for: goodwill not deducted for tax purposes, the initial 
recognition of assets or liabilities that affect neither accounting, nor taxable profit, and differences relating to investments in subsidiaries 
to the extent that they will probably not reverse in the foreseeable future. 

The amount of deferred tax provided is based on the expected manner of realisation or settlement of the carrying amount of assets and 
liabilities, using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at the period end. A deferred tax asset is recognised only to the extent that  
it is probable that future profits will be available against which the asset can be utilised. Deferred tax assets are reduced to the extent 
that it is no longer probable that the related tax benefit will be realised. Deferred tax liabilities are recognised for taxable temporary 
differences arising on investments in subsidiaries and associates, and interests in joint ventures, except where the Group is able to  
control the reversal of the temporary difference and it is probable that the temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable  
future. Deferred tax assets arising from deductible temporary differences associated with such investments and interests are only 
recognised to the extent that it is probable that there will be sufficient taxable profits against which to utilise the benefits of the 
temporary differences and they are expected to reverse in the foreseeable future. 

99 

  
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
CONTINUED 

The carrying values of deferred tax assets are reviewed at each period end. 

Deferred tax is charged or credited in the income statement, except when it relates to items charged or credited directly to other 
comprehensive income or equity, in which case the deferred tax is also dealt with in other comprehensive income or equity. 

o) Borrowing costs  
Borrowing costs directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of qualifying assets, which are assets that necessarily 
take a substantial period of time to prepare for their intended use or sale, are added to the cost of those assets, until such time as the 
assets are substantially ready for their intended use or sale. Investment income earned on the temporary investment of specific 
borrowings pending their expenditure on qualifying assets is deducted from the borrowing costs eligible for capitalisation. 

All other borrowing costs, except where otherwise stated, are recognised in the income statement in the period in which they  
are incurred. 

p) Provisions 
A provision is recognised in the consolidated statement of financial position when the Group has a legal or constructive obligation  
as a result of a past event, and it is probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation. If the effect  
is material, a provision is determined by discounting the expected future cash flows at a pre-tax rate that reflects current market 
assessments of the time value of money and, where appropriate, the risks specific to the liability. Where discounting is used, the  
increase in the provision due to the passage of time is recognised as a borrowing cost. 

q) Onerous contracts 
A provision for onerous contracts is recognised when the expected benefits to be derived by the Group from a contract are lower  
than the unavoidable cost of meeting its obligations under the contract. 

r) Restructuring 
A provision for restructuring is recognised when the Group has approved a detailed and formal restructuring plan, and the  
restructuring has either commenced or has been announced publicly. Future operating costs are not provided for. 

s) Assets held for sale and discontinued operations 
Non-current assets and businesses which are to be sold (‘disposal groups’) classified as held for sale are measured at the lower of 
carrying amount and fair value less costs to sell. Non-current assets (and disposal groups) are classified as held for sale if their carrying 
amount is expected to be recovered through a sale transaction rather than through continuing use. This condition is regarded as  
met only when such a sale is highly probable and the asset (or disposal group) is available for immediate sale in its present condition. 
Management must be committed to the sale, which should be expected to qualify for recognition as a completed sale within one  
year from the date of classification. 

Non-current assets are classified as held for sale from the date these conditions are met, and such assets are no longer depreciated.  

Discontinued operations are classified as held for sale and are either a separate business segment or a geographical area of operations 
that is part of a single coordinated plan to sell. Once an operation has been identified as discontinued, or is reclassified as discontinued, 
the comparative information in the Income Statement is restated. 

New IFRS accounting standards and interpretations adopted in the year 
During the year, the Group has adopted the following standards and interpretations:  

•  IFRS 9 (‘Financial instruments’); 

•  IFRS 15 (‘Revenue from Contracts with Customers’); 

•  Amendments to IFRS 2 (‘Classification and measurement of share based payment transactions’); 

•  Amendments to IFRS 4 (‘Interaction of IFRS 4 and IFRS 9’); 

•  Amendments to IAS 40 (‘Transfers of property to, or from, investment property’); and 

•  Annual improvements to IFRS’s 2014 – 2016 cycle. 

The adoption of these standards has not had a material impact on the financial statements of the Group. Additional details on the 
adoption of IFRS 9 ‘Financial Instruments’ and IFRS 15 ‘Revenue from contracts with customers’ are given below. 

IFRS 9 ‘Financial Instruments’ 
IFRS 9 replaces IAS 39 ‘Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement’ and concerns the classification, measurement and 
derecognition of financial assets and financial liabilities. The new standard introduces the expected credit loss model for the assessment 
of impairment of financial assets, introduces new classification and measurement rules for financial assets affecting the Group’s other 
investments previously classified as available for sale and changes the hedge accounting requirements. 

An accounting policy choice is available with regards to applying the new hedge accounting requirements or retaining the requirements 
of IAS 39. The Group has elected to retain the requirements of IAS 39. 

100 

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
CONTINUED 

IFRS 9 contains three principal classification categories for financial assets: measured at amortised cost, fair value through other 
comprehensive income (FVOCI) and fair value through profit & loss (FVTPL). The classification of financial assets under IFRS 9 is generally 
based on the business model in which a financial asset is managed and its contractual cash flow characteristics. IFRS 9 eliminates the 
previous IAS 39 categories of held to maturity, loans and receivable and available for sale. As such the Group’s other investments 
previously classified as available-for-sale under IAS 39 and held at fair value ($1.4 million as at 1 January 2018) have been designated 
on transition as FVOCI, after which the Group will record their fair value movements in other comprehensive income. 

IFRS 9 largely retains the existing requirements in IAS 39 for the classification and measurement of financial liabilities and therefore there 
has been no impact on the Group’s accounting policies relating to financial liabilities. 

The Group has adopted the simplified approach to provide for losses on receivables within the scope of IFRS 9. Due to the quality and 
short-term nature of the Group’s trade receivables losses experienced are not significant. Therefore, no material impact to the primary 
financial statements has arisen on the adoption of IFRS 9 and the Group has not restated prior periods on adoption of IFRS 9. 

IFRS 15 ‘Revenue from contracts with customers’ 
IFRS 15 replaces IAS 18 Revenue and related interpretations, introducing a single, principles-based approach to the recognition and 
measurement of revenue from all contracts with customers. The new approach requires identification of performance obligations 
in a contract and revenue to be recognised when or as those performance obligations are satisfied, as well as additional disclosures. 

IFRS 15 uses the terms ‘contract asset’ and ‘contract liability’ to describe what might more commonly be known as ‘accrued revenue’ 
and ‘deferred revenue’, however the standard does not prohibit an entity from using alternative descriptions in the statement of financial 
position. The Group has adopted the terminology used in IFRS 15 to describe such balances.  

The Group completed a review of the requirements of IFRS 15 against existing policy and practice for both timing and amount of 
revenue recognised, in particular considering the accounting policies adopted for the Global services business, where contracts include 
several performance obligations, and variable consideration. 

The review concluded that timing of revenue recognition was materially consistent with the requirements of IFRS 15. For the majority of 
the Group’s contracts, the performance obligation is the delivery of goods, which under IFRS 15 would be recognised at a single point of 
time, consistent with the current accounting treatment under IAS 18. The Group’s accounting policies for services revenue already 
allocated revenue to performance obligations on a basis consistent with IFRS 15 and no change in policy was required. 

As part of the review, the Group identified rebates and discounts under certain arrangements which were recorded as operating costs 
under IAS 18 which under IFRS 15 are treated as a reduction of revenue. 

The Group previously expected that it would adopt IFRS 15 using the modified retrospective approach. After careful consideration the 
Group has adopted IFRS 15 using the full retrospective approach and comparative amounts for the year ended 31 December 2017 have 
been restated.  

The rebates and discounts outlined above that are treated as reductions of revenue from continuing operations for the year ended 
31 December 2018, rather than reported as operating costs, amounted to $11.7 million (2017: $11.9 million). Amounts for the year 
ended 31 December 2017 have been restated as set out below: 

IFRS 15 restatement impact on continuing operations 
for the year ended 31 December 2017 

Revenue 

Gross profit 

Distribution costs 

As reported  
US$m 

Adjustment  
US$m 

As restated  
US$m 

1,368.0 

518.3 

(162.3) 

(11.9) 

(11.9) 

11.9 

1,356.1 

506.4 

(150.4) 

There have been no changes in Group operating profit, total equity or cash flows as a result of the adoption of IFRS 15. 

New IFRS accounting standards and interpretations not yet adopted  
The following published standards and amendments to existing standards, which have not yet all been endorsed by the EU,  
are expected to be effective as follows:  

From the year beginning 1 January 2019: 

•  IFRS 16 (‘Leases’); 

•  Amendments to IFRS 9 (‘Prepayment features with negative compensation and modifications of financial liabilities’); 

•  Amendments to IAS 19 (‘Plan amendments, curtailments or settlements’); 

•  Amendments to IAS 28 (‘Long-term interests in Associates and Joint Ventures’); 

101 

  
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
CONTINUED 

•  Annual Improvements to IFRS’s 2015 – 2017 cycle; and 

•  IFRIC 23 Uncertainty over Income Tax Treatments. 

From the year beginning 1 January 2021: 

•  IFRS 17 Insurance Contracts. 

Other than IFRS 16 the directors do not expect that the adoption of the Standards and Interpretations listed above will have a material 
impact on the financial statements of the Group in future periods, although the full assessment is not complete.  

IFRS 16 ‘Leases’  
IFRS 16 ‘Leases’ is effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2019. This standard provides a single model for lessees 
which recognises a right of use asset and lease liability for all leases, exemptions can be applied to low value and short-term leases. 
The distinction between finance and operating leases for lessees is removed.  

As at 31 December 2018, the Group holds a significant number of operating leases which currently, under IAS 17, are expensed on 
a straight-line basis over the lease term (see note 5). The most significant impact on the Group arises from leases relating to land 
and buildings.  

Full retrospective application in the comparative year ending 31 December 2018 is optional. However, the Group will apply the 
modified retrospective approach from the transitional date, adjusting opening retained earnings at 1 January 2019 and not restating 
comparatives. This involves calculating the right-of-use asset and lease liability based on the present value of remaining lease payments 
on all applicable lease contracts as at the transition date. IFRS 16 also has a number of practical expedients for first time adoption. 
The Group will utilise the following practical expedients at the transition date: 

•  Apply a single discount rate to a portfolio of leases with reasonably similar characteristics; 

•  Exclude initial direct costs from the measurement of the right-of-use asset on transition; 

•  Use hindsight to determining the term; 

•  Use onerous contract assessment under IAS 37 Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets immediately before transition 

instead of performing an impairment review under IAS 36 Impairment; 

•  For leases with a remaining term of less than 12 months at 1 January 2019, the short-term lease exemption in IFRS 16 will be taken. 

•  Leases comprising of both an asset and a non-lease service component will not be separated and both asset and service cost will be 

included in the calculation of the initial asset and liability. 

Since 2017, the Group has invested in additional resource, training and systems in order to prepare for the implementation of IFRS 16. 
A cross function project team was established to lead the implementation and work with management teams in markets globally 
to understand all lease contracts, gather and review data before entering it into a new lease accounting system. In addition, the project 
team has developed new processes, introduced new controls and made changes to existing systems. Expert advice has been sought on 
technical areas, such as the calculation of the incremental rate of borrowing. 

The Group has also considered the implications of IFRS 16 on other, more judgmental, contractual arrangements such as solar panels, 
biomass generators and other manufacturing contracts. Of the contractual arrangements reviewed those relating to biomass generators 
and solar panels were determined to be leases. However, the lease payments for the solar panels vary with output of the underlying 
asset and are therefore expensed under IFRS 16. 

Following completion of the IFRS 16 implementation project management has estimated that the right-of-use asset and lease liabilities 
recognised at 1 January 2019 to be $53-58 million. The impact on the 2019 results is estimated to be a $1-3 million increase in 
operating profit and a $1-2 million decrease in profit before tax. The expected impact excludes the North America Crafts business, 
which is held for sale at 31 December 2018 and was disposed of on 20 February 2019. 

The impact on the 2019 results could vary due to: the Group entering into new lease contracts during 2019, changes to the lease term 
of existing leases (including consideration of options to extend) and exchange rates on translation of financial statements of non-US 
Dollar operations.  

102 

 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
CONTINUED 

2 Segmental analysis 
Operating segments are components of the Group’s business activities about which separate financial information is available that is 
evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker (the Coats Group plc Board). Reportable segments for the year ended 31 
December 2018 comprised the continuing industrial thread business and the discontinued North America Crafts business which was sold 
in February 2019. Previously the Group had two reportable segments being Industrial and Crafts. The smaller Latin America Crafts 
business has been reported within Industrial continuing operations following its integration with the wider Latin America business. The 
results of the operating segments are set out below. The change has been applied retrospectively with comparative information restated 
on a consistent basis. Following the sale of the North America Crafts business, future segmental reporting is under review and is 
anticipated to be reflected in the H1 2019 financial results. 

a) Segment revenue and results 

Year ended 31 December 2018 

Revenue 

Segment profit 

UK pension scheme administrative expenses 

Operating profit before exceptional and acquisition related items  

Exceptional and acquisition related items (note 4) 

Operating profit 

Share of profits of joint ventures 

Investment income 

Finance costs 

Profit before taxation from continuing operations 

Year ended 31 December 2017 (Restated) 

Revenue 

Segment profit 

UK pension scheme administrative expenses 

Operating profit before exceptional and acquisition related items  

Exceptional and acquisition related items (note 4) 

Operating profit 

Share of losses of joint ventures 

Investment income 

Finance costs 

Profit before taxation  

Industrial 
 Continuing 
Operations  
US$m 

North America 
Crafts 
Discontinued 
Operations  
US$m 

Total 
US$m 

1,414.7 

121.8 

1,536.5 

2.7 

204.6 

North America 
Crafts 
Discontinued 
Operations  
US$m 

142.3 

13.1 

Total 
US$m 

1,498.4 

180.0 

201.9 

(7.0) 

194.9 

(47.8) 

147.1 

0.1 

1.7 

(26.1) 

122.8 

Industrial 
 Continuing 
Operations  
US$m 

1,356.1 

166.9 

(6.3) 

160.6 

(6.5) 

154.1 

(1.3) 

2.1 

(25.4) 

129.5 

The elimination of intersegment revenue from Industrial Continuing Operations to North America Crafts Discontinued Operations of 
$5.7 million for the year ended 31 December 2018 (2017: $6.8 million) is presented within the North America Crafts Discontinued 
Operations segment. Excluding these amounts revenue for the North America Crafts Discontinued Operations segment for the year 
ended 31 December 2018 was $127.5 million (2017: $149.1 million). 

The accounting policies of the reportable operating segments are the same as the Group’s accounting policies described in note 1. 
Operating profit is the measure reported to the Company’s directors for the purpose of resource allocation and assessment 
of segment performance. 

103 

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
CONTINUED 

b) Assets and liabilities 

Assets 

31 December 2018 

31 December 2017 (as restated) 

Liabilities 

31 December 2018 

31 December 2017 (as restated) 

North 
America 
Crafts 
Discontinued 
Operations  
US$m 

Adjustments, 
eliminations and 
unallocated 
assets and 
liabilities 
US$m 

Industrial 
 Continuing 
Operations  
US$m 

Total 
US$m 

444.0 

448.8 

50.6 

58.1 

6.9 

5.3 

501.5 

512.2 

(286.7) 

(17.4) 

(16.8) 

(320.9) 

(288.9) 

(18.9) 

(22.5) 

(330.3) 

Segmental assets includes trade and other receivables (excluding derivative financial instruments and current income tax assets) and 
inventories. Segmental liabilities includes trade and other payables (excluding derivative financial instruments and current income tax 
payables of $18.1 million (2017: $24.2 million) included in other payables due after one year). Adjustments, eliminations and unallocated 
assets and liabilities consist of elimination of intra group balances as well as assets and liabilities which have not been allocated to 
reportable segments. 

c) Other segment information 

Year ended 31 December 

Industrial  

North America Crafts Discontinued Operations 

Unallocated 

Additions to  
non-current assets 

Depreciation and 
amortisation 

2018 
US$m 

44.8 

1.0 

2.4 

Restated 
2017 
US$m 

46.6 

1.6 

2.4 

2018 
US$m 

30.0 

1.7 

6.4 

Restated 
2017 
US$m 

31.4 

4.3 

6.3 

48.2 

50.6 

38.1 

42.0 

Depreciation and amortisation excludes amortisation of acquired intangible assets set out in note 4 of $2.3 million (2017: $2.1million). 

d) Geographic information 

Year ended 31 December 

Europe, Middle East & Africa (EMEA) 

UK 

Rest of EMEA 

Americas 

USA 

Rest of Americas 

Asia & Rest of World 

India 

China and Hong Kong 

Vietnam 

Other 

Revenue by origin 

Revenue by destination 

Non-current assets 

2018 
US$m 

Restated1 
2017 
US$m 

2018 
US$m 

Restated1 
2017 
US$m 

2018 
US$m 

Restated2 
2017 
US$m 

11.3 

10.8 

14.0 

12.0 

261.7 

263.9 

263.1 

249.5 

246.2 

74.1 

145.5 

203.1 

104.9 

218.4 

145.2 

206.6 

106.1 

229.4 

171.1 

182.3 

184.0 

253.5 

174.2 

181.7 

163.4 

239.6 

166.7 

155.8 

166.8 

310.1 

171.9 

161.4 

153.8 

275.3 

50.5 

43.0 

42.2 

37.4 

32.8 

62.5 

266.6 

72.5 

63.1 

44.9 

44.3 

40.8 

30.6 

61.5 

1,414.7 

1,356.1 

1,414.7 

1,356.1 

604.2 

624.3 

1 Restated to reflect the results of the North America Crafts business as a discontinued operation and to reflect the impact of the adoption of IFRS 15 ‘Revenue from contracts with customers’ (see note 1). 
2 Restated to reflect adjustments to provisional fair value amounts relating to the acquisition of Patrick Yarn Mill Inc. (see note 31). 

Non-current assets excludes derivative financial instruments, pension surpluses and deferred tax assets. 

104 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
CONTINUED 

e) Information about products and customers 
The Group’s revenue by product type from continuing operations is as follows: 

Year ended 31 December 

Industrial – Apparel and Footwear 

Industrial – Performance Materials 

2018 
US$m 

Restated1 
2017 
US$m 

1,083.0 

1,080.7 

331.7 

275.4 

1,414.7 

1,356.1 

The Group had no revenue from a single customer, which accounts for more than 10% of the Group’s revenue. 

3 Revenue 
An analysis of the Group’s revenue is as follows: 

Year ended 31 December 

Continuing operations: 

Sales of goods 

Sales of software solutions 

Other operating income 

Investment income 

Discontinued operations: 

Sales of goods 

Other operating income 

The following table shows revenue disaggregated by primary geographic markets which reconciles with the Group’s 
reportable segments: 

Year ended 31 December 

Continuing operations: 

Asia 

Americas 

EMEA 

Discontinued operations: 

North America 

2018 
US$m 

Restated1 
2017 
US$m 

1,403.4 

1,345.5 

11.3 

10.6 

1,414.7 

1,356.1 

0.8 

1.7 

0.1 

2.1 

1,417.2 

1,358.3 

121.8 

142.3 

3.6 

– 

125.4 

142.3 

1,542.6 

1,500.6 

2018 
US$m 

790.9 

348.6 

275.2 

Restated1 
2017 
US$m 

758.9 

323.3 

273.9 

1,414.7 

1,356.1 

121.8 

142.3 

1,536.5 

1,498.4 

1 Restated to reflect the results of the North America Crafts business as a discontinued operation and to reflect the impact of the adoption of IFRS 15 ‘Revenue from contracts with customers’ (see note 1). 

105 

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
CONTINUED 

4 Profit before taxation is stated after charging/(crediting): 
Exceptional and acquisition related items: 
The Group’s consolidated income statement format includes results before and after exceptional and acquisition related items. 

Adjusted results exclude exceptional and acquisition related items to reflect the underlying performance of the business and to provide  
a more meaningful comparison of how the business is managed and measured on a day-to-day basis. Further details on alternative 
performance measures are set out in note 37.  

Judgement is used by the Group in assessing the particular items, which by virtue of their scale and nature, are presented in the income 
statement and disclosed in the related notes as exceptional items. In determining whether an event or transaction is exceptional, 
quantitative as well as qualitative factors such as frequency or predictability of occurrence are considered. This is consistent with the way 
financial performance is measured by management and reported to the Board. 

Exceptional items 
Exceptional items charged/(credited) to operating profit during the year ended 31 December 2018 are set out below: 

Year ended 31 December 

Exceptional items: 

Connecting for Growth programme reorganisation costs: 

–  Cost of sales 

–  Distributions costs 

–  Administrative costs 

Administrative expenses: 

US environmental costs 

UK pension scheme consolidation 

UK Guaranteed Minimum Pension Equalisation 

Exceptional items charged to operating profit from continuing operations 

2018 
US$m 

2017 
US$m 

4.4 

4.5 

13.9 

22.8 

8.0 

(0.5) 

10.2 

40.5 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

Connecting for Growth programme reorganisation costs – Connecting for Growth is a two-year transformation programme 
designed to drive speed, agility, innovation and lower costs across the organisation, whilst enabling the next phase of growth at Coats 
and accelerating our transition from the industrial age to the digital age. The programme is focussing on simplification across many 
aspects of the organisation and includes transitioning from market-focussed support functions to realigned globally integrated support 
functions, redesigning the way the Group services a number of its peripheral markets and moving from a business operated by individual 
local management teams to scalable clusters. Exceptional reorganisation costs of $22.8 million have been incurred in the year ended 31 
December 2018 comprising severance costs of $20.5 million, fixed asset disposals and write offs of $0.6 million and closure and other 
one-off costs of $1.7 million. 

US environmental costs – In 2010, the US Environmental Protection Agency (‘EPA’) notified Coats & Clark, Inc. (‘CC’) that CC is a 
‘potentially responsible party’ (‘PRP’) under the US Superfund law for investigation and remediation costs at the 17-mile Lower Passaic 
River Study Area (‘LPR’) in New Jersey in respect of alleged operations of a predecessor’s former facilities in that area prior to 1950. An 
additional provision of $8.0 million has been made during the year ended 31 December 2018 to cover legal and professional fees in 
respect of this matter (see note 28). 

UK pension scheme consolidation – Following agreement with the UK Pension Schemes’ Trustees and with effect from the 1 July 
2018 the assets and liabilities of the Coats UK, Brunel and Staveley schemes (the Previous Schemes) have been transferred to a single 
new scheme (named the Coats UK Pension Scheme). The Previous Schemes were wound-up and as part of this process a number of the 
Previous Schemes’ members with small pension entitlements were given the option to exchange their pension entitlement for a cash 
lump sum. This process resulted in an exceptional credit of $1.8 million during the year ended 31 December 2018. Costs incurred in 
connection with the UK pension scheme consolidation were $1.3 million and as a result the net credit for the year was $0.5 million.  

UK Guaranteed Minimum Pension Equalisation – During the year ended 31 December 2018 an estimated past service charge 
of $10.2 million has been recognised following the Lloyds Banking Group judgement in October 2018 and the requirement for all UK 
pension schemes to equalise male and female members’ benefits for the effect of Guaranteed Minimum Pensions. This represents an 
increase of approximately 0.35% of pension scheme liabilities. 

106 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
CONTINUED 

Exceptional items: Joint venture – Share of profit/(losses) of joint ventures for the year ended 31 December 2018 is after 
exceptional costs of $nil (2017: $2.6 million) relating to the sale and closure of the business of Australia Country Spinners, a joint venture 
in Australia. 

Exceptional items: Discontinued operations – During the year ended 31 December 2018 exceptional charges in relation 
to discontinued operations were $18.4 million (2017: $nil). See note 32 for further details. 

Acquisition related items 
Acquisition related items are set out below: 

Year ended 31 December 

Acquisition related items: 

Administrative expenses: 

Contingent consideration 

Acquisition transaction costs 

Amortisation of acquired intangibles 

Total acquisition related items before taxation 

2018 
US$m 

2017 
US$m 

4.3 

0.7 

2.3 

7.3 

4.0 

0.4 

2.1 

6.5 

The Group has made acquisitions with earn outs to allow part of the consideration to be based on the future performance of the 
businesses acquired and to lock in key management. Where consideration paid or contingent consideration payable in the future is 
employment linked, it is treated as an expense and part of statutory results. However, all consideration of this type is excluded from 
adjusted operating profit and adjusted earnings per share as in management’s view, these items are part of the capital transaction. 

Acquisition transaction costs and amortisation of intangible assets acquired through business combinations are not included within 
adjusted earnings. These costs are acquisition related and management consider them to be capital in nature and they do not reflect  
the underlying trading performance of the Group.  

Excluding amortisation of intangible assets acquired through business combinations and recognised in accordance with IFRS 3 ‘Business 
Combinations’ from adjusted results also ensures that the performance of the Group’s acquired businesses is presented consistently with 
its organically grown businesses. It should be noted that the use of acquired intangible assets contributed to the Group’s results for the 
years presented and will contribute to the Group’s results in future periods as well. Amortisation of acquired intangible assets will recur 
in future periods. Amortisation of software is included within adjusted results as management consider these costs to be part of the 
underlying trading performance of the business.  

107 

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
CONTINUED 

5 Profit for the year (including discontinued operations) 

Year ended 31 December 

Profit for the year is stated after charging/(crediting): 

Amortisation of intangible assets 

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment 

Fees charged by Deloitte LLP 

Group audit fees: 

–  Fees payable for the audit of the Company’s annual accounts  

–  Fees payable for the audit of the Company’s subsidiaries 

Other Deloitte services: 

–  Taxation services 

–  Other services 

Total fees charged by Deloitte LLP 

Operating lease rentals: 

–  Plant and equipment 

–  Other 

Research and development expenditure 

Bad and doubtful debts 

Net foreign exchange losses/(gains) 

Rental income from land and buildings 

Inventory as a material component of cost of sales 

Inventory write-downs to net realisable value 

6 Investment income 

Year ended 31 December 

Income from other investments 

Other interest receivable and similar income 

7 Finance costs 

Year ended 31 December 

Interest on bank and other borrowings 

Net interest on pension scheme assets and liabilities 

Other finance costs including unrealised gains and losses on foreign exchange contracts 

1 Restated to reflect the results of the North America Crafts business as a discontinued operation. 

108 

2018 
US$m 

2017  
US$m 

9.2 

31.2 

13.2 

30.9 

0.6 

1.6 

0.3 

0.1 

2.6 

10.4 

13.7 

3.0 

1.2 

2.5 

(0.4) 

0.5 

1.6 

0.3 

0.1 

2.5 

6.4 

12.7 

2.1 

0.4 

(2.2) 

(0.4) 

599.5 

534.6 

4.6 

0.6 

2018 
US$m 

2017 
US$m 

0.1 

1.6 

1.7 

0.3 

1.8 

2.1 

2018 
US$m 

15.9 

3.8 

6.4 

Restated1 
2017  
US$m 

14.8 

9.4 

1.2 

26.1 

25.4 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
CONTINUED 

8 Staff costs 
The average monthly number of employees was: 

Year ended 31 December 

Continuing operations: 

Direct 

Indirect 

Other staff 

Discontinued operations 

Total number of employees 

Comprising: 

UK 

Overseas 

The total numbers employed at the end of the year were: 

Continuing operations: 

UK 

Overseas 

Discontinued operations 

Total number of employees 

2018 

Restated1 
2017 

11,830 

11,709 

2,341 

3,710 

2,439 

4,208 

17,881 

18,356 

563 

729 

18,444 

19,085 

192 

175 

18,252 

18,910 

18,444 

19,085 

185 

160 

17,453 

18,394 

17,638 

18,554 

550 

716 

18,188 

19,270 

The number of UK employees in 2018 include those people undertaking administrative activities in connection with the combined 
Coats UK Pension Scheme. 

Year ended 31 December 

Their aggregate remuneration comprised (including directors)2: 

Continuing operations: 

Wages and salaries 

Social security costs 

Other pension costs (note 10) 

Discontinued operations 

1 Restated to reflect the results of the North America Crafts business as a discontinued operation. 
2 This does not include any contingent consideration on acquisitions that is treated as an expense, due to it being linked to continued employment (see note 4). 

2018 
US$m 

Restated1 
2017 
US$m 

269.7 

286.8 

27.8 

8.4 

305.9 

37.7 

343.6 

30.6 

9.6 

327.0 

45.3 

372.3 

109 

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
CONTINUED 

9 Tax on profit from continuing operations 

Year ended 31 December 

UK Corporation tax at 19.00% (2017: 19.25%) 

Overseas tax charge 

Deferred tax credit 

Total tax charge 

The tax charge for the year can be reconciled as follows: 

2018 
US$m 

– 

Restated2 
2017 
US$m 

– 

(53.0) 

(56.1) 

4.0 

(49.0) 

12.2 

(43.9) 

2018 

Exceptional 
and 
acquisition 
related 
items  
US$m 

Underlying 
US$m 

Other 
adjustments1 
US$ 

Total 
US$m 

Underlying 
US$m 

Restated2 
2017 

Exceptional 
and 
acquisition 
related 
items 
US$m 

Other 
adjustments1 
US$ 

Total  
US$m 

174.4 

(47.8) 

(3.8) 

122.8 

148.0 

(9.1) 

(9.4) 

129.5 

Year ended 31 December 

Profit before tax 

Expected tax charge/(credit) at the UK statutory 
rate of 19.00% (2017: 19.25%) 

Differences between overseas and UK taxation 
rate 

Non-deductible expenses  

Non-taxable income 

Local tax incentives  

Utilisation of unrecognised deferred tax assets 

Recognition of previously unrecognised 
deferred tax assets 

Potential deferred tax assets not recognised 

Impact of changes in tax rates 

Impact of US Tax reform 

Prior year adjustments 

Withholding tax on remittances 
(net of double tax credits) and 
other taxes not based on profits 

Income tax expense/(credit) 

Effective tax rate 

33.1 

(9.1) 

(0.7) 

23.3 

28.4 

(1.7) 

(1.8) 

24.9 

7.0 

6.3 

(0.4) 

(0.9) 

(7.1) 

(2.8) 

1.8 

(1.5) 

– 

(0.3) 

18.7 

53.9 

31% 

(1.7) 

0.5 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(0.1) 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

5.5 

0.7 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(4.8) 

10% 

(0.1) 

3% 

5.2 

6.8 

(0.4) 

(0.9) 

(7.1) 

(2.8) 

8.0 

(1.5) 

– 

(0.3) 

5.1 

7.2 

(0.7) 

(1.4) 

(2.5) 

(4.7) 

5.3 

0.4 

– 

3.6 

18.7 

49.0 

40% 

6.1 

46.8 

32% 

(0.1) 

1.1 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(0.7) 

8% 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

1.7 

– 

(2.1) 

– 

– 

(2.2) 

23% 

5.0 

8.3 

(0.7) 

(1.4) 

(2.5) 

(4.7) 

7.0 

0.4 

(2.1) 

3.6 

6.1 

43.9 

34% 

1 Other adjustments consist of net interest on pension scheme assets and liabilities of $3.8 million (2017: $9.4 million) and the one off non-cash impact of US Tax Reform (2017 only). 
2 Restated to reflect the results of the North America Crafts business as a discontinued operation. 

The Group’s underlying effective tax rate is higher than the blended rate of the countries we operate in primarily due to the impact of 
unrelieved tax losses in countries where we are not currently able to recognise deferred tax assets in respect of those losses and the 
impact of withholding taxes on the repatriation of earnings and royalties to the UK. 

Excluding exceptional and acquisition related items, the impact of IAS19 finance charges and the impact of US Tax reform (in 2017), the 
underlying effective rate on pre-tax profits reduced by 100bps to 31% (2017: 32%). The lower tax rate was driven by changes in intra 
group pricing of intangibles under Advanced Pricing Agreement (‘APA’) negotiations with India and Indonesia and a reduction in the 
total unrelieved losses in the year compared to the prior year, partially offset by an unfavourable movement in profit mix. 

In December 2017 the US Government introduced tax reform measures in the Tax Cuts & Jobs Act. As a result of the provisions of this 
Act, the Group recognised a one-off non-cash tax credit of $3.0 million in the consolidated income statement for the year ended 31 
December 2017 as a result of the revaluation of the net US deferred tax liabilities using the new headline Corporate Income Tax rate of 
21% effective from 1 January 2018. Of this $3.0 million credit, $2.1 million relates to continuing operations and $0.9 million relates to 
discontinued operations. A further tax credit of $2.9 million for the year ended 31 December 2017 was taken directly to the consolidated 

110 

 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
CONTINUED 

statement of comprehensive income in relation to the revaluation of deferred tax liabilities in respect of US defined benefit pension 
arrangements. 

Uncertain tax positions 
The Group’s current tax liability includes a number of tax provisions, which although individually are relatively small, together they total 
$15.7 million (2017: $13.3 million). These provisions relate to management’s estimate of the amount of tax payable on open tax returns 
yet to be agreed with the local tax authorities. The Group evaluates uncertain tax items, which are subject to interpretation and 
agreement of the position with the local Tax Authorities and consequently agreement may not be reached for a number of years. 
Primarily the tax items for which a provision has been made relate to the interpretation of transfer pricing legislation and practices across 
the jurisdictions in which the Group operates. 

The final outcome on resolution of open issues with the relevant local Tax Authorities may vary significantly due to the uncertainty 
associated with such tax items and the continual evolution and development of local Tax Authorities. There is a wide range of possible 
outcomes and any variances in the final outcome to the provided amount will affect the tax financial results in the year of agreement. 
However, it is not expected that a material adjustment would be required to these provisions within the next year. 

The amount provided for uncertain tax positions has been made using the best estimate of the tax expected to be ultimately paid, taking 
into account any progress on the discussions with local Tax Authorities, together with expert in-house and third-party advice on the 
potential outcome and recent developments in case law, Tax Authority practices and previous experience.  

Taxation paid 
During the year the Group made Corporate Income Tax payments in respect of continuing operations (including withholding and 
dividend distribution taxes) of $51.4 million (2017: $55.9 million). The amount of tax paid in each jurisdiction is as follows: 

Year ended 31 December 

UK 

Vietnam  

India  

Indonesia  

Turkey 

Pakistan 

Bangladesh 

China 

Singapore 

Mexico 

Colombia  

Hong Kong 

Egypt 

Thailand 

Romania  

Spain 

Argentina  

Germany 

USA 

Others (18 countries each less than $0.5 million)  

Total Corporate Income Tax paid  

1 Restated to reflect the results of the North America Crafts business as a discontinued operation. 

2018 
US$m 

11.5 

11.0 

7.0 

5.7 

3.0 

1.9 

1.6 

1.4 

1.3 

1.1 

1.1 

0.7 

0.6 

0.5 

0.4 

0.3 

0.3 

0.3 

(0.2) 

1.9 

51.4 

Restated1 
2017 
US$m 

7.1 

9.7 

10.9 

7.1 

1.7 

0.3 

1.6 

1.1 

3.8 

1.7 

1.8 

0.3 

– 

0.4 

0.5 

0.8 

1.4 

1.3 

2.3 

2.1 

55.9 

111 

  
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
CONTINUED 

The taxes paid in the UK, Singapore and Germany are primarily withholding taxes on royalties, group charges and dividends, deducted 
and paid at source in the following jurisdictions:  

India 

Bangladesh 

Indonesia  

Vietnam 

China 

Thailand 

Pakistan 

Colombia 

Turkey 

Sri Lanka  

Others (each less than $0.5 million)  

Total withholding taxes paid  

2018 
US$m 

2017 
US$m 

1.8 

1.8 

1.8 

1.3 

1.1 

0.6 

0.6 

0.6 

0.4 

0.2 

2.6 

2.1 

0.9 

3.3 

0.4 

0.8 

0.1 

0.3 

0.4 

0.8 

0.5 

2.6 

12.8 

12.2 

10 Retirement and other post-employment benefit arrangements 
a) Pension and other post-employment costs 
Pension and other post-employment costs charged to operating profit for the year were (continuing and discontinued operations): 

Defined contribution schemes 

Defined benefit schemes –  

Coats US funded 

Other funded and unfunded 

Past service cost 

Settlements 

Administrative expenses for defined benefit schemes 

Year ended  
31 December 
2018 
US$m 

3.6 

US$m 

3.5 

3.9 

US$m 

3.5 

4.4 

Year ended  
31 December  
2017 
US$m 

4.0 

7.4 

10.6 

(1.9) 

7.9 

27.6 

7.9 

– 

– 

7.5 

19.4 

Included in the table above are $10.2 million of past service costs and $1.8 million of settlement gains that have been presented 
as exceptional items in the Consolidated Income Statement (see note 4). 

b) Defined contribution schemes 
The Group operates a number of defined contribution plans around the world to provide pension benefits. The total cost relating 
to discontinued operations is $0.7 million (2017: $0.3 million). 

c) Defined benefit schemes 
During the year the Group had three UK defined benefit schemes, namely the Brunel Holdings Pension Scheme (‘Brunel’), the Staveley 
Industries Retirement Benefits Scheme (‘Staveley’) and the Coats Pension Plan (‘Coats UK’) which offer both pensions in retirement and 
death benefits to members. These schemes (the Previous Schemes) were all closed to new members and future benefit accrual in 
previous years. 

Following agreement with the Previous Schemes’ Trustees and with effect from the 1 July 2018 the assets and liabilities of the previous 
schemes were transferred to a single new scheme (‘Coats UK Pension Scheme’). The Previous Schemes have been wound-up and as part 
of this process a number of the Previous Schemes’ members with small pension entitlements were given the option to exchange their 
pension entitlement for a cash lump sum. This process has resulted in almost 1700 members taking this option. The Group reflected this 
as an exceptional gain of £1.4 million ($1.8 million) in the IAS19 pension liabilities reported. 

112 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
CONTINUED 

The Coats UK Pension Scheme is administered by a trustee and holds assets held in funds that are legally separated from the Group and 
are subject to UK legislation with oversight from the Pensions Regulator. The trustee board is composed of representatives of both the 
Group and scheme members together with two independent trustees. The trustee board is required by law and the scheme’s rules to act 
in the interest of the scheme’s members and other stakeholders in the scheme (for example the Group). The trustee board is responsible 
for setting the scheme’s investment policy following consultation with the Group. 

In addition, the Group has the Coats North America Pension Plan (‘Coats US’) which is a defined benefit scheme the assets of which are 
held in funds that are legally separated from the Group. 

Finally, the Group also operates various other pension and other post-retirement arrangements in most of the countries in which it 
operates (most significantly in Germany). Detailed disclosures in respect of the UK plans and the Coats US plan are given in this note as 
the defined benefit obligations under these schemes represent around 96% of all defined benefit obligations. 

The Coats UK Pension Scheme operates an investment policy whereby a portion of the fund is invested in assets (Bonds and derivatives) 
that broadly match movements in the value of the scheme’s liabilities and a portion in assets that are anticipated to deliver a return in 
excess of the change in value of the liabilities. 

The following disclosures do not include information in respect of schemes operated by joint ventures. 

i) Principal risks 
The Group is exposed to actuarial and investment risks, the principal risks are: 

Risk 

Description 

Commentary 

Interest rate risk 

The present value of the defined benefit plan liabilities is 
calculated using a discount rate determined by reference  
to bond yields. A decrease in bond yield rates will increase 
defined benefit obligations. 

Inflation 

The present value of the defined benefit liabilities are 
calculated by reference to assumed future inflation rates. 
An increase in inflation rates will increase defined 
benefit obligations. 

Longevity risk 

Investment risk 

The present value of the defined benefit plan liability is 
calculated by reference to the best estimate of member  
life expectancies. An increase in life expectancy will  
increase liabilities. 

The scheme assets are shown on a mark-to-market basis. 
A decrease in asset values at a relevant measurement date,  
to the extent assets do not hedge liabilities, would lead to  
an increased disclosed deficit or reduced surplus. 

The impact of the movement in discount rates are shown 
on page 120. The Trustees of the UK and US schemes 
hedge these sensitivities through physical bonds and 
derivatives. Following consolidation of the UK schemes and 
completion of the 2018 actuarial valuation the Coats UK 
Pension Scheme is currently over 80% (2017: 70%) 
hedged against interest rate movements by reference to 
the Technical Provisions liability. 

The impact of the movement in inflation rates are shown 
on page 120.The Trustees of the UK and US schemes 
hedge these sensitivities through physical bonds, 
derivatives and real assets. Following consolidation of the 
UK schemes and completion of the 2018 actuarial 
valuation the Coats UK Pension Scheme is currently over 
80% (2017: 70%) hedged against inflation rate 
movements by reference to the Technical Provisions 
liability. 

The impact of an increase in life expectancy is shown  
on page 120. Currently this is not a risk that is hedged  
by the Group’s pension schemes. 

The UK funded scheme is diversified by asset class, at 
individual securities level; geography; and by investment 
managers. To the extent that any assets are not Sterling 
denominated the scheme hedges the majority of this 
currency exposure back to Sterling. 
The US scheme is fully funded and has a significant 
proportion of fixed income. The fixed income is invested 
directly to protect the funded status of the scheme. 
Trustees work with fixed income managers to consider the 
liabilities (including key period durations, credit spread 
duration and convexity) and have created a custom fix 
income benchmark to match the liabilities and protect the 
funded status. 
In addition the schemes’ investment policies recognise the 
need to generate cash flows to meet members’ benefits as 
they fall due. 

113 

  
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
CONTINUED 

ii) UK regulatory investigation 
In 2013 and 2014 the UK Pension Regulator ('tPR') issued warning notices to the Group in respect of its three UK defined benefit 
schemes. During 2017 the Group signed binding settlement agreements with the Trustees of all three UK pension schemes. The binding 
settlement agreements in respect of the UK Coats Pension Plan and Brunel Holdings Pension Scheme were signed on 16 February 2017. 
The binding settlement agreement in respect of the Staveley Industries Retirement Benefit Scheme was signed on 25 June 2017. The 
settlements with the three schemes completed shortly after the signing of the binding settlement agreements, and as a result tPR 
confirmed that its regulatory action in respect of the warning notices issued to the Group in respect of the three UK schemes 
had ceased. 

A term of the settlements was access to sponsor support from Coats Limited for future funding needs together with a Company 
guarantee. Following the consolidation of the three schemes described above the sponsor of the Coats UK Pension Scheme is Coats 
Limited and the Company provides a guarantee to the Coats UK Pension Scheme. The Guarantee from the Company to the Previous 
Schemes has been released. 

iii) UK funding commitments 
The information provided below for defined benefit plans has been prepared by independent qualified actuaries based on the most 
recent actuarial valuations of the schemes, updated to take account of the valuations of assets and liabilities as at 31 December 2018. 
For the date of the most recent actuarial valuations at the year end for the Coats US scheme is 1 January 2018. 

On 6 March 2019 Coats Limited and the Trustee of the Coats UK Pension Scheme agreed the first valuation of the Coats UK Pension 
Scheme with a 1 July 2018 effective date. This agreement resulted in ongoing annual deficit recovery payments of £20 million ($26 
million) per annum increasing annually by the increase in the Retail Prices Index (first increase in January 2020) based on a Technical 
Provisions deficit of £252 million ($322 million). As before the Group will also meet Scheme administrative expenses and levies estimated 
in future at £4m ($5 million) per annum (i.e. total ongoing payments of $31 million per annum). The new deficit recovery payments will 
be effective from 1 April 2019 and are payable until 31 December 2028. The Scheme’s next triennial valuation will have an effective date 
of 31 March 2021 to realign with the valuation cycle of the Previous UK schemes. 

The actuarial valuation deficit above is used to determine the level of deficit repair contributions that the Group is required to pay into 
the Coats UK Pension Scheme. The actuarial valuation is different to the IAS 19 accounting valuation (set out below), which is based on 
accounting rules concerning employee benefits and shown on the consolidated statement of financial position. The actuarial valuations 
are generally based on the more prudent ‘Technical Provisions’ basis than that used for accounting purposes and as a result the actuarial 
deficits are generally higher than the accounting deficits. It should also be noted that the accounting deficit figures are calculated as at 
the balance sheet date of 31 December 2018. The actuarial valuation was performed on the date set out above. 

iv) Principal assumptions 
The principal assumptions for the UK and US schemes are as follows: 

Principal assumptions at 31 December 2018 

Rate of increase in salaries 

Rate of increase for pensions in payment 

Discount rate 

Inflation assumption 

Principal assumptions at 31 December 2017 

Rate of increase in salaries 

Rate of increase for pensions in payment 

Discount rate 

Inflation assumption 

Coats UK Pension 
Scheme  
% 

Coats US 
% 

Other 
% 

– 

Various 

2.8 

3.3 

Coats UK 
% 

Coats US 
% 

Staveley 
% 

3.0 

– 

4.2 

2.5 

Brunel 
% 

– 

– 

3.1 

2.4 

3.2 

3.0 

– 

– 

Various 

Various 

3.6 

2.5 

2.4 

3.2 

2.4 

3.2 

5.2 

3.7 

4.5 

3.9 

Other 
% 

4.4 

2.8 

4.0 

3.3 

The rate of increase for pensions in payment for members of the combined Coats UK Pension Scheme vary in accordance with each 
member’s former scheme category and period of membership. For former Coats UK plan members the increases for pensions in payment 
are assumed to be at a rate of 3.1% (2017: 3.1%). For former Staveley scheme members, the majority of the increases for pensions in 
payment fall within the range 2.4% – 3.1% (2017: 2.4% – 3.1%). For former Brunel scheme members, the majority of the increases 
for pensions in payment fall within the range 3.1% – 4.0% (2017: 3.1% – 4.0%). 

114 

 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
CONTINUED 

The assumed life expectancy on retirement is: 

Retiring today at age 60: 

Males 

Females 

Retiring in 20 years at age 60: 

Males 

Females 

Year ended 
31 December 2018 

Year ended 
31 December 2017 

Coats UK Pension 
Scheme  
Years 

Coats US 
Years 

Coats UK 
Years 

Coats US 
Years 

Staveley 
Years 

Brunel 
Years 

26.1 

28.2 

24.9 

27.1 

25.7 

27.5 

25.0 

27.2 

25.4 

28.2 

26.0 

28.5 

27.6 

29.8 

26.7 

28.8 

27.3 

29.1 

26.7 

28.9 

27.0 

29.9 

27.6 

30.1 

v) Amounts recognised in the consolidated income statement 
Amounts recognised in income in respect of these defined benefit schemes are as follows (both continuing and discontinued operations): 

Year ended 31 December 2018 

Current service cost 

Past service cost 

Settlements 

Administrative expenses 

Interest on defined benefit obligations – unwinding of 
discount 

Interest income on pension scheme assets 

Effect of asset cap 

Coats UK Pension 
Scheme 
US$m 

Coats US 
US$m 

Coats UK 
US$m 

Staveley 
US$m 

Brunel 
US$m 

Other 
US$m 

Group 
US$m 

– 

(3.5) 

(10.2) 

– 

(3.7) 

(13.9) 

– 

– 

(0.8) 

(4.3) 

– 

– 

1.6 

(2.2) 

(0.6) 

(34.6) 

(5.2) 

(28.4) 

33.6 

– 

(1.0) 

8.1 

(0.8) 

2.1 

27.5 

– 

(0.9) 

– 

– 

0.1 

(0.7) 

(0.6) 

(4.0) 

4.1 

– 

0.1 

– 

– 

0.1 

(0.4) 

(0.3) 

(3.9) 

(0.4) 

0.1 

(0.1) 

(4.3) 

(7.4) 

(10.6) 

1.9 

(7.9) 

(24.0) 

(2.8) 

(5.0) 

(80.0) 

2.5 

– 

(0.3) 

1.5 

(0.3) 

(3.8) 

Year ended 31 December 2017 

Current service cost 

Administrative expenses 

Interest on defined benefit obligations – unwinding of discount 

Interest income on pension scheme assets 

Effect of asset cap 

Coats UK 
US$m 

Coats US 
US$m 

Staveley 
US$m 

Brunel 
US$m 

Other 
US$m 

– 

(4.1) 

(4.1) 

(59.7) 

53.0 

– 

(6.7) 

(3.5) 

(1.1) 

(4.6) 

(5.8) 

8.7 

(0.5) 

2.4 

– 

(1.5) 

(1.5) 

(8.1) 

7.5 

– 

– 

(0.7) 

(0.7) 

(5.6) 

4.9 

– 

(0.6) 

(0.7) 

(4.4) 

(0.1) 

(4.5) 

(5.2) 

1.7 

(0.3) 

(3.8) 

Included in the table above are amounts that have been reclassified to discontinued operations following the disposal of the North 
America Crafts business. Total amounts reclassified included service cost of $1.9 million (2017: $2.0 million). 

77.3 

(1.1) 

(3.8) 

Group 
US$m 

(7.9) 

(7.5) 

(15.4) 

(84.4) 

75.8 

(0.8) 

(9.4) 

115 

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
CONTINUED 

vi) Amounts recognised in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income  
Actuarial gains and losses were as follows: 

Effect of changes in demographic assumptions 

Effect of changes in financial assumptions 

Effect of experience adjustments 

Remeasurement on assets (excluding interest income) 

Adjustment due to surplus cap 

Included in the statement of comprehensive income 

Year ended  
31 December 
2018 
US$m 

Year ended  
31 December  
2017 
US$m 

(37.4) 

172.0 

(36.5) 

(125.5) 

5.6 

(21.8) 

10.2  

(40.7) 

(15.1) 

199.9  

(9.1) 

145.2  

vii) Amounts recognised in the consolidated statement of financial position 
The amounts included in the consolidated statement of financial position arising from the Group's defined benefit 
arrangements are as follows: 

Coats UK 
Pension 
Scheme 
US$m 

Coats US 
US$m 

34.2 

2.3 

249.4 

26.3 

43.8 

118.2 

792.7 

130.6 

651.6 

236.3 

(20.3) 

2.4 

290.5 

84.3 

2,640.0 

25.4 

2.4 

4.0 

15.8 

111.3 

1.4 

39.0 

– 

– 

0.5 

– 

(9.7) 

192.4 

Other 
US$m 

3.9 

Total 
US$m 

40.4 

1.0 

275.8 

– 

– 

28.7 

47.8 

5.0 

139.0 

5.4 

– 

– 

0.2 

909.4 

132.0 

690.6 

236.5 

– 

(20.3) 

1.2 

6.1 

0.3 

4.1 

296.6 

74.9 

23.1 

2,855.5 

(2,748.6) 

(127.7) 

(126.1) 

(3,002.4) 

(108.6) 

– 

(108.6) 

64.7 

(16.6) 

48.1 

(103.0) 

(146.9) 

(4.8) 

(21.4) 

(107.8) 

(168.3) 

Year ended 31 December 2018 

Cash and cash equivalents 

Equity instruments: 

US 

UK 

Eurozone 

Other regions 

Debt instruments: 

Corporate bonds (Investment grade) 

Corporate bonds (Non-investment grade) 

Government/sovereign instruments 

Global real estate 

Derivatives: 

Total return, interest and inflation swaps 

Assets held by insurance company: 

Insurance contracts 

Diversified investment fund 

Other 

Total market value of assets 

Actuarial value of scheme liabilities 

Gross net (liability)/asset in the scheme 

Adjustment due to surplus cap 

Recoverable net (liability)/asset in the scheme 

116 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
CONTINUED 

Year ended 31 December 2017 

Cash and cash equivalents 

Equity instruments: 

US 

UK 

Eurozone 

Other regions 

Debt instruments: 

Corporate bonds (Investment grade) 

Corporate bonds (Non-investment grade) 

Government/sovereign instruments 

Global real estate 

Derivatives: 

Total return, interest and Inflation swaps 

Assets held by insurance company: 

Insurance contracts 

Diversified investment fund 

Other 

Total market value of assets 

Actuarial value of scheme liabilities 

Coats UK 
US$m 

Staveley 
US$m 

Brunel 
US$m 

Combined 
UK* 
US$m 

Coats US 
US$m 

61.1 

17.0 

8.8 

86.9 

2.1 

307.7 

24.7 

74.2 

98.1 

128.1 

809.3 

72.4 

474.9 

317.0 

(25.9) 

2.9 

97.1 

– 

31.0 

5.2 

10.3 

5.2 

26.7 

19.2 

39.1 

– 

363.4 

88.9 

115.5 

140.4 

865.9 

164.0 

592.2 

317.0 

(2.3) 

(28.2) 

9.5 

7.1 

7.1 

29.9 

72.4 

78.2 

– 

– 

0.5 

112.8 

– 

0.6 

77.2 

– 

4.0 

287.1 

– 

30.9 

2.9 

8.1 

21.1 

1.3 

32.1 

– 

– 

0.5 

– 

6.8 

Other 
US$m 

4.9 

Total 
US$m 

93.9 

2.2 

396.5 

– 

– 

7.3 

– 

– 

0.2 

91.8 

123.6 

168.8 

992.1 

165.3 

624.3 

317.2 

– 

(28.2) 

1.3 

7.3 

0.4 

5.8 

294.4 

7.2 

120.4 

5.8 

2,416.9 

359.2 

221.0 

2,997.1 

226.2 

29.4 

3,252.7 

(2,495.2) 

(357.3) 

(251.2) 

(3,103.7) 

(145.4) 

(140.2) 

(3,389.3) 

Gross net (liability)/asset in the scheme 

(78.3) 

1.9 

(30.2) 

(106.6) 

80.8 

(110.8) 

(136.6) 

Adjustment due to surplus cap 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(22.8) 

(3.8) 

(26.6) 

Recoverable net (liability)/asset in the scheme 

(78.3) 

1.9 

(30.2) 

(106.6) 

58.0 

(114.6) 

(163.2) 

*As the three UK schemes have been combined in 2018, an additional combined UK column has been added to the above comparatives to ensure comparability. 

The amounts are presented in the consolidated statement of financial position as follows: 

Year ended 31 December 

Non-current assets: 

Funded 

Current assets: 

Funded  

Current liabilities: 

Funded 

Unfunded 

Non-current liabilities: 

Funded 

Unfunded 

2018 
US$m 

2017 
US$m 

42.6 

57.9 

6.1 

6.9 

(16.0) 

(16.9) 

(6.0) 

(7.4) 

(99.5) 

(101.1) 

(95.5) 

(102.6) 

(168.3) 

(163.2) 

117 

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
CONTINUED 

The schemes disclosed as part of the 'other' column in the tables above include surplus positions of $0.4 million (2017: $2.0 million).  

Movements in the present value of defined benefit obligations were as follows: 

At 1 January 

Current service cost 

Liabilities extinguished on settlements 

Past service cost 

Interest on defined benefit obligations – unwinding of discount 

Actuarial gains/(losses) on obligations 

Contributions from members 

Benefits paid 

Other adjustments to defined benefit obligation 

Exchange difference 

At 31 December 

Movements in the fair value of scheme assets were as follows: 

At 1 January  

Interest income on scheme assets 

Remeasurement on assets (excluding interest income) 

Assets distributed on settlements 

Contributions from members 

Contribution from sponsoring companies 

Benefits paid 

Administrative expenses paid from plan assets 

Exchange difference 

At 31 December 

Administrative expenses paid from plan assets excludes those expenses paid directly by the Group. 

The reconciliation of the effect of the asset ceiling is as follows: 

Unrecognised surplus at 1 January 

Interest cost on unrecognised surplus 

Changes in the effect of limiting a net defined benefit asset to the asset ceiling (excluding interest) 

Exchange difference 

Unrecognised surplus at 31 December 

Year 
ended 31 
December 
2018 
US$m 

Year  
ended 31 
December 
2017 
US$m 

(3,389.3) 

(3,169.0) 

(7.4) 

28.7 

(10.6) 

(80.0) 

98.1 

(0.2) 

(7.9) 

– 

– 

(84.4) 

(45.6) 

(0.2) 

187.4 

198.1 

(0.5) 

– 

171.4 

(280.3) 

(3,002.4) 

(3,389.3) 

3,252.7 

2,558.6 

77.3 

75.8 

(125.5) 

199.9 

(26.8) 

0.2 

26.7 

– 

0.2 

374.5 

(187.4) 

(198.1) 

(0.9) 

(1.9) 

(160.8) 

243.7 

2,855.5 

3,252.7 

26.6 

1.1 

(5.6) 

(0.7) 

21.4 

16.3 

0.8 

9.1 

0.4 

26.6 

viii) Assets without a quoted price in an active market 
For the new combined Coats UK Pension Scheme, included in the tables above are $249.4 million (2017: $ Nil) of US equity instruments, 
$26.3 million (2017: $ Nil) of UK equity instruments, $43.8 million (2017: $ Nil) of Eurozone equity instruments, $118.2 million (2017: 
$ Nil) of other region equity instruments, $792.7 million (2017: $ Nil) of corporate bonds (Investment grade), $130.6 million (2017: $ Nil) 
of corporate bonds (Non-investment grade), $651.6 million (2017: $ Nil) of government/sovereign instruments, Global real estate of 
$236.3 million (2017: $ Nil), derivative liabilities of $20.3 million (2017: $ Nil), diversified investment funds of $290.5 million (2017: 
$ Nil), $2.4 million (2017: $ Nil) of insurance contracts and $84.3 million (2017: $ Nil) of other assets without a quoted price in an active 
market. All other assets have a quoted price in an active market. 

118 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
CONTINUED 

For the Coats US scheme, included in the tables above are $111.3 million (2017: $120.4 million) of corporate bonds (Investment grade), 
$1.4 million (2017: $1.3 million) of corporate bonds (Non-investment grade), government/sovereign instruments of $12.9 million (2017: 
$12.0 million), $0.5 million (2017: $0.5 million) of insurance contracts and $12.2 million (2017: $6.2 million of assets) of other liabilities 
without a quoted price in an active market. All other assets have a quoted price in an active market. 

For the previous Coats UK scheme, included in the tables above are $ Nil (2017: $ Nil) of UK equity instruments, $ Nil (2017: $50.8 
million) of corporate bonds (Non-investment grade), $ Nil (2017: $ Nil) of government/sovereign instruments, Global real estate of $ Nil 
(2017: $80.3 million), derivative liabilities of $ Nil (2017: $25.9 million), diversified investment funds of $ Nil (2017: $97.1 million) and 
$ Nil (2017: $2.9 million) of insurance contracts without a quoted price in an active market. All other assets have a quoted price in 
an active market. 

For the previous Staveley scheme, included in the tables above are $ Nil (2017: $24.7 million) of US equity instruments, $ Nil (2017: $9.5 
million) of UK equity instruments, $ Nil (2017: $7.1 million) of Eurozone equity instruments, $ Nil (2017: $7.1 million) of other region 
equity instruments, $ Nil (2017: $29.9 million) of corporate bonds (Investment grade), $ Nil (2017: $72.4 million) of corporate bonds 
(Non-investment grade), $ Nil (2017: $78.2 million) of government/sovereign instruments, $ Nil of diversified investment funds (2017: 
$112.8 million) and $ Nil (2017: $0.5 million) of insurance contracts without a quoted price in an active market. All other assets have 
a quoted price in an active market. 

For the previous Brunel scheme, included in the tables above are $ Nil (2017: $31.0 million) of US equity instruments, $ Nil  
(2017: $5.2 million) of UK equity instruments, $ Nil (2017: $10.3 million) of Eurozone equity instruments, $ Nil (2017: $5.2 million) 
of other region equity instruments, $ Nil (2017: $26.7 million) of corporate bonds (Investment grade), $ Nil (2017: $19.2 million) 
of corporate bonds (Non-investment grade), derivative liabilities of $ Nil (2017: $2.3 million), $ Nil of diversified investment funds (2017: 
$77.2 million) and $ Nil (2017: $0.6 million) of insurance contracts without a quoted price in an active market. All other assets have 
a quoted price in an active market. 

ix) Basis of asset valuation 
Under IAS 19, plan assets must be valued at the bid market value at the balance sheet date. For the main asset categories: 

•  Equities and bonds listed on recognised exchanges are valued at closing bid prices;  

•  Other bonds are measured using a combination of broker quotes and pricing models making assumptions for credit risk, market  

risk and market yield curves; 

•  Global real estate assets are valued on either a fair value approach as provided by the investment manager or notional bid valuations 
provided by the investment managers due to investments being held within a single priced pooled investment vehicle. Valuations are 
prepared in accordance with the current RICS Valuation – Global Standards (1 July 2017) and the RICS Valuation – Professional 
Standards UK January 2014 (revised April 2015); 

•  Certain unlisted investments, for example derivatives and insurance contracts, are valued using a model based valuation such as a 

discounted cash flow; and 

•  Diversified investment funds are valued at fair value which is typically the Net Asset Value provided by the investment manager. 

x) Recoverability of plan surplus 
The recoverable surplus on the Coats US scheme has been recognised in line with the benefit from contribution holidays, plus annual 
refunds expected from the scheme to fund the US post-retirement medical scheme in accordance with relevant US legislation. Following 
the sale of the North America Crafts business, it is anticipated that during the year ended 31 December 2019 the recoverable surplus 
recognised on the balance sheet will reduce by approximately $11 million (see note 32). 

For the Coats UK Pension Scheme, which is in IAS 19 deficit, committed contributions to the plan at the balance sheet date are expected 
to put the scheme into an IAS 19 surplus position. The Group notes that in the event that a surplus emerges in the Coats UK Pension 
Scheme, it would have an unconditional right to a refund of the surplus assuming the gradual settlement of the liabilities over time and 
therefore no additional minimum funding requirement has been recognised. 

xi) Duration of plan liabilities 
The weighted average duration of benefit obligations is 15 years for the new combined Coats UK scheme (2017: Coats UK – 15 years, 
Staveley – 14 years and Brunel – 13 years) and 8 years (2017: 8 years) for the Coats US scheme. 

119 

  
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
CONTINUED 

xii) Sensitivities 
Sensitivities regarding the discount rate, inflation (which also impacts the rate of increases in salaries and rate of increase for pension in 
payments assumptions for the UK scheme) and mortality assumptions used to measure the liabilities of the principal schemes, along with 
the impact they would have on the scheme liabilities, are set out below. Interrelationships between assumptions might exist and the 
analysis below does not take the effect of these interrelationships into account: 

Coats UK Pension Scheme discount rate 

Coats US discount rate 

Coats UK discount rate 

Staveley discount rate 

Brunel discount rate 

Coats UK Pension Scheme inflation rate 

Coats US inflation rate 

Coats UK inflation rate 

Staveley inflation rate 

Brunel inflation rate 

Year ended  
31 December  
2018 
-0.25% 
US$m 

+0.25% 
US$m 

Year ended  
31 December  
2017 
-0.25% 
US$m 

102.8 

2.7 

– 

– 

– 

(65.9) 

(0.1) 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(3.2) 

(89.9) 

(11.8) 

(8.1) 

– 

0.1 

78.6 

7.7 

5.3 

– 

3.4 

95.1 

12.4 

8.5 

– 

(0.1) 

(76.3) 

(7.5) 

(4.0) 

+0.25% 
US$m 

(97.2) 

(2.6) 

– 

– 

– 

65.9 

0.1 

– 

– 

– 

If members of the Coats UK Pension Scheme live one year longer the scheme liabilities will increase by $128.1 million (2017: $147.0 
million). If members of the Coats US scheme live one year longer scheme liabilities will increase by $3.2 million (2017: $4.0 million), 
however, there would be no overall impact on the recoverable surplus.  

In presenting the above sensitivity analysis, the present value of the defined benefit obligation has been calculated using the projected 
unit credit method at the end of the reporting period, which is the same as that applied in calculating the defined benefit obligation 
liability recognised in the consolidated statement of financial position. There was no change in the methods and assumptions used 
in preparing the sensitivity analysis from prior years. 

Sensitivity of medical schemes to medical cost trend rate assumptions: 

Effect on total service cost and interest cost components of other schemes 

Effect on defined benefit obligation of other schemes 

Year ended  
31 December  
2018 
-1% 
US$m 

(0.1) 

(1.8) 

+1% 
US$m 

0.1 

2.0 

Year ended  
31 December  
2017 
-1% 
US$m 

(0.1) 

(1.9) 

+1% 
US$m 

0.1 

2.2 

xiii) Expected contributions for 2019 
The total estimated amount to be paid in respect of all of the Group's retirement and other post-employment benefit arrangements 
during the 2019 financial year (excluding administrative expenses paid by the Company) is $30.0 million. 

120 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
CONTINUED 

11 Earnings per ordinary share 
The calculation of basic earnings per ordinary share from continuing operations is based on the profit from continuing operations 
attributable to equity shareholders and the weighted average number of Ordinary Shares in issue during the year, excluding shares  
held by the Employee Benefit Trust but including shares under share incentive schemes which are not contingently issuable. 

The calculation of basic earnings per ordinary share from continuing and discontinued operations is based on the profit attributable to 
equity shareholders. The weighted average number of ordinary shares used for the calculation of basic earnings per ordinary share from 
continuing and discontinued operations is the same as that used for basic earnings per ordinary share from continuing operations. 

For diluted earnings per ordinary share, the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue is adjusted to include all potential 
dilutive ordinary shares. The Group has two classes of dilutive potential Ordinary Shares: those share options granted to employees 
where the exercise price is less than the average market price of the Company’s ordinary shares during the year and those long-term 
incentive plan awards for which the performance criteria would have been satisfied if the end of the reporting period were the end  
of the contingency period. 

Profit from continuing operations attributable to equity shareholders 

Profit from continuing and discontinued operations attributable to equity shareholders 

Weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue for basic earnings per share 

Adjustment for share options and LTIP awards 

Weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue for diluted earnings per share 

Year ended 31 December 

Continuing operations: 

Basic earnings per ordinary share 

Diluted earnings per ordinary share 

Continuing and discontinued operations: 

Basic earnings per ordinary share 

Diluted earnings per ordinary share 

1 Restated to reflect the results of the North America Crafts business as a discontinued operation. 

12 Dividends 

Year ended 31 December 

2018 interim dividend paid – 0.50 cents per share 

2017 final dividend paid – 1.00 cents per share 

2017 interim dividend paid – 0.44 cents per share 

2016 final dividend paid – 0.84 cents per share 

2018 
US$m 

54.8 

39.2 

Restated1 

2017 
US$m 

71.3 

80.8 

2018 
Number 
of shares  
m 

2017 
Number  
of shares  
m 

1,420.1 

1,399.2 

27.3 

27.4 

1,447.4 

1,426.6 

2018 
cents 

Restated1 
2017 
cents 

3.85 

3.78 

2.76 

2.70 

2018 
US$m 

7.0 

14.1 

– 

– 

21.1 

5.10 

5.00 

5.78 

5.67 

2017 
US$m 

– 

– 

6.1 

11.7 

17.8 

The proposed final dividend of 1.16 cents per ordinary share for the year ended 31 December 2018 is not recognised as a liability in the 
consolidated statement of financial position in line with the requirements of IAS 10 Events after the Reporting Period and, subject to 
shareholder approval, will be paid on 28 May 2019 to shareholders on the register at the close of business on 3 May 2019. 

121 

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
CONTINUED 

13 Intangible Assets 

Cost 

At 1 January 2017 

Currency translation differences 

Acquisition of subsidiaries (as restated)1 

Additions 

Disposals 

At 31 December 2017 (as restated)1 

Currency translation differences 

Additions 

Disposals 

Acquired intangibles 

Goodwill 
US$m 

Brands & 
trade names 
US$m 

Technology 
US$m 

Customer 
relationships 
US$m 

Total 
acquired 
US$m 

Computer 
software 
US$m 

Total 
US$m 

21.3 

243.8 

11.7 

2.4 

2.3 

– 

– 

0.3 

0.7 

– 

– 

1.6 

0.6 

– 

– 

6.2 

0.8 

– 

– 

– 

261.7 

80.7 

363.7 

2.7 

1.3 

– 

– 

2.3 

0.1 

5.6 

7.4 

3.7 

5.6 

(0.8) 

(0.8) 

26.0 

244.8 

(1.1) 

(0.1) 

13.9 

(0.6) 

7.0 

265.7 

87.9 

379.6 

(0.3) 

(1.0) 

(2.0) 

(4.1) 

– 

– 

– 

(0.8) 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

3.2 

3.2 

(0.8) 

(1.7) 

(2.5) 

At 31 December 2018 

24.9 

243.9 

13.3 

6.7 

263.9 

87.4 

376.2 

Cumulative amounts charged 

At 1 January 2017 

Currency translation differences 

Amortisation charge for the year 

Disposals 

At 31 December 2017 

Currency translation differences 

Amortisation charge for the year 

Disposals 

At 31 December 2018 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

Net book value at 31 December 2018 

Net book value at 31 December 2017 (as restated)1 

24.9 

26.0 

0.2 

– 

2.2 

– 

2.4 

– 

0.3 

(0.8) 

1.9 

242.0 

242.4 

0.9 

0.2 

1.3 

– 

2.4 

0.4 

– 

0.5 

– 

0.9 

1.5 

0.2 

4.0 

– 

5.7 

(0.1) 

(0.1) 

(0.2) 

1.4 

– 

3.7 

9.6 

11.5 

0.6 

– 

1.4 

5.3 

6.1 

2.3 

(0.8) 

7.0 

256.9 

260.0 

70.4 

2.0 

9.2 

(0.6) 

81.0 

(1.9) 

6.9 

(1.0) 

85.0 

2.4 

6.9 

71.9 

2.2 

13.2 

(0.6) 

86.7 

(2.1) 

9.2 

(1.8) 

92.0 

284.2 

292.9 

The carrying value of Coats brands at 31 December 2018 and 31 December 2017 is $239.6 million. There is no foreseeable limit to the 
net cash inflows from royalties, which are generated from continued sales of thread resulting from the Coats brands, and those brands 
are therefore assessed as having indefinite useful lives. The recoverable amount of these brands has been estimated using the relief from 
royalty method to calculate the fair value and is re-assessed annually by reference to the discounted cash flow arising from the royalties 
generated by those brands. The valuation has been based on the latest budget and medium-term plan approved by the Board, covering 
the period to 31 December 2021, applying a pre-tax discount rate of 9.8% and long-term growth of 2.9%. Management believes that 
no reasonable potential change in any of the above key assumptions would cause the carrying value to exceed its recoverable amount. 

Goodwill acquired in a business combination is allocated, at acquisition, to the cash generating units (‘CGUs’) that are expected to 
benefit from that business combination. The carrying amount of goodwill has been allocated as follows: 

Year ended 31 December 

Gotex 

Patrick Yarn  

Fast React Systems 

GSD 

Other 

1 Restated to reflect adjustments to provisional fair value amounts relating to the acquisition of Patrick Yarn Mill Inc. (see note 31). 

122 

2018 
US$m 

13.1 

2.3 

4.2 

3.2 

2.1 

Restated1 
2017 
US$m 

13.7 

2.3 

4.4 

3.5 

2.1 

24.9 

26.0 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
CONTINUED 

The carrying value of the goodwill allocated to the CGUs has been tested for impairment during the year by comparing the carrying 
value of the CGU to their value in use. The value in use calculations were based on projected cash flows, derived from the latest budgets 
approved by the Board, discounted at CGU specific, risk adjusted, discount rates to calculate the net present value. 

The calculation of ‘value in use’ is most sensitive to the following assumptions: 

•  CGU specific operating assumptions that are reflected in the budget and medium-term plan periods for the financial year  

to December 2021; 

•  discount rates; and 

•  growth rates used to extrapolate risk adjusted cash flows beyond the medium-term period. 

CGU specific operating assumptions are applicable to the cash flows for the years 2019 to 2021 and relate to revenue forecasts, 
expected project outcomes and forecast operating margins. A short-term growth rate is applied to the December 2021 plan to derive  
the cash flows arising in 2022–2023 and a long-term rate is applied to 2023 to determine a terminal value.  

The discount rate is based on estimations of the assumptions that market participants operating in similar sectors to Coats would make, 
using the Group’s economic profile as a starting point and adjusting appropriately. Directors do not currently expect any significant 
change in the present base discount rate of 9.8%. The base discount rate has been adjusted for economic risks that are not already 
captured in the specific operating assumptions. This results in the impairment testing using a 15.4% to 16.4% pre-tax discount rates. 

Management believes that no reasonable potential change in any of the above key assumptions would cause the carrying value 
of any of the above CGUs to materially exceed their recoverable amount. 

123 

  
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
CONTINUED 

14 Property, plant and equipment 

Cost 

At 1 January 2017 

Currency translation differences 

Subsidiaries bought externally (as restated)1 

Additions 

Disposals 

At 31 December 2017 (as restated)1 

Currency translation differences 

Additions 

Transfer to non-current assets held for sale 

Disposals 

At 31 December 2018 

Cumulative amounts charged 

At 1 January 2017 

Currency translation differences 

Depreciation charge for the year 

Disposals 

At 31 December 2017 

Currency translation differences 

Depreciation charge for the year 

Transfer to non-current assets held for sale 

Disposals 

At 31 December 2018 

Net book value at 31 December 2018 

Net book value at 31 December 2017 (as restated)1 

Assets charged as security for borrowings: 

31 December 2018 

31 December 2017 

Analysis of net book value of land and buildings 31 December 

Freehold 

Leasehold: 

Over 50 years unexpired 

Under 50 years unexpired 

1 Restated to reflect adjustments to provisional fair value amounts relating to the acquisition of Patrick Yarn Mill Inc. (see note 31). 

124 

Land and 
buildings 
US$m 

Plant and 
equipment 
US$m 

Vehicles and 
office 
equipment 
US$m 

Total 
US$m 

157.3 

574.1 

98.3 

829.7 

5.4 

8.1 

3.7 

16.3 

3.5 

36.0 

1.8 

0.3 

5.3 

23.5 

11.9 

45.0 

(0.1) 

(13.9) 

(1.8) 

(15.8) 

174.4 

616.0 

103.9 

894.3 

(7.1) 

(29.9) 

(3.3) 

(40.3) 

13.9 

29.4 

(15.1) 

(47.2) 

(8.8) 

(11.0) 

1.7 

(6.0) 

(2.6) 

45.0 

(68.3) 

(22.4) 

157.3 

557.3 

93.7 

808.3 

78.2 

409.7 

75.9 

563.8 

2.8 

3.5 

12.3 

23.7 

2.0 

3.7 

17.1 

30.9 

(0.5) 

(12.7) 

(1.6) 

(14.8) 

84.0 

433.0 

80.0 

597.0 

(3.3) 

(21.6) 

(2.5) 

(27.4) 

4.5 

23.0 

(10.2) 

(41.3) 

(4.0) 

(11.2) 

71.0 

86.3 

90.4 

381.9 

175.4 

183.0 

3.7 

(5.4) 

(2.6) 

73.2 

20.5 

23.9 

31.2 

(56.9) 

(17.8) 

526.1 

282.2 

297.3 

– 

– 

0.1 

0.4 

– 

– 

0.1 

0.4 

2018  
US$m 

Restated1 
2017  
US$m 

71.2 

75.3 

1.1 

14.0 

86.3 

1.4 

13.7 

90.4 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
CONTINUED 

15 Non-current investments 

Year ended 31 December 

Interests in joint ventures (see below) 

Investments in equity securities: 

Unlisted investments 

2018 
US$m 

10.6 

6.1 

16.7 

2017 
US$m 

12.0 

1.2 

13.2 

During December 2018, the Group acquired 9.5% of the voting equity in Twine Solutions Limited, an Israeli based technology start- 
up which has developed a revolutionary digital thread dyeing system. The Group invested in Twine as the technology has the potential 
to revolutionise the thread industry and Coats will work closely with Twine to commercialise this opportunity. The consideration 
paid was $5 million, and given the close proximity of the transaction to the year end, it is also deemed to be the fair value as at 
31 December 2018. 

Other investments included within current assets were $0.6 million at 31 December 2018 (2017: $0.2 million). 

Interests in joint ventures 

At 1 January 2018 

Dividends receivable 

Share of profit after tax 

At 31 December 2018 

Year ended 31 December 

Share of net assets on acquisition 

Share of post-acquisition retained profits 

Share of net assets 

US$m 

12.0 

(1.5) 

0.1 

10.6 

2017 
US$m 

10.6 

1.4 

12.0 

2018 
US$m 

10.6 

– 

10.6 

The following table provides summarised financial information on the Group’s share of its joint ventures, relating to the period during 
which they were joint ventures, and excludes goodwill: 

Year ended 31 December 

Summarised income statement information: 

Revenue 

Profit/(loss) before tax 

Taxation 

Loss after tax 

Year ended 31 December 

Summarised balance sheet information: 

Non-current assets 

Current assets 

Liabilities due within one year 

Net assets 

2018 
US$m 

2017 
US$m 

22.9 

30.8 

– 

(0.1) 

(0.1) 

(0.6) 

(0.5) 

(1.1) 

2018 
US$m 

2017 
US$m 

6.4 

11.2 

17.6 

(7.0) 

10.6 

8.3 

12.4 

20.7 

(7.8) 

12.9 

125 

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
CONTINUED 

16 Deferred tax assets 

Year ended 31 December 

Deferred tax assets 

The Group’s deferred tax assets are included within the analysis in note 23. 

The movements in the Group’s deferred tax asset during the year were as follows: 

At 1 January 

Currency translation differences 

Reclassified from deferred tax liability 

(Charged)/credited to the income statement 

Credited to other comprehensive income and expense 

(Charged)/credited to equity 

At 31 December 

17 Inventories 

Year ended 31 December 

Raw materials and consumables 

Work in progress 

Finished goods and goods for resale 

18 Trade and other receivables 

Year ended 31 December 

Non-current assets: 

Income tax assets 

Other receivables 

Derivative financial instruments 

Current assets: 

Trade receivables 

Current income tax assets 

Prepayments and accrued income 

Derivative financial instruments 

Other receivables 

2018 
US$m 

19.2 

2017 
US$m 

24.6 

2018 
US$m 

24.6 

(0.9) 

2017 
US$m 

18.1 

0.4 

– 

(9.2) 

(2.2) 

– 

(2.3) 

19.2 

2018 
US$m 

84.5 

29.2 

71.7 

185.4 

9.2 

0.5 

5.6 

24.6 

2017 
US$m 

91.7 

39.5 

101.0 

232.2 

2018 
US$m 

2017 
US$m 

3.7 

17.4 

0.3 

21.4 

2.8 

18.1 

0.6 

21.5 

203.5 

216.1 

3.1 

10.9 

2.6 

33.7 

4.6 

8.6 

2.4 

37.2 

253.8 

268.9 

The fair value of trade and other receivables is not materially different to the carrying value. 

The average credit period taken on sale of goods (including discontinued operations) is 53 days (2017: 55 days). Interest charged in 
respect of overdue trade receivables is immaterial. 

Included within trade receivables is $6.9 million (2017: $5.0 million) relating to software solutions revenue contracts, for which 
performance obligations are fulfilled over a period of time (see note 20). 

126 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
CONTINUED 

The Group applies the simplified approach to providing for expected credit losses prescribed by IFRS 9, which requires the use of the 
lifetime expected loss provision for all trade receivables. Credit risk is minimised due to the quality and short-term nature of the Group’s 
trade receivables as well as the fact that the exposure is spread over a large number of customers. An allowance has been made for 
expected losses on trade receivables of $9.6 million (2017: $10.4 million). 

The Group monitors receivables for any significant increases in credit risk, and fully provides for trade receivables which are more than 
6 months overdue, unless there are specific circumstances which would indicate otherwise. For all other trade receivables, when 
determining expected losses, the Group takes into account the historical default experience and the financial position of the 
counterparties, as well as the future prospects considering various sources of information. The loss allowance has been determined 
as follows: 

Expected loss rate 

Gross carrying amount (US$m) 

Loss allowance provision (US$m) 

Expected loss rate 

Gross carrying amount (US$m) 

Loss allowance provision (US$m) 

1-3 
months 
past due 

3-6 
months 
past due 

6 + 
months 
past due 

Current 

Total 
2018  

Nil 

1% 

15% 

93% 

183.4 

29.9 

– 

0.2 

2.6 

0.4 

9.7 

9.0 

225.6 

9.6 

1-3 
months 
past due 

3-6 
months 
past due 

6 + 
months 
past due 

Current 

Total 
2017  

Nil 

3% 

32% 

98% 

189.8 

25.6 

– 

0.8 

1.9 

0.6 

9.2 

9.0 

226.5 

10.4 

Included within the 2018 analysis is gross receivables of $12.7 million and a loss allowance of $0.2 million relating to the NA Crafts 
disposal group that has been presented as held for sale as at 31 December 2018 (see note 32). 

As detailed in note 1, no material impact to the primary financial statements has arisen on the adoption of IFRS 9 and the Group has 
not restated prior periods on adoption of IFRS 9. The movements in the expected loss allowance are analysed as follows: 

At 1 January 

Currency translation differences 

Charged to the income statement 

Amounts written off during the year 

At 31 December 

19 Derivative financial instruments – assets 
Derivative financial instruments within non-current and current assets comprise: 

Year ended 31 December 

Fair value through the income statement: 

Forward foreign currency contracts 

Fair value hedges through the statement of comprehensive income: 

Other derivative financial instruments 

Amounts shown within non-current assets 

Amounts shown within current assets 

2018 
US$m 

10.4 

(1.0) 

1.2 

(1.0) 

9.6 

2017 
US$m 

11.8 

0.4 

0.4 

(2.2) 

10.4 

2018 
US$m 

2017 
US$m 

1.6 

1.9 

1.3 

2.9 

0.3 

2.6 

1.1 

3.0 

0.6 

2.4 

The fair values of these financial instruments are calculated by discounting the future cash flows to net present values using appropriate 
market interest and foreign currency rates prevailing at the year end. 

127 

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
CONTINUED 

20 Trade and other payables 

Year ended 31 December 

Amounts falling due within one year: 

Trade payables 

Amounts owed to joint ventures 

Other tax and social security payable 

Other payables 

Accruals  

Contract liabilities 

Derivative financial instruments 

Employee entitlements (excluding pensions) 

Amounts falling due after more than one year: 

Other payables 

Contract liabilities 

Employee entitlements (excluding pensions) 

Derivative financial instruments 

2018 
US$m 

2017 
US$m 

192.0 

195.1 

11.6 

6.0 

32.9 

40.4 

6.6 

1.3 

13.0 

6.9 

43.2 

47.0 

5.7 

1.8 

11.9 

17.7 

302.7 

330.4 

18.2 

23.7 

0.8 

1.2 

2.9 

0.9 

1.3 

1.3 

23.1 

27.2 

The fair value of trade and other payables is not materially different to the carrying value. 

Interest paid to suppliers in respect of overdue trade payables is immaterial. 

Following the Group’s adoption of IFRS 15, contract liabilities which were previously presented within accruals and other payables have 
been reported separately. Contract liabilities amounting to $5.7 million which were outstanding at 31 December 2017 were released 
to revenue during the year ended 31 December 2018, with the remainder expected to be released in 2019. 

21 Derivative financial instruments – liabilities 
Derivative financial instruments within non-current and current liabilities comprise: 

Year ended 31 December 

Fair value through the income statement: 

Forward foreign currency contracts 

Fair value hedges through the statement of comprehensive income: 

Other derivative financial instruments 

Amounts shown within non-current liabilities 

Amounts shown within current liabilities 

2018 
US$m 

2017 
US$m 

0.7 

1.5 

3.5 

4.2 

2.9 

1.3 

1.6 

3.1 

1.3 

1.8 

The fair values of these financial instruments are calculated by discounting the future cash flows to net present values using appropriate 
market interest and foreign currency rates prevailing at the year end. 

128 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
CONTINUED 

22 Borrowings 

Year ended 31 December 

Bank overdrafts 

Borrowings repayable within one year 

Due within one year 

Borrowings repayable between one and two years 

Borrowings repayable between two and five years 

Due after more than five years 

Due after more than one year 

Bank overdrafts 

Series A and Series B Senior Notes 

Bank and other borrowings including finance lease obligations 

2018 
US$m 

20.0 

0.3 

20.3 

0.2 

112.9 

225.0 

338.1 

20.0 

225.0 

113.4 

358.4 

2017 
US$m 

1.6 

0.1 

1.7 

0.3 

132.9 

225.0 

358.2 

1.6 

225.0 

133.3 

359.9 

On 6 December 2017 the Group issued $125.0 million of 3.88% Series A Senior Notes due 6 December 2024 and $100.0 million of 
4.07% Series B Senior Notes due 6 December 2027 in a US private placement. Interest is payable semi-annually in arrears on 6 June  
and 6 December of each year beginning on 6 June 2018. The Senior Notes are unsecured and rank equally with all the Group’s other 
unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness. 

On 6 December 2017 the Group also entered into a $350.0 million five year bank facility. 

The currency and interest rate profile of the Group’s borrowings is included in note 34 on page 146. 

129 

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
CONTINUED 

23 Deferred tax liabilities 

At 1 January 

Currency translation differences 

Acquisition of subsidiaries 

Transferred to held for sale 

Reclassified from deferred tax assets 

Transfer to current tax 

Credited to the income statement 

Credited to other comprehensive income and expense 

At 31 December 

2018 
US$m 

Restated* 
2017 
US$m 

17.9 

(0.6) 

– 

(0.5) 

– 

1.1 

(6.2) 

(1.2) 

10.5 

31.7 

0.8 

3.6 

– 

(9.2) 

(4.5) 

(4.0) 

(0.5) 

17.9 

The Group’s net deferred tax liabilities/(assets) are analysed as follows: 

Accelerated tax depreciation on tangible fixed assets 

Other temporary differences 

Revenue losses carried forward 

Capital losses carried forward 

Investment in subsidiaries 

Brands 

Retirement benefit obligations offset against brands 

Retirement benefit obligations 

2018 

Restated* 
2017 

Provided/ 
(recognised) 
US$m 

Unprovided/ 
(unrecognised) 
US$m 

Provided/ 
(recognised) 
US$m 

Unprovided/ 
(unrecognised) 
US$m 

16.1 

(15.1) 

(18.5) 

– 

8.3 

40.7 

(40.7) 

0.5 

(8.7) 

(9.9) 

(11.4) 

(294.1) 

(248.8) 

4.3 

– 

– 

(4.5) 

(564.4) 

12.1 

(11.3) 

(16.4) 

– 

7.1 

40.7 

(40.7) 

1.8 

(6.7) 

(7.3) 

(25.3) 

(313.8) 

(265.2) 

3.9 

– 

– 

(5.3) 

(613.0) 

Certain deferred tax assets and liabilities have been offset. The following is the analysis of the deferred tax balances (after offset) for 
financial reporting purposes: 

Deferred tax assets (note 16) 

Deferred tax liabilities 

(19.2) 

10.5 

(8.7) 

(24.6) 

17.9 

(6.7) 

* Restated to reflect adjustments to provisional fair value amounts relating to the acquisition of Patrick Yarn Mill Inc. (see note 31). 

At the year end, the Group had approximately $1.5 billion (2017: $1.5 billion) of unused gross income tax losses and approximately 
$1.4 billion (2017: $1.5 billion) of unused gross capital losses available for offset against future profits. A deferred tax asset of $18.5 
million (2017: $16.4 million) has been recognised in respect of $68 million (2017: $66 million) of such income tax losses. No deferred tax 
asset has been recognised in respect of the remaining losses due to lack of certainty regarding the availability of future taxable income. 
Such losses are only recognised in the financial statements to the extent that it is considered more likely than not that sufficient future 
taxable profits will be available for offset. 

130 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
CONTINUED 

The Group’s income tax losses can be analysed as follows: 

Expiring within 5 years 

Expiring in more than 5 years 

Available indefinitely 

2018 
US$m 

38.1 

16.6 

2017 
US$m 

30.0 

11.0 

1,427.0 

1,486.3 

1,481.7 

1,527.3 

At 31 December 2018, the aggregate amount of temporary differences associated with undistributed earnings of subsidiaries for which 
deferred tax liabilities have not been recognised is $4.3 million (2017: $3.9 million). Deferred tax on distribution of these profits has not 
been provided on the grounds that the Group is able to control the timing of the reversal of the remaining temporary differences and it 
is probable that they will not reverse in the foreseeable future. 

24 Provisions 

Year ended 31 December 

Provisions are included as follows: 

Current liabilities 

Non-current liabilities 

Provisions are analysed as follows: 

Year ended 31 December 

Onerous leases 

Other provisions 

At 1 January 2018 

Currency translation differences 

Utilised in year 

Charged to the income statement 

At 31 December 2018 

2018 
US$m 

2017 
US$m 

16.3 

39.0 

55.3 

2018 
US$m 

4.0 

51.3 

55.3 

18.3 

33.5 

51.8 

2017 
US$m 

4.0 

47.8 

51.8 

Onerous 
leases 
US$m 

Other 
provisions 
US$m 

4.0 

(0.2) 

47.8 

(1.1) 

Total 
US$m 

51.8 

(1.3) 

– 

(31.9) 

(31.9) 

0.2 

4.0 

36.5 

51.3 

36.7 

55.3 

Provisions for onerous leases are held in respect of leasehold properties for which the Group has rent and other commitments in respect 
of properties which are vacant or sublet. The majority of head leases expire before 2020. 

The currency profile of onerous leases is included in note 34 on page 146 and the maturity of onerous leases is included in note 34  
on page 148. 

Other provisions include the amounts set aside to cover certain legal and other regulatory claims, including in respect of the Lower 
Passaic River (see note 28 for further details), which are expected to be substantially utilised within the next ten years. 

131 

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
CONTINUED 

25 Operating lease commitments 

Year ended 31 December 

Outstanding commitments under non-cancellable operating leases: 

Payable within one year 

Payable between one and five years 

Payable after more than five years 

2018 
US$m 

2017 
US$m 

19.2 

43.2 

18.0 

80.4 

17.1 

31.5 

13.8 

62.4 

At the balance sheet date, the Group had contracted with tenants for receipt of the following minimum lease payments: 

Year ended 31 December 

Receivable within one year 

Receivable between one and five years 

2018 
US$m 

2017 
US$m 

0.2 

0.4 

0.6 

0.2 

0.5 

0.7 

Operating leases relate principally to land and buildings and vehicles. 

26 Share capital 

Year ended 31 December 

Ordinary Shares of 5p each 

2018 

Number 

US$m 

Number 

1,427,492,032 

88.5 

1,413,300,648 

2017 

US$m 

87.5 

During the year ended 31 December 2018 the Company issued 14,191,384 Ordinary shares of 5p each (2017: 5,688,366) following the 
exercise of share options as set out below: 

At 1 January 2018  

Issue of ordinary shares  

At 31 December 2018 

Number 
of shares 

1,413,300,648 

14,191,384 

1,427,492,032 

US$m 

87.5 

1.0 

88.5 

The own shares reserve of $6.8 million at 31 December 2018 (2017: $7.7 million) represents the cost of shares in Coats Group plc 
purchased in the market and held by an Employee Benefit Trust to satisfy awards under the Group's share based incentive plans.  

The number of shares held by the Employee Benefit Trust at 31 December 2018 was 17,165,314 (2017: 19,025,392). 

Options outstanding under the Group’s 2002 share option scheme at 31 December 2018 were as set out below: 

Share Option Scheme 

2002 Share Option Scheme: 

Ordinary 

Number 

Date granted 

Exercise price  
(pence per share) 

Exercise period 

589,705 

30.06.09 

25.9529 

30.06.12 to 30.06.19 

During the year ended 31 December 2018 4,313,304 (2017: 10,554,440) options under the Group’s 2002 share option scheme were 
exercised and 1,932,396 (2017: 6,809,255) options lapsed. 

Details of share awards outstanding under the Group’s LTIP and Deferred Bonus Plans are set out in note 35. 

132 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
CONTINUED 

27 Reserves and non-controlling interests 

At 1 January 2018 

Dividends 

Currency translation differences  

Decrease in fair value of cash flow hedges 

Transfer to income statement 

Actuarial losses on employee benefits 

Tax on actuarial gains and losses  

Issue of ordinary shares 

Movement in own shares 

Share based payments 

Deferred tax on share schemes 

Profit for the year  

At December 2018 

Share 
premium 
account 
US$m 

Own 
shares 
US$m 

Translation 
reserve 
US$m 

Capital 
reduction 
reserve 
US$m 

Other 
reserves 
US$m 

Retained  
loss 
US$m 

Non-
controlling 
interests 
US$m 

7.7 

(7.7) 

(48.8) 

59.8 

245.8 

(58.6) 

24.6 

(21.1) 

(14.8) 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

2.7 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

0.9 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(19.7) 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(1.0) 

(0.6) 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(21.8) 

1.2 

(0.7) 

– 

7.4 

(2.3) 

39.2 

10.4 

(6.8) 

(68.5) 

59.8 

244.2 

(56.7) 

(0.8) 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

19.0 

28.0 

The table below shows financial information of non-wholly owned subsidiaries of the Group that have non-controlling interests: 

EMEA 

Asia & Rest of World  

Profit allocated to non- 
controlling interests 

Accumulated non- 
controlling interests 

Year ended  
31 December  
2018 
US$m 

Year ended  
31 December  
2017 
US$m 

31 December 
2018 
US$m 

31 December 
2017 
US$m 

0.9 

18.1 

19.0 

0.4 

13.9 

14.3 

2.0 

26.0 

28.0 

1.8 

22.8 

24.6 

The proportion of ownership interests and voting rights of non-wholly owned subsidiaries of the Group held by non-controlling interests 
is set out on pages 161 to 166. 

133 

  
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
CONTINUED 

28 Contingent liabilities and environmental matters 
Environmental matters 
As noted in previous reports, the US Environmental Protection Agency (‘EPA’) has notified Coats & Clark, Inc. (‘CC’) that CC is a 
‘potentially responsible party’ (‘PRP’) under the US Superfund law for investigation and remediation costs at the 17-mile Lower Passaic 
River Study Area (‘LPR’) in New Jersey in respect of alleged operations of a predecessor’s former facilities in that area prior to 1950. 
Over 100 PRPs have been identified by EPA. Approximately 50 PRPs are currently members of a cooperating parties group (‘CPG’) 
of companies, formed to fund and conduct a remedial investigation and feasibility study of the area. CC joined the CPG in 2011. 

CC has analysed its predecessor’s operating history prior to 1950, when it left the LPR, and has concluded that it was not responsible for 
the contaminants and environmental damage that are the primary focus of the EPA process. CC also believes that there are many parties 
that will participate in the LPR’s remediation that are not currently funding the study of the river, including those that are the most 
responsible for its contamination. 

In March 2016, EPA issued a Record of Decision selecting a remedy for the lower 8 miles of the LPR at an estimated cost of $1.38 billion 
on a net present value basis. The EPA’s Record of Decision did not include a remedial decision for the upper 9 miles of the LPR. The EPA 
may consider a remedial alternative proposed by the CPG for the upper 9 miles, or it may select a different remedy. Discussions with EPA 
regarding the nature and timing of such a decision are ongoing. 

EPA has entered into an administrative order on consent (‘AOC’) with Occidental Chemical Corporation (‘OCC’), which has been 
identified as being responsible for the most significant contamination in the river, concerning the design of the selected remedy for the 
lower 8 miles of the LPR. Maxus Energy Corporation (‘Maxus’), which provided an indemnity to OCC that covered the LPR, has been 
granted Chapter 11 bankruptcy protection, but OCC remains responsible for its remedial obligations even in the absence of Maxus’ 
indemnity. The approved bankruptcy plan also created a liquidating trust to pursue potential claims against Maxus’ parent entity, YPF SA, 
and potentially others, which could result in additional funding for the LPR remedy. While the ultimate costs of the remedial design and 
the final remedy are expected to be shared among hundreds of parties, including many who are not currently in the CPG, the allocation 
of remedial costs among those parties has not yet been determined. 

In March 2017, EPA notified 20 parties not associated with the disposal or release of any contaminants of concern as being eligible for 
early cash out settlements. As expected, EPA did not identify CC as one of the 20 parties. EPA has invited approximately 80 other parties, 
including CC, to participate in an allocation process to determine their respective allocation shares and potential eligibility for future cash 
out settlements. In the upcoming allocation, CC intends to present factual and scientific evidence that it is not responsible for the 
discharge of dioxins, furans or PCBs – the contaminants that are driving the remediation of the LPR – and that it is a de minimis party. 
The allocation process is expected to be completed by the end of 2019, although that date may be extended. 

On 30 June 2018, OCC filed a lawsuit against approximately 120 defendants, including CC, seeking recovery of past environmental costs 
and contribution toward future environmental costs. OCC released claims for certain past costs from 41 of the defendants, including CC, 
and is not seeking recovery of those past costs from CC. OCC’s lawsuit seeks resolution of many of the same issues being addressed in 
the EPA sponsored allocation process, and does not alter CC’s defences or CC’s belief that it is a de minimis party. 

In 2015, a provision of $9.0 million was recorded for remediation costs for the entire 17 miles of the LPR. This provision was based on 
CC’s estimated share of de minimis costs for EPA’s selected remedy for the lower 8 miles of the LPR and the remedy proposed by the 
CPG for the upper 9 miles. A separate provision of $6.8 million was recorded for associated legal and professional costs in defence of 
CC’s position. Both of these charges to the income statement were net of insurance reimbursements and were stated on a net present 
value basis. During the year ended 31 December 2018, an additional provision of $8.0 million has been recorded as an exceptional item 
(see note 4) to cover legal and professional fees for continuation of the EPA allocation and defence of OCC’s litigation against 
approximately 120 parties, including CC. The Group will continue to mitigate additional costs as far as possible through insurance and 
other avenues. 

As at 31 December 2018, $6.2 million of this provision had been utilised. The remaining provision at 31 December 2018, taking into 
account insurance reimbursement, was $17.6 million. The process concerning the LPR continues to evolve and these estimates are 
subject to change based upon legal defence costs associated with the EPA sponsored allocation and OCC’s lawsuit, the scope of the 
remedy selected by EPA for the upper nine miles, the share of remedial costs to be paid by the major polluters on the river, and the 
share of remaining remedial costs apportioned among CC and other companies. 

Coats believes that CC’s predecessor did not generate any of the contaminants which are driving the current and anticipated remedial 
actions in the LPR, that it has valid legal defences which are based on its own analysis of the relevant facts, that it is a de minimis party, 
and that additional parties not currently in the CPG will be responsible for a significant share of the ultimate costs of remediation. 
However, as this matter evolves, CC could record additional provisions and such provisions could increase materially based on further 
decisions by EPA, negotiations among the parties, and other future events. 

Following the sale of the North America Crafts business, including CC, announced on 22 January 2019, Coats North America 
Consolidated Inc. (the seller) retains the control and responsibility for the eventual outcome of the ongoing LPR environmental matters, 
including related insurance reimbursements. 

134 

 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
CONTINUED 

29 Capital commitments 
As at 31 December 2018, the Group had commitments of $8.0 million in respect of contracts placed for future capital expenditure 
(2017: $7.4 million).  

30 Notes to the consolidated cash flow statement 
a) Reconciliation of operating profit to net cash inflow/(outflow) from operations 
Year ended 31 December 

Operating profit 

Depreciation 

Amortisation of intangible assets 

Other operating exceptional and acquisition related items (see note 4) 

2018 
US$m 

147.1 

29.5 

6.9 

47.8 

Restated2 
2017 
US$m 

154.1 

28.4 

9.3 

6.5 

Pre-exceptional operating profit before depreciation and amortisation (Adjusted EBITDA) 

231.3 

198.3 

Increase in inventories 

Increase in debtors 

Increase in creditors 

Provision movements1 

Foreign exchange and other non-cash movements 

Discontinued operations 

Net cash inflow/(outflow) from operations 

1 Includes cash flows in respect of exceptional and acquisition related items (see note 37 (e)). 

b) Taxation paid 

Year ended 31 December 

Overseas tax paid 

Discontinued operations 

c) Investment income 

Year ended 31 December 

Interest and other income 

Dividends received from joint ventures 

d) Capital expenditure and financial investment 

Year ended 31 December 

Acquisition of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets 

Acquisition of other equity investments 

Disposal of property, plant and equipment 

Discontinued operations 

2 Restated to reflect the results of the North America Crafts business as a discontinued operation. 

(6.8) 

(18.5) 

8.8 

(13.5) 

(11.3) 

20.9 

(49.5) 

(374.4) 

5.6 

0.2 

6.2 

16.4 

171.1 

(157.4) 

2018 
US$m 

2017 
US$m 

(51.4) 

(55.9) 

1.3 

(4.6) 

(50.1) 

(60.5) 

2018 
US$m 

2017 
US$m 

– 

1.6 

1.6 

0.2 

1.1 

1.3 

2018 
US$m 

Restated2 
2017 
US$m 

(47.6) 

(48.5) 

(5.4) 

3.2 

4.2 

– 

0.4 

(1.6) 

(45.6) 

(49.7) 

135 

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
CONTINUED 

e) Acquisitions and disposals 

Year ended 31 December 

Acquisition of businesses 

Investment in joint venture 

Discontinued operations 

f) Summary of net debt 

Year ended 31 December 

Total cash and cash equivalents 

Bank overdrafts 

Net cash and cash equivalents 

Other borrowings 

Total net debt 

2018 
US$m 

2017 
US$m 

(1.8) 

(19.9) 

– 

1.7 

(3.2) 

– 

(0.1) 

(23.1) 

2018 
US$m 

2017 
US$m 

135.7 

118.4 

(20.0) 

(1.6) 

115.7 

116.8 

(338.4) 

(358.3) 

(222.7) 

(241.5) 

31 Acquisitions 
In December 2017, the Group acquired 100% of the voting equity of Patrick Yarn Mill Inc., a company based in North Carolina, US that 
manufactures high-performance engineered yarns. It specialises in cut-resistant and flame retardant yarns. It also produces yarns from 
recycled fibres marketed under its earthspun® trademarks and with its large solar installation promotes its earth friendly yarns as 'Spun  
by the Sun'. Patrick Yarn Mill's unique spinning competencies in engineered performance yarns offer an opportunity to expand Coats' 
existing Performance Materials portfolio as well as to extend its innovation capability. Coats will support Patrick Yarn Mill's expansion 
into high-growth markets by leveraging Coats' unrivalled geographic footprint, breadth of global customer relationships and strong 
corporate brand. 

The initial consideration transferred on the date of acquisition was $21.0 million and net of cash and cash equivalents acquired was 
$19.7 million.  

Additional consideration of approximately $1.4 million was paid in April 2018 following finalisation of certain completion consideration 
adjustments based on the amount of cash and net working capital at the acquisition date. 

Contingent deferred consideration amounts are also payable that have been treated as remuneration. For these amounts to be paid, 
in addition to financial targets being met, certain employees must also remain with the Group. Amounts are therefore charged to the 
income statement over the period of service they relate to. Up to $4.0 million is payable over a service period of three years to 31 
December 2020. The charge to the income statement for the year ended 31 December 2018 was $2.3 million (2017: $0.2 million). 

136 

 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
CONTINUED 

Fair values of the identifiable assets and liabilities of Patrick Yarn Mill as at the date of acquisition were as follows: 

Assets: 

Intangible assets (excluding computer software) 

Computer software 

Property, plant and equipment 

Inventories 

Trade and other receivables 

Cash and cash equivalents 

Liabilities: 

Trade and other payables 

Deferred tax liabilities 

Total identifiable net assets acquired at fair value 

Goodwill recognised on acquisition  

Total consideration 

Fair value recognised 
on acquisition  
US$m 

1.3 

0.1 

11.9 

6.7 

4.9 

1.3 

26.2 

(2.5) 

(3.6) 

20.1 

2.3 

22.4 

22.4 

In accounting for the acquisition, adjustments were made to the book values of the net assets of the companies acquired to reflect their 
fair values to the Group. Previously unrecognised assets and liabilities at acquisition are included and accounting policies have been 
aligned with those of the Group where appropriate. The assessment of the fair value of assets and liabilities acquired was completed 
during the year ended 31 December 2018 within 12 months of the acquisition date. 

Due to their contractual dates, the fair value of receivables acquired (shown above) approximate to the gross contractual amounts 
receivable. The amount of gross contractual receivables not expected to be recovered is immaterial. There are no material contingent 
liabilities recognised in the amounts above in accordance with paragraph 23 of IFRS 3 (revised). 

As part of the assessment of the fair value of the net assets acquired, an uplift of $4.6 million was made to the book values of land and 
buildings during the year ended 31 December 2018. Adjustments to increase trade and other payables by $0.4 million and deferred tax 
liabilities by $3.6 million were also made. The excess of the fair value of the consideration paid over the fair value of the assets and 
liabilities acquired is represented by brands and trade names of $0.6 million and know how related intangibles of $0.7 million, with 
residual goodwill now arising of $2.3 million compared to $4.6 million previously recognised. As a result, comparative amounts 
as of 31 December 2017 in the consolidated statement of financial position have been restated, with no change in net assets 
at 31 December 2017. 

The goodwill represents: 

•  the technical expertise of the acquired workforce; 

•  the opportunity to leverage this expertise across the Group; and 

•  the ability to exploit the Group’s existing customer base. 

None of the goodwill arising on the acquisition is expected to be deductible for tax purposes. 

137 

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
CONTINUED 

On 12 February 2019 the Group acquired 100% of the voting equity of Intellosol Softwares India Private Limited (‘ThreadSol’), 
a company incorporated in India that is a cloud-based digital applications provider. ThreadSol's technology focuses on fabric usage 
optimisation in apparel manufacturing and helps customers reduce fabric waste and cost, and establish accurate product costing. 
The Group has acquired ThreadSol in order to expand the offerings of the existing Coats Global Services business.  

The initial cash outflow for the acquisition is $5 million. Contingent deferred consideration amounts are also payable. For these amounts 
to be paid, in addition to financial targets being met, certain employees must also remain with the Group. Contingent deferred 
consideration amounts will therefore be charged to the income statement over the period of service they relate to. Up to $7 million 
is payable over a service period of four years to 31 December 2022. 

Given the acquisition of ThreadSol was completed after the 31 December 2018 year end, it has not been practicable to complete the 
assessment of the fair value of assets and liabilities acquired, including any intangible assets. Therefore as permitted by IFRS 3, the excess 
of the consideration over the provisional net assets acquired has all been provisionally allocated to goodwill amounting to $4.0 million. 

None of the goodwill arising on the acquisition is expected to be deductible for tax purposes. 

As the transaction completed after the year end, the results of ThreadSol have not been consolidated in these financial statements. 
The provisional fair values of the identifiable assets and liabilities of ThreadSol are presented in the below table. These fair values are 
provisional given they are based on latest available management information which is subject to completion adjustments. Accounting 
policies will also be aligned with those of the Group where appropriate. 

Assets: 

Property, plant and equipment 

Trade and other receivables 

Cash and cash equivalents 

Liabilities: 

Trade and other payables 

Total identifiable net assets acquired at fair value 

Goodwill to be recognised on acquisition (provisional) 

Total consideration 

Provisional  
fair value recognised 
on acquisition  
US$m 

0.3 

0.9 

0.3 

1.5 

(0.5) 

1.0 

4.0 

5.0 

138 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
CONTINUED 

32 Discontinued operations 
a) Discontinued operations 
In January 2019, Coats agreed to sell its non-core North America Crafts business to Spinrite Acquisition Corp for cash consideration 
payable at completion of $37.0 million. The sale proceeds, which is on a debt and cash free basis, will be subject to an adjustment for 
the level of net working capital as at the time of completion. 

The assets and liabilities at 31 December 2018 of the North America Crafts business have been reclassified as a disposal group held for 
sale and the results have been reclassified as discontinued operations in the income statement, including prior period amounts. The sale 
was completed on 20 February 2019, the date which control passed to the acquirer. 

The results of discontinued operations are presented below. All amounts relate to the North America Crafts business unless stated: 

Year ended 31 December 

Revenue 

Cost of sales 

Gross profit 

Distribution costs 

Administrative expenses 

Other operating income 

Operating profit 

Finance costs (net) 

Profit before tax 

Tax on profit 

Profit from discontinued operations 

Loss arising on measurement to fair value less cost to sell (see note 32 (b)) 

(Loss)/profit from discontinued operations 

2018 
US$m 

2017 
US$m 

128.3 

149.9 

(88.5) 

(90.8) 

39.8 

(29.2) 

(11.5) 

3.6 

2.7 

– 

2.7 

0.1 

2.8 

(18.4) 

(15.6) 

59.1 

(30.9) 

(15.1) 

– 

13.1 

0.3 

13.4 

(3.9) 

9.5 

– 

9.5 

Revenue in the table above includes inter-company sales of $0.8 million for the year ended 31 December 2018 (2017: $0.8 million). 
External revenue of the North America Crafts business for the year ended 31 December 2018 was $127.5 million (2017: $149.1 million). 

The (loss)/profit per ordinary share from discontinued operations is as follows: 

Year ended 31 December 

(Loss)/profit per ordinary share from discontinued operations: 

Basic (loss)/earnings per ordinary share 

Diluted (loss)/earnings per ordinary share 

The table below sets out the cash flows from discontinued operations: 

Year ended 31 December 

Net cash outflow from operating activities 

Net cash inflow/(outflow) from investing activities 

Net cash flows from discontinued operations 

2018 
Cents 

2017 
Cents 

(1.09) 

(1.08) 

0.68 

0.67 

2018 
US$m 

1.5 

5.9 

7.4 

2017 
US$m 

11.8 

(1.6) 

10.2 

Net cash outflow from operating activities for the year ended 31 December 2018 includes an outflow of $0.1 million (2017: $0.6 million) 
in respect of a business discontinued in previous years. 

139 

  
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
CONTINUED 

b) Assets and liabilities held for sale 
The assets and liabilities of North America Crafts have been classified as a disposal group held for sale. Assets and liabilities classified 
as held for sale consist of the following: 

31 December 

Assets of the disposal group classified as held for sale 

Other non-current assets classified as held for sale1 

Total assets of the disposal group and non-current assets classified as held for sale 

Liabilities of the disposal group classified as held for sale 

Total net assets classified as held for sale 

2018 
US$m 

50.6 

0.8 

51.4 

(17.9) 

33.5 

2017 
US$m 

– 

0.2 

0.2 

– 

0.2 

1  The other non-current assets held for sale of $0.8 million (31 December 2017: $0.2 million) are property, plant and equipment that do not relate to North America Crafts. 

The major classes of assets and liabilities held for sale relating to North America Crafts at 31 December 2018 are as follows: 

31 December 

Property, plant and equipment 

Inventories 

Trade and other receivables 

Total assets of the disposal group classified as held for sale 

Trade and other payables 

Deferred tax liabilities 

Total liabilities of the disposal group classified as held for sale 

2018 
US$m 

– 

34.0 

16.6 

50.6 

17.4 

0.5 

17.9 

As at the date of reclassification of the North America Crafts disposal group to held for sale, the fair value less cost to sell was less 
than the carrying amounts. The loss arising on measurement to fair value less costs to sell was $18.4 million which has been included 
as an exceptional charge within the loss from discontinued operations and includes transaction costs incurred for the year ended 
31 December 2018. 

The loss arising on measurement to fair value less costs to sell have been applied to reduce the carrying amounts of property plant and 
equipment by $10.8 million to $nil and inventories by $3.5 million to $34.0 million with additional liabilities and costs of $4.1 million 
being recognised. 

Following the sale of the North America Crafts business, Coats North America Consolidated Inc. (the seller) retains the control and 
responsibility for the eventual outcome of the ongoing LPR environmental matters (see note 28). 

In addition Coats retains the previously incurred pensions obligations and post-retirement medical liabilities from the business. The 
pension scheme, which includes both Crafts and Industrial operations in North America, was in a surplus position of $64.7 million 
at 31 December 2018 with a recoverable surplus of $48.1 million recognised on the balance sheet. As a consequence of the disposal 
it is anticipated that during the year ended 31 December 2019 the recoverable surplus recognised on the balance sheet will reduce 
by approximately $11 million (although there will be no change in the gross surplus in the scheme) and a curtailment gain will arise 
on the post-retirement medical liabilities 

33 Related party transactions 
Remuneration of key management personnel 
The remuneration of the directors, who are the key management personnel of the Group, is set out below in aggregate for each of the 
categories specified in IAS 24 – Related Party Disclosures. Further information regarding the remuneration of individual directors is 
provided on pages 55 to 67 in the audited part of the Directors’ remuneration report. 

Year ended 31 December 

Short-term employee benefits 

Share based payments 

140 

2018 
US$m 

2017 
US$m 

3.8 

1.1 

4.9 

3.6 

0.9 

4.5 

 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
CONTINUED 

Trading transactions 
Transactions between the Company and its subsidiaries, which are related parties, have been eliminated on consolidation and are not 
disclosed in this note. Transactions between the Group and its joint ventures are disclosed below. 

During the year, Group companies entered into the following transactions with related parties who are not members of the Group: 

Joint ventures 

Sale of goods 

Purchase of goods 

2018 
US$m 

3.7 

2017 
US$m 

2.9 

2018 
US$m 

50.9 

2017 
US$m 

52.7 

During the year ended 31 December 2017 funding of $3.2 million was provided to the joint venture, Australian Country Spinners Ltd,  
in connection with the sale and closure of its business.  

Amounts owing by/(to) joint ventures at the year end are disclosed in notes 18 and 20. All transactions with joint ventures are 
at an arm’s length and payment terms are consistent with normal trading terms with third parties. 

34 Derivatives and Other Financial Instruments 
The Group’s main financial instruments comprise: 

Financial assets: 
•  cash and cash equivalents; 

•  trade and other receivables that arise directly from the Group’s operations; and 

•  derivatives, including forward foreign currency contracts and interest rate swaps. 

Financial liabilities: 
•  trade, other payables and certain provisions that arise directly from the Group’s operations; 

•  bank borrowings and overdrafts; and 

•  derivatives, including forward foreign currency contracts and interest rate swaps. 

Financial assets 
The Group’s financial assets are summarised below: 

Year ended 31 December 

Financial assets carried at amortised cost (loans and receivables): 

Cash and cash equivalents 

Trade receivables (note 18 and 32) 

Other receivables (note 18 and 32), net of non-financial assets $25.4 million (2017: $24.8 million) 

Financial assets carried at fair value through the income statement: 

Derivative financial instruments (note 19) 

Other financial assets carried at fair value through the statement of comprehensive income: 

Other investments (note 15) 

Derivative financial instruments (note 19) 

Total financial assets 

2018 
US$m 

2017 
US$m 

135.7 

216.0 

29.8 

118.4 

216.1 

30.5 

381.5 

365.0 

1.6 

1.6 

6.7 

1.3 

8.0 

1.9 

1.9 

1.4 

1.1 

2.5 

391.1 

369.4 

141 

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
CONTINUED 

Financial liabilities 
The Group’s financial liabilities are summarised below: 

Year ended 31 December 

Financial liabilities carried at amortised cost: 

Trade payables (note 20 and 32) 

Due to joint ventures (note 20) 

Other financial liabilities 

Provisions (note 24) 

Borrowings (note 22) 

Financial liabilities carried at fair value through the income statement: 

Derivative financial instruments (note 21) 

Derivatives designated as effective hedging instruments and carried at fair value through  
the statement of comprehensive income: 

Derivative financial instruments (note 21) 

Total financial liabilities 

Other financial liabilities include other payables, other than taxation and other statutory liabilities. 

Fair value of financial assets and liabilities 
The fair value of the Group’s financial assets and liabilities is summarised below: 

2018 
US$m 

2017 
US$m 

205.3 

195.1 

11.6 

97.8 

3.9 

358.4 

677.0 

13.0 

114.2 

4.0 

359.9 

686.2 

0.7 

1.5 

3.5 

1.6 

681.2 

689.3 

Year ended 31 December 

Primary financial instruments: 

Cash and cash equivalents 

Trade receivables 

Other receivables 

Other investments 

Trade payables 

Due to joint ventures 

Other financial liabilities and provisions 

Borrowings 

Derivative financial instruments: 

Forward foreign currency contracts 

Interest rate swaps 

Net financial liabilities 

Book 
value 
US$m 

135.7 

216.0 

29.8 

6.7 

2018 

Fair  
value 
US$m 

135.7 

216.0 

29.8 

6.7 

Book  
value 
US$m 

118.4 

216.1 

30.5 

1.4 

2017 

Fair  
value 
US$m 

118.4 

216.1 

30.5 

1.4 

(205.3) 

(205.3) 

(195.1) 

(195.1) 

(11.6) 

(11.6) 

(13.0) 

(13.0) 

(101.7) 

(101.7) 

(118.2) 

(118.2) 

(358.4) 

(358.4) 

(359.9) 

(359.9) 

0.9 

(2.2) 

0.9 

(2.2) 

0.4 

(0.5) 

0.4 

(0.5) 

(290.1) 

(290.1) 

(319.9) 

(319.9) 

Market values have been used as proxies for the fair value of all listed investments. Unlisted investments are stated at fair value. For 
floating rate financial assets and liabilities, and for fixed rate financial assets and liabilities with a maturity of less than 12 months, it has 
been assumed that fair values are approximately the same as book values. Fair values for forward foreign currency contracts have been 
estimated using applicable forward exchange rates at the year end. All other fair values have been calculated by discounting expected 
cash flows at prevailing interest rates. 

142 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
CONTINUED 

Fair value measurements recognised in the statement of financial position 
The following tables provide an analysis of financial instruments that are measured subsequent to initial recognition at fair value, 
grouped into Levels 1 to 3 based on the degree to which the fair value is observable: 

•  Level 1 fair value measurements are those derived from quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities; 

•  Level 2 fair value measurements are those derived from inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability, 

either directly (i.e. as prices) or indirectly (i.e. derived from prices); and 

•  Level 3 fair value measurements are those derived from valuation techniques which include inputs for the asset or liability that are not 

observable market data (unobservable inputs). 

Financial assets measured at fair value 

Year ended 31 December 

2018 

Total 
US$m 

Level 1 
US$m 

Level 2 
US$m 

Level 3 
US$m 

Financial assets measured at fair value through the income statement: 

Trading derivatives 

1.6 

– 

1.6 

– 

Financial assets measured at fair value through the statement of  
comprehensive income: 

Other investments 

Derivatives designated as effective hedging instruments 

2017 

Financial assets measured at fair value through the income statement: 

6.7 

1.3 

9.6 

1.7 

– 

1.7 

– 

1.3 

2.9 

5.0 

– 

5.0 

Trading derivatives 

1.9 

– 

1.9 

Financial assets measured at fair value through the statement of  
comprehensive income: 

Other investments 

Derivatives designated as effective hedging instruments 

Financial liabilities measured at fair value 

Year ended 31 December 

2018 

– 

– 

– 

– 

1.4 

1.1 

4.4 

1.4 

– 

1.4 

– 

1.1 

3.0 

Total 
US$m 

Level 1 
US$m 

Level 2 
US$m 

Level 3 
US$m 

Financial liabilities measured at fair value through the income statement: 

Trading derivatives 

(0.7) 

– 

(0.7) 

Financial liabilities measured at fair value through the statement of  
comprehensive income: 

Derivatives designated as effective hedging instruments 

2017 

Financial liabilities measured at fair value through the income statement: 

Trading derivatives 

Financial liabilities measured at fair value through the statement of  
comprehensive income: 

Derivatives designated as effective hedging instruments 

(3.5) 

(4.2) 

(1.5) 

(1.6) 

(3.1) 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(3.5) 

(4.2) 

(1.5) 

(1.6) 

(3.1) 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

143 

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
CONTINUED 

Level 1 financial instruments are valued based on quoted bid prices in an active market. Level 2 financial instruments are measured by 
discounted cash flow. For interest rates swaps future cash flows are estimated based on forward interest rates (from observable yield 
curves at the end of the reporting period) and contract interest rates, discounted at a rate that reflects the credit risk of the various 
counterparties. For foreign exchange contracts future cash flows are estimated based on forward exchange rates (from observable 
forward exchange rates at the end of the reporting period) and contract forward rates, discounted at a rate that reflects the credit risk  
of the various counterparties. Equity instruments that are classified as level 3 financial instruments relate to the Group’s investment in 
Twine Solutions Limited which was acquired in December 2018 (see note 15). Given the close proximity to the year end, the carrying 
value is deemed to approximate to fair value. 

The main risks arising from the Group’s financial instruments are as follows: 

•  currency risk; 

•  interest rate risk. 

•  capital risk; 

•  market price risk; 

•  liquidity risk; and 

•  credit risk. 

The Group’s policies for managing those risks are described on pages 144 to 150 and, except as noted, have remained unchanged  
since the beginning of the year to which these financial statements relate. 

Currency risk 
The income and capital value of the Group’s financial instruments can be affected by exchange rate movements as a significant portion 
of both its financial assets and financial liabilities are denominated in currencies other than US Dollars, which is the Group’s 
presentational currency. The accounting impact of these exposures will vary according to whether or not the Group company holding 
such financial assets and liabilities reports in the currency in which they are denominated. 

The Board recognises that the Group’s US Dollar statement of financial position will be affected by short-term movements in exchange 
rates, particularly the value of Sterling, Euro, Indian Rupee and Brazilian Real. The Group’s investments reflect the requirements of its 
customers, which results in investments in potentially more volatile developing market currencies. However, as a diverse global business, 
there are many natural offsets within the Group that tend to mitigate the risk associated with any individual currency volatility.  

The Group uses forward foreign currency contracts to mitigate the currency exposure that arises on business transacted by group 
companies in currencies other than their functional currency. Such foreign currency contracts are only entered into when there is a 
commitment to the underlying transaction. The contracts used to hedge future transactions typically have a maturity of between three 
months and one year. 

Interest rate risk 
In 2018, the Group financed its operations through shareholders’ funds, bank borrowings, Senior Notes and overdrafts. The Group’s 
trading subsidiaries use a mixture of fixed and floating rate debt. The Group also has access to committed bank facilities amounting to 
some $350.0 million, of which $115.0 million had been drawn down at year end and $225.0 million of Senior Notes (see note 22). 

Interest rate risk is managed by maintaining an appropriate mix between fixed and floating rate borrowings using interest rate swap 
contracts. Hedging activities are evaluated regularly to align with interest rate views and risk appetite. In order to achieve hedge 
effectiveness, when entering into interest rate swap contracts, the cash flows, interest rate references and maturity of the underlying 
exposure of the hedged item are considered so as to match the hedging instrument. The ratio of fixed to floating rate hedging is 
established according to Group policy which prescribes a banded range for the fixed to floating ratio. The ratio of fixed to floating will 
decrease over a rolling 5-year period. 

The Group’s interest income does not vary significantly from the returns it would generate through investing surplus cash at floating 
rates of interest since the interest rates are re-set on a regular basis. 

A reasonably possible change of one per cent in market interest rates would reduce profit before tax by approximately $1.0 million 
(2017: $0.7 million), and would reduce shareholders’ funds by approximately $8.9 million (2017: $7.0 million). 

Trade and other receivables and trade and other payables are excluded from the following disclosure (other than the currency 
disclosures) as there is limited interest rate risk. 

Capital risk management 
The Group manages its capital so as to ensure that the Company and the Group will be able to continue as a going concern. 

The Group’s capital structure comprises cash and cash equivalents and borrowings (see Summary of net debt on page 136), and share 
capital and reserves attributable to the equity shareholders of the Company. 

144 

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
CONTINUED 

Currency exposure 
The table below shows the extent to which Group companies have financial assets and liabilities, excluding forward foreign currency 
contracts, in currencies other than their functional currency. Foreign exchange differences arising on retranslation of these assets and 
liabilities are taken to the Group income statement. The table excludes loans between Group companies that form part of the net 
investment in overseas subsidiaries on which the exchange differences are dealt with through reserves, but includes other Group 
balances that eliminate on consolidation. 

Functional currency 2018 

Sterling 

US dollars 

Euros 

Indian Rupees 

Brazilian Reals 

Other currencies  

Functional currency 2017 

Sterling 

US dollars 

Euros 

Indian Rupees 

Brazilian Reals 

Other currencies  

Net foreign currency financial assets/(liabilities) 

Sterling 
US$m 

US dollars 
US$m 

Euro 
US$m 

– 

6.2 

(3.8) 

(24.6) 

– 

(12.9) 

0.8 

(3.9) 

– 

– 

6.6 

0.8 

– 

(0.9) 

– 

(0.1) 

(23.0) 

12.4 

(23.9) 

(13.3) 

(5.2) 

Indian 
Rupees 
US$m 

Brazilian 
Reals 
US$m 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

0.1 

– 

– 

– 

– 

0.1 

Other 
US$m 

0.6 

28.9 

0.6 

– 

0.1 

(0.8) 

29.4 

Total 
US$m 

3.0 

(8.5) 

(2.5) 

5.7 

0.9 

(11.5) 

(12.9) 

Net foreign currency financial assets/(liabilities) 

Sterling 
US$m 

US dollars 
US$m 

– 

(21.1) 

(2.7) 

– 

– 

2.3 

(21.5) 

5.3 

– 

4.1 

1.6 

(3.1) 

(33.3) 

(25.4) 

Euro 
US$m 

(2.8) 

(1.4) 

– 

– 

(0.1) 

12.7 

8.4 

Indian 
Rupees 
US$m 

Brazilian 
Reals 
US$m 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(0.3) 

(0.3) 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

Other 
US$m 

0.8 

30.4 

0.5 

– 

– 

Total 
US$m 

3.3 

7.9 

1.9 

1.6 

(3.2) 

(0.7) 

(19.3) 

31.0 

(7.8) 

The following table shows the impact on pre-tax profit and shareholders’ funds of reasonably possible changes in exchange rates against 
each of the major foreign currencies in which the Group transacts: 

2018 

Increase in US dollar exchange rate 

Decrease in profit before tax 

(Decrease)/increase in shareholders’ funds 

2017 

Increase in US dollar exchange rate 

(Decrease)/increase in profit before tax 

(Decrease)/increase in shareholders’ funds 

Sterling 
US$m 

10% 

Euro 
US$m 

10% 

(4.3) 

(0.9) 

(12.3) 

0.4 

Indian 
Rupees 
US$m 

Brazilian 
Reals 
US$m 

10% 

(0.7) 

3.7 

10% 

(0.1) 

3.2 

Sterling 
US$m 

10% 

(3.9) 

(12.3) 

Euro 
US$m 

10% 

(0.6) 

(0.9) 

Indian 
Rupees 
US$m 

Brazilian 
Reals 
US$m 

10% 

10% 

(0.2) 

4.5 

0.3 

4.4 

145 

  
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
CONTINUED 

Currency profile of financial assets 
The currency profile of the Group’s financial assets was as follows: 

2018 

Investments 
US$m 

Cash and 
cash 
equivalents 
US$m 

Trade and 
other 
receivables 
US$m 

Derivative 
financial 
instruments 
US$m 

Total 
US$m 

Investments 
US$m 

Cash and 
cash 
equivalents 
US$m 

Trade and 
other 
receivables 
US$m 

Derivative 
financial 
instruments 
US$m 

2017 

Total 
US$m 

– 

0.2 

9.0 

– 

9.2 

5.0 

0.1 

1.1 

– 

0.5 

65.8 

3.5 

10.5 

5.5 

50.2 

103.1 

(46.1) 

127.8 

25.6 

24.8 

18.1 

65.2 

(3.9) 

18.0 

(7.8) 

25.3 

54.4 

15.8 

42.7 

158.6 

– 

0.1 

0.1 

1.2 

– 

– 

0.4 

6.7 

(75.9) 

(68.8) 

56.0 

101.5 

102.5 

260.1 

3.9 

5.1 

3.1 

49.9 

27.4 

26.7 

17.6 

66.7 

2.1 

(16.2) 

1.4 

33.5 

16.8 

22.1 

(10.9) 

105.7 

6.7 

135.7 

245.8 

2.9 

391.1 

1.4 

118.4 

246.6 

3.0 

369.4 

31 December 

Currency: 

Sterling 

United States 
dollars 

Euros 

Indian Rupees 

Brazilian Reals 

Other currencies  

Total 
financial 
assets 

The investments included above comprise listed and unlisted investments in shares and bonds. 

Currency and interest rate profile of financial liabilities 
The currency and interest rate profile of the Group’s financial liabilities was as follows: 

Floating 
rate 
US$m 

Fixed 
rate 
US$m 

Interest 
free 
US$m 

Derivative 
financial 
instruments 
US$m 

2018 

Total 
US$m 

Floating 
rate 
US$m 

Fixed 
rate 
US$m 

Interest 
free 
US$m 

Derivative 
financial 
instruments 
US$m 

2017 

Total 
US$m 

0.2 

– 

15.2 

(60.4) 

(45.0) 

– 

– 

15.1 

(16.3) 

(1.2) 

31 December 

Currency: 

Sterling 

United States dollars 

143.8 

200.1 

148.4 

10.4 

– 

– 

3.0 

– 

– 

0.8 

0.1 

16.2 

44.4 

12.6 

81.8 

31.8 

31.5 

– 

– 

1.3 

524.1 

136.8 

220.2 

144.1 

(8.0) 

493.1 

58.1 

44.4 

13.4 

86.2 

– 

– 

– 

1.6 

– 

– 

1.1 

0.2 

20.8 

42.7 

17.8 

85.8 

40.1 

– 

– 

(12.7) 

60.9 

42.7 

18.9 

74.9 

Euros 

Indian Rupees 

Brazilian Reals 

Other currencies 

Total financial 
liabilities 

157.4 

201.0 

318.6 

4.2 

681.2 

138.4 

221.5 

326.3 

3.1 

689.3 

The benchmark for determining floating rate liabilities in the UK is LIBOR for both sterling and US$ loans. 

146 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
CONTINUED 

Details of fixed and non interest-bearing liabilities (excluding derivatives and trade and other payables) are provided below: 

2018 

Financial 
liabilities 
on 
which no 
interest 
is paid 

Weighted 
average 
period 
until 
maturity 
(months) 

Fixed rate 
financial 
liabilities 

Weighted 
average 
interest 
rate 
% 

Weighted 
average 
period 
for which 
rate is 
fixed 
(months) 

– 

61 

61 

18 

– 

– 

3.40 

18 

3.40 

Fixed rate 
financial 
liabilities 

Weighted 
average 
interest 
rate 
% 

– 

3.47 

3.47 

2017 

Financial 
liabilities  
on 
which no 
interest 
is paid 

Weighted 
average 
period 
until 
maturity 
(months) 

18 

– 

18 

Weighted 
average 
period 
for which 
rate is 
fixed 
(months) 

– 

70 

70 

2018 
US$m 

62.3 

59.1 

– 

18.0 

– 

Assets 

2017 
US$m 

Liabilities 

2017 
US$m 

2018 
US$m 

103.8 

(1.9) 

(10.3) 

82.6 

10.2 

16.9 

(134.8) 

(174.7) 

(35.4) 

(52.3) 

– 

– 

– 

(7.8) 

(1.3) 

59.2 

50.6 

(17.8) 

(25.1) 

198.6 

264.1 

(197.7) 

(263.7) 

Year ended 31 December 

Currency: 

Sterling 

United States dollars 

Weighted average 

Currency profile of foreign exchange derivatives 

Year ended 31 December 

Currency: 

Sterling 

United States dollars 

Euros 

Indian Rupee 

Brazilian Real 

Other currencies 

Market price risk 
The Group has equity and bond investments at 31 December 2018 of $6.7 million (2017: $1.4 million) held for strategic rather than 
trading purposes. The Group does not actively trade these investments and is not materially exposed to price risk. 

The sensitivity analyses below have been determined based on the exposure to reasonably possible price changes for the investments 
held at the year end. 

Year ended 31 December 

Impact of a 10% increase in prices: 

Increase in pre-tax profit for the year 

Increase in equity shareholders’ funds 

2018 
US$m 

2017 
US$m 

– 

0.7 

– 

0.1 

147 

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
CONTINUED 

Liquidity risk 
The Group typically holds cash balances in deposits with a short maturity. Additional resources can be drawn through committed 
borrowing facilities at operating subsidiary level. During the year the Group has complied with all externally imposed capital 
requirements. 

The Group had the following undrawn committed borrowing facilities in respect of which all conditions precedent had been met  
at the year-end: 

Year ended 31 December 

Expiring between two and five years 

Maturity of undiscounted financial assets (excluding derivatives) 
The expected maturity of the Group’s financial assets, using undiscounted cash flows, was as follows:  

Year ended 31 December 

In one year or less, or on demand 

In more than one year but not more than two years 

In more than two years but not more than five years 

In more than five years 

Maturity of undiscounted financial liabilities (excluding derivatives) 
The expected maturity of the Group’s financial liabilities, using undiscounted cash flows, was as follows: 

Year ended 31 December 

In one year or less, or on demand 

In more than one year but not more than two years 

In more than two years but not more than five years 

In more than five years 

2018 
US$m 

2017 
US$m 

235.0 

215.0 

2018 
US$m 

2017 
US$m 

368.5 

351.3 

7.6 

2.1 

10.0 

7.8 

1.7 

5.6 

388.2 

366.4 

2018 
US$m 

2017 
US$m 

333.3 

323.9 

7.1 

115.5 

225.0 

680.9 

7.0 

136.8 

225.0 

692.7 

The above table comprises the gross amounts payable in respect of borrowings (including interest thereon), trade and other non-
statutory payables and certain provisions, over the period to the maturity of those liabilities. 

Maturity of undiscounted financial derivatives 
The maturity of the Group’s financial derivatives (on a gross basis), which include interest rate and foreign exchange swaps, using 
undiscounted cash flows, was as follows: 

2018 
US$m 

Assets 

2017 
US$m 

Liabilities 

2017 
US$m 

2018 
US$m 

199.6 

264.7 

(198.5) 

(264.3) 

0.3 

– 

– 

0.6 

0.2 

– 

(0.7) 

(1.6) 

(0.4) 

(0.6) 

(1.7) 

(1.1) 

199.9 

265.5 

(201.2) 

(267.7) 

Year ended 31 December 

In one year or less, or on demand 

In more than one year but not more than two years 

In more than two years but not more than five years 

In more than five years 

148 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
CONTINUED 

Credit risk 

Year ended 31 December 

The Group considers its maximum exposure to credit risk to be as follows: 

Cash and cash equivalents 

Derivative financial instruments 

Trade receivables (net of impairment provision) 

Other receivables 

Financial assets considered not to have exposure to credit risk: 

Other investments 

Total financial assets 

Analysis of trade receivables over permitted credit period: 

Trade receivables up to 1 month over permitted credit period 

Trade receivables between 1 and 2 months over permitted credit period 

Trade receivables between 2 and 3 months over permitted credit period 

Trade receivables between 3 and 6 months over permitted credit period 

Trade receivables in excess of 6 months over permitted credit period 

Total trade receivables (net of impairment provision) in excess of permitted credit period 

Trade receivables within permitted credit period 

Total net trade receivables 

Analysis of trade receivables impairment provision: 

Trade receivables up to 1 month over permitted credit period 

Trade receivables between 1 and 2 months over permitted credit period 

Trade receivables between 2 and 3 months over permitted credit period 

Trade receivables between 3 and 6 months over permitted credit period 

Trade receivables in excess of 6 months over permitted credit period 

Total impairment provision 

2018 
US$m 

2017 
US$m 

135.7 

118.4 

2.9 

3.0 

216.0 

216.1 

29.8 

30.5 

384.4 

368.0 

6.7 

1.4 

391.1 

369.4 

22.0 

17.5 

5.5 

2.2 

2.2 

0.7 

32.6 

183.4 

216.0 

0.1 

– 

0.1 

0.4 

9.0 

9.6 

5.6 

1.7 

1.3 

0.2 

26.3 

189.8 

216.1 

0.2 

0.3 

0.3 

0.6 

9.0 

10.4 

Trade receivables consist of a large number of customers, spread across diverse geographical areas and industries. 

Customers requesting credit facilities are subject to a credit quality assessment, which may include a review of their financial strength, 
previous credit history with the Group, payment record with other suppliers, bank references and credit rating agency reports.  
All active customers are subject to an annual review, or more frequent if appropriate, review of their credit limits and credit periods. 

The Group applies the simplified approach to providing for expected credit losses prescribed by IFRS 9, which requires the use of the 
lifetime expected loss provision for all trade receivables. 

The Group monitors receivables for any significant increases in credit risk, and fully provides for trade receivables which are more than 
6 months overdue, unless there are specific circumstances which would indicate otherwise. For all other trade receivables, when 
determining expected losses, the Group takes into account the historical default experience and the financial position of the 
counterparties, as well as the future prospects considering various sources of information. 

The Group does not have a significant credit risk exposure to any single customer. 

149 

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
CONTINUED 

Hedges 
During 2018, the Group has hedged the following exposures: 

•  interest rate risk – using interest rate swaps; and 

•  currency risk – using forward foreign currency contracts. 

At 31 December 2018, the fair value of such hedging instruments was a net liability of $1.3 million (2017: $0.1 million). During the year 
a loss of $1.0m (2017: $1.1 million loss) in respect of interest rate swap hedges was recognised in other comprehensive income. 
In addition a loss of $0.6m (2017: $0.2 million profit) was reclassified from other reserves to the profit and loss account. 

Cash flow hedges outstanding at 31 December are expected to increase/(decrease) the income statement in the following periods: 

Year ended 31 December 

Within one year 

Within one to two years 

Within two to five years 

In more than five years 

2018 
US$m 

2017 
US$m 

0.3 

(0.4) 

(1.6) 

(0.4) 

(2.1) 

– 

0.2 

(0.5) 

(0.2) 

(0.5) 

The interest rate swaps settle on a quarterly basis. The floating rate on the interest rate swaps is three months’ LIBOR. 

The Group holds both interest rate swaps exchanging floating rate amounts for fixed rate amounts and exchanging fixed rate amounts 
for floating amounts. This ensures that the Group holds an appropriate level of both fixed rate and floating rate borrowings, in line with 
Board approved policies. The amount accumulated in equity is reclassified to profit or loss over the period that the interest payments 
on debt affect profit or loss. 

35 Share-based payments 
The total cost recognised in the consolidated Income Statement in respect of equity settled share-based payment plans was as follows: 

Year ended 31 December 

Long Term Incentive Plan (‘LTIP’) 

Deferred bonuses 

2018 
US$m 

2017 
US$m 

7.5 

0.6 

8.1 

5.5 

0.9 

6.4 

The average share price for the year ended 31 December 2018 was 79.8p (2017: 71.4p). 

LTIP 
Under the terms of the Coats Group LTIP, executive directors and key senior executives may be awarded each year conditional 
entitlements to ordinary shares in the Company (in the form of nil cost options). The vesting of awards is subject to the satisfaction  
of a three-year performance condition, which is determined by the Remuneration Committee at the time of grant. The performance 
condition includes both market and non-market based measures. 

Details of options outstanding under equity settled awards: 

Outstanding at 1 January 

Granted during the year 

Vested during the year 

Lapsed during the year 

Exercised during the year 

Outstanding at 31 December 

Exercisable at 31 December 

150 

2018 
Options 

2017 
Options 

69,840,970 

81,328,453 

12,553,061 

17,201,479 

(9,831,730) 

(11,333,072) 

(3,502,615) 

(11,026,303) 

(10,424,991) 

(6,329,587) 

58,634,695 

69,840,970 

6,752,045 

2,429,441 

 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
CONTINUED 

The options outstanding at 31 December 2018 had a weighted average remaining contractual life of 7.0 years (2017: 8.0 years). 

The fair value of the market-based component of these awards was calculated using the Monte Carlo simulation method to reflect the 
likelihood of the market-based Total Shareholder Return (‘TSR’) performance condition, which attach to 20% (2017: 20%) of the award, 
being met, using the following assumptions: 

Vesting period 

Share price at valuation date 

Exercise price 

Risk free rate 

Expected dividend yield 

Expected volatility 

Fair value per share 

2018 

2017 

3 years 

3 years 

82.0p 

52.0p 

Nil 

Nil 

0.84% 

0.12% 

0% 

0% 

30.92% 

28.04% 

49.0p 

38.6p 

Deferred bonuses 
Under the terms of the Coats Group Deferred Bonus Plan, any bonuses awarded to executive directors and key senior management  
will be the subject of a mandatory 25% to 33% deferred into shares, to be held for a three year retention period. Annual bonuses will 
be determined by reference to performance, in the normal course measured over one financial year. Awards are normally exercisable  
after three years. 

The options outstanding at 31 December 2018 had a weighted average remaining contractual life of 2.2 years (2017: 1.3 years). 

Share option scheme 
The Company granted a number of awards under a share option scheme prior to 2010. All share options under this scheme have  
fully vested and can be exercised up to 10 years from the date of grant. 

Outstanding options granted after November 2002 are as follows: 

Outstanding at 1 January 

Lapsed during the year 

Exercised during the year 

Outstanding at 31 December 

Exercisable at 31 December 

2018 

Weighted average  
exercise price 

47.92p 

50.00p 

50.00p 

25.95p 

25.95p 

Options 

6,835,406 

(1,932,396) 

(4,313,304) 

589,705 

589,705 

Options 

24,199,101 

(6,809,255) 

(10,554,440) 

6,835,406 

6,835,406 

2017 

Weighted average  
exercise price 

50.46p 

56.55p 

48.18p 

47.92p 

47.92p 

The options outstanding at 31 December 2018 had a weighted average remaining contractual life of 0.5 years (2017: 0.4 years). 

151 

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
CONTINUED 

36 Post balance sheet events 
On 12 February 2019 the Group completed the acquisition of ThreadSol a cloud-based digital applications provider. ThreadSol's 
technology focuses on fabric usage optimisation in apparel manufacturing and helps customers reduce fabric waste and cost, and 
establish accurate product costing. The Group has acquired ThreadSol in order to expand the offerings of the existing Coats Global 
Services business. The initial cash outflow for the acquisition is $5 million with further consideration of up to $7 million payable over the 
period to 2022 based on certain performance criteria. Please refer to note 31 for further details. 

On 20 February 2019 the Group completed the sale of the North America Crafts business (see note 32 for further details). 

37 Alternative Performance Measures 
This Annual Report contains both statutory measures and alternative performance measures which, in management’s view, reflect the 
underlying performance of the business and provide a more meaningful comparison of how the Group’s business is managed and 
measured on a day-to-day basis. 

The Group’s alternative performance measures and key performance indicators are aligned to the Group’s strategy and together  
are used to measure the performance of the business. A number of these measures form the basis of performance measures for 
remuneration incentive schemes. 

Alternative performance measures are non-GAAP (Generally Accepted Accounting Practice) measures and provide supplementary 
information to assist with the understanding of the Group’s financial results and with the evaluation of operating performance for all the 
periods presented. Alternative performance measures, however, are not a measure of financial performance under International Financial 
Reporting Standards (‘IFRS’) as adopted by the European Union and should not be considered as a substitute for measures determined  
in accordance with IFRS. As the Group’s alternative performance measures are not defined terms under IFRS they may therefore not be 
comparable with similarly titled measures reported by other companies. 

A reconciliation of alternative performance measures to the most directly comparable measures reported in accordance with IFRS 
is provided on pages 152 to 155.  

a) Organic growth on a constant exchange rate (CER) basis  
Organic growth measures the change in revenue and operating profit before exceptional and acquisition related items after adjusting  
for acquisitions. The effect of acquisitions is equalised by: 

•  removing from the year of acquisition, their revenue and operating profit; and 

•  in the following year, removing the revenue and operating profit1 for the number of months equivalent to the pre-acquisition  

period in the prior year. 

The effects of currency changes are removed through restating prior year revenue and operating profit1 at current year exchange rates. 

Organic revenue growth on a CER basis measures the ability of the Group to grow sales by operating in selected geographies and 
segments and offering differentiated cost competitive products and services. 

Adjusted organic operating profit growth on a CER basis measures the underlying profitability progression of the Group. 

Adjusted operating profit is calculated by adding back exceptional and acquisition related items (see note 4 for further details). 

Year ended 31 December 

Revenue from continuing operations 

Constant currency adjustment 

Revenue on a CER basis 

Revenue from acquisitions 

Organic revenue on a CER basis 

2018 
US$m 

Restated1 
2017 
US$m 

%  
Growth 

1,414.7 

1,356.1 

4% 

– 

(27.2) 

1,414.7 

1,328.9 

6% 

(41.0) 

– 

1,373.7 

1,328.9 

3% 

1 Restated to reflect the results of the North America Crafts business as a discontinued operation and to reflect the impact of the adoption of IFRS 15 ‘Revenue from contracts with customers’ (see note 1). 

152 

 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
CONTINUED 

Year ended 31 December 

Operating profit from continuing operations2 

Exceptional and acquisition related items (note 4) 

Adjusted operating profit from continuing operations 

Constant currency adjustment 

Adjusted operating profit on a CER basis 

Operating profit from acquisitions1 

Organic adjusted operating profit on a CER basis 

2018 
US$m 

Restated1 
2017 
US$m 

%  
Growth 

147.1 

154.1 

(5)% 

47.8 

6.5 

194.9 

160.6 

21% 

– 

(3.4) 

194.9 

157.2 

24% 

(2.1) 

– 

192.8 

157.2 

23% 

1 Restated to reflect the results of the North America Crafts business as a discontinued operation. 
2 Refer to the consolidated income statement for a reconciliation of profit before taxation to operating profit from continuing operations. 

b) Adjusted EBITDA  
Adjusted EBITDA is presented as an alternative performance measure to show the underlying operating performance of the Group 
excluding the effects of depreciation, amortisation and impairments and excluding exceptional and acquisition related items. 

Operating profit from continuing operations before exceptional and acquisition related items and before depreciation and amortisation 
(Adjusted EBITDA) for the year ended 31 December 2018 was $231.3 million (2017: $198.3 million).  

Net debt at 31 December 2018 was $222.7 million (2017: $241.5 million).  

This gives a leverage ratio of net debt to Adjusted EBITDA at 31 December 2018 of 1.0 (2017: 1.2).  

Refer to notes 30(a) and 30(f) for definitions and calculations of Adjusted EBITDA and net debt. 

c) Underlying effective tax rate 
The underlying effective tax rate removes the tax impact of exceptional and acquisition related items and net interest on pension  
scheme assets and liabilities to arrive at a tax rate based on the underlying profit before taxation. 

A significant proportion of the Group’s net interest on pension scheme assets and liabilities relates to UK pension plans for which there 
is no related current or deferred tax credit or charge recorded in the income statement. The Group’s net interest on pension scheme 
assets and liabilities is adjusted in arriving at the underlying effective tax shown below and, in management’s view, were this not 
adjusted would distort the alternative performance measure. This is consistent with how the Group monitors and manages the 
underlying effective tax rate. 

Year ended 31 December 

Profit before taxation 

Exceptional and acquisition related items (note 4)  

Net interest on pension scheme assets and liabilities  

Underlying profit before taxation from continuing operations 

Taxation charge  

Tax credit in respect of exceptional and acquisition related items and net interest on pension scheme assets and liabilities 

Underlying tax charge from continuing operations 

Underlying effective tax rate 

1 Restated to reflect the results of the North America Crafts business as a discontinued operation. 

2018 
US$m 

Restated1 
2017 
US$m 

122.8 

129.5 

47.8 

3.8 

9.1 

9.4 

174.4 

148.0 

49.0 

4.9 

53.9 

31% 

43.9 

0.8 

44.7 

30% 

The taxation charge from continuing operations for the year ended 31 December 2017 includes a one-off non-cash tax credit of 
$2.1 million as a result of the revaluation of the net US deferred tax liabilities following the tax reform measures introduced by the US 
Government in the Tax Cuts & Jobs Act (see note 9). The Group’s underlying effective tax rate for the year ended 31 December 2017 
excluding this one-off impact is 32%. 

153 

  
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
CONTINUED 

d) Adjusted earnings per share 
The calculation of adjusted earnings per share is based on the profit from continuing operations attributable to equity shareholders 
before exceptional and acquisition related items as set out below. 

Adjusted earnings per share growth measures the underlying progression of the benefits generated for shareholders. 

Year ended 31 December 

Profit from continuing operations 

Non-controlling interests 

Profit from continuing operations attributable to equity shareholders 

Exceptional and acquisition related items net of non-controlling interests (note 4) 

Tax credit in respect of exceptional and acquisition related items 

Adjusted profit from continuing operations 

Weighted average number of Ordinary Shares 

Adjusted earnings per share (cents) 

Adjusted earnings per share (growth %) 

2018 
US$m 

73.8 

(19.0) 

54.8 

47.6 

(4.8) 

97.6 

Restated1 
2017 
US$m 

85.6 

(14.3) 

71.3 

9.1 

(0.7) 

79.7 

1,420,069,352 

1,399,209,804 

6.87 

21% 

5.70 

The weighted average number of Ordinary Shares used for the calculation of adjusted earnings per share for the year ended 31 
December 2018 is 1,420,069,352 (2017: 1,399,209,804), the same as that used for basic earnings per ordinary share from continuing 
operations (see note 11). 

e) Adjusted free cash flow 
Net cash generated by/(absorbed in) operating activities, a GAAP measure, reconciles to changes in net debt resulting from cash flows 
(free cash flow) as set out in the consolidated cash flow statement. A reconciliation of free cash flow to adjusted free cash flow is set  
out below. Adjusted free cash flow measures the Group’s underlying cash generation that is available to service capital demands. 

Year ended 31 December 

Change in net debt resulting from cash flows (free cash flow) 

Acquisition of businesses (note 30(d)) 

Acquisition of other equity investment 

Net cash flows from discontinued operations (note 32) 

Net cash outflow in respect of exceptional reorganisation costs 

UK Pensions Regulator (‘TPR’) investigation and UK pension consolidation costs 

Payments to UK pension schemes 

Net cash flows in respect of other exceptional and acquisition related items 

Receipts from exercise of share options 

Dividends paid to equity shareholders 

Tax inflow in respect of adjusted cash flow items 

Adjusted free cash flow 

1 Restated to reflect the results of the North America Crafts business as a discontinued operation. 

2018 
US$m 

24.9 

1.8 

5.0 

Restated1 
2017 
US$m 

(330.0) 

19.9 

- 

(7.4) 

(10.2) 

20.7 

2.2 

24.0 

7.5 

(3.0) 

21.1 

(0.6) 

96.2 

0.2 

3.5 

373.2 

5.8 

(3.0) 

17.6 

(0.6) 

76.4 

154 

 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
CONTINUED 

f) Return on capital employed 
Return on capital employed (‘ROCE’) is defined as operating profit before exceptional and acquisition related items divided by period 
end capital employed as set out below. 

ROCE measures the ability of the Group’s assets to deliver returns. 

Year ended 31 December 

Operating profit from continuing operations before exceptional and acquisition related items1 

Non-current assets: 

Acquired intangible assets 

Property, plant and equipment 

Trade and other receivables 

Current assets: 

Inventories 

Trade and other receivables 

Current liabilities: 

Trade and other payables 

Non-current liabilities: 

Trade and other payables 

Capital employed 

ROCE 

2018 
US$m 

Restated 
2017 
US$m 

194.9 

160.6 

40.0 

282.2 

21.4 

185.4 

253.8 

44.1 

284.2 

20.1 

190.6 

255.5 

(302.7) 

(313.5) 

(23.1) 

(27.3) 

457.0 

453.7 

43% 

35%  

1 Refer to note 4 for details of exceptional and acquisition related items. 

The amounts shown above for non-current assets, current assets, current liabilities and non-current liabilities at 31 December 2017 
exclude the discontinued North America Crafts business. 

155 

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
COMPANY BALANCE SHEET 

Year ended 31 December 

Fixed assets: 

Investments 

Current assets: 

Trade and other receivables  

Cash at bank and in hand 

Creditors: amounts falling due within one year: 

Loans from subsidiary undertakings 

Trade and other payables 

Net current liabilities 

Total assets less current liabilities 

Provisions for liabilities 

Net assets 

Capital and reserves: 

Share capital 

Share premium account 

Capital redemption reserve 

Share options reserve 

Capital reduction reserve 

Own shares 

Profit and loss account 

Shareholders’ funds 

Notes 

2018 
US$m 

2017 
US$m 

4 

1,244.2 

1,235.7 

– 

0.4 

0.4 

0.1 

0.3 

0.4 

(67.0) 

(70.9) 

(0.3) 

(0.6) 

(66.9) 

(71.1) 

1,177.3 

1,164.6 

– 

(0.8) 

1,177.3 

1,163.8 

88.5 

10.4 

14.1 

18.5 

59.8 

87.5 

7.7 

14.1 

18.5 

59.8 

5 

6 

6 

(6.8) 

(7.7) 

992.8 

983.9 

1,177.3 

1,163.8 

The Company reported a profit for the financial year ended 31 December 2018 of $25.3 million (2017: $144.7 million). 

Rajiv Sharma 
Group Chief Executive 
Approved by the Board 7 March 2019 

Company Registration No.103548 

Simon Boddie 
Chief Financial Officer 

156 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
COMPANY STATEMENT OF 
CHANGES IN EQUITY 

Share  
capital 
US$m 

127.0 

(39.9) 

Share 
premium 
account 
US$m 

Capital 
redemption 
reserve 
US$m 

11.6 

(10.8) 

18.3 

(4.2) 

Share 
options 
reserve 
US$m 

18.4 

0.1 

Capital 
reduction 
reserve 
US$m 

Own  
shares 
US$m 

Functional 
currency 
reserve 
US$m 

Profit and 
loss account 
US$m 

85.2 

(25.4) 

(10.5) 

(78.9) 

1.8 

78.9 

34.4 

0.2 

Total 
equity 
US$m 

205.5 

0.7 

1 January 2017 

Change in functional currency1 

Net comprehensive income  
and expense for the year 

Issue in ordinary shares 

Movement in own shares 

Dividend received in specie 

Dividends to equity 
shareholders 

– 

0.4 

– 

– 

– 

– 

2.6 

4.3 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

1.0 

– 

– 

31 December 2017 

87.5 

7.7 

14.1 

18.5 

59.8 

(7.7) 

Net comprehensive income  
and expense for the year 

Issue of ordinary shares  

Movement in own shares 

Dividends to equity 
shareholders 

– 

1.0 

– 

– 

– 

2.7 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

0.9 

– 

31 December 2018 

88.5 

10.4 

14.1 

18.5 

59.8 

(6.8) 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

144.7 

144.7 

– 

– 

3.0 

5.3 

822.4 

822.4 

(17.8) 

983.9 

25.3 

(0.7) 

5.4 

(17.8) 

1,163.8 

25.3 

3.0 

6.3 

(21.1) 

(21.1) 

992.8 

1,177.3 

1 The functional currency of the Company was changed during the year ended 31 December 2017. See note 1 to the Company financial statements for further details. 

157 

 
  
 
 
2018 
US$m 

2017 
US$m 

21.8 

0.1 

(0.7) 

– 

– 

(0.8) 

– 

20.4 

(8.5) 

(8.5) 

6.3 

3.0 

153.7 

0.3 

(8.1) 

54.9 

(187.8) 

(2.5) 

(0.7) 

9.8 

– 

– 

5.1 

3.0 

(21.1) 

(17.6) 

(11.8) 

(9.5) 

0.1 

0.3 

0.4 

0.3 

– 

0.3 

COMPANY CASH FLOW STATEMENT  

Year ended 31 December 

Net cash flows from operating activities: 

Operating profit 

Decrease in debtors 

Decrease in creditors 

Impairment of investments in subsidiary undertakings  

Non cash dividend 

Movement in provisions 

Foreign exchange 

Net cash flows from operating activities 

Net cash flows from investing activities: 

Investments in subsidiary undertakings 

Net cash flows from investing activities 

Net cash flows from financing activities: 

Proceeds from sale of own shares 

Receipts from exercise of share options 

Dividends paid to equity shareholders 

Net cash flows from financing activities 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents 

Cash at bank and in hand at the beginning of the year 

Cash at bank and in hand at the end of the year 

158 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

1 Accounting policies 
The principal accounting policies are summarised below. They have all been applied consistently throughout the year and to the 
preceding year. 

a) General information and basis of accounting 
The financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention, modified to include certain items at fair value,  
and in accordance with Financial Reporting standard 102 (FRS 102) as issued by the Financial Reporting Council. 

Functional currency 
Following the settlement reached with the Trustees of the UK Coats Pension Plan and the Brunel Holdings Pension scheme it was 
determined the functional currency of Coats Group plc had changed from Great Britain pounds (‘Sterling’) to United States dollars 
(‘USD’), effective 1 March 2017. To give effect to the change in functional currency, the assets, liabilities and equity of Coats Group plc 
in Sterling at 1 March 2017 were converted into USD at an exchange rate of US$1:£0.8078. 

b) Fixed assets – investments 
Investments in subsidiary undertakings are reflected at cost less provisions for any impairment. 

c) Financial assets and liabilities 
Financial assets and financial liabilities are recognised when the Company becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the 
instrument. All financial assets and financial liabilities are initially measured at transaction price. If an arrangement constitutes a financing 
transaction, the financial asset or financial liability is measured at the present value of future payments discounted at a market rate 
of interest for a similar debt instrument.  

d) Impairment of assets 
Assets, other than those measured at fair value, are assessed for indicators of impairment at each balance sheet date. If there is objective 
evidence of impairment, an impairment loss is recognised in the profit and loss and the assets is reduced to its recoverable amount. The 
recoverable amount is the higher of its fair value less costs to sell and its value in use. 

e) Share-based payments 
Cash-settled 
Cash-settled share-based payments are measured at fair value (excluding the effect of non market-based vesting conditions) at each 
reporting date. The fair value is expensed on a straight-line basis over the vesting period, with a corresponding increase in liabilities. 

Equity-settled 
The Group operates an equity-settled Long Term Incentive Plan for executives and senior management, settlement is in the form 
of Coats Group plc shares. Awards under this plan are subject to both market-based and non-market-based vesting criteria.  

The fair value at the date of grant is established by using an appropriate simulation method to reflect the likelihood of market-based 
performance conditions being met. As the Long Term Incentive Plan relates to employees of a subsidiary, when there is no recharge 
of the cost, the fair value is charged to Investments on a straight-line basis over the vesting period, with appropriate adjustments being 
made during this period to reflect expected vesting for non market-based performance conditions and forfeitures. The corresponding 
credit is to shareholders’ funds. 

To satisfy awards under this Plan, shares may be purchased in the market by an Employee Benefit Trust (‘EBT’) over the vesting period. 
Coats Group plc is the sponsoring employer of the EBT and its activities are considered an extension of the Company’s activities. 
Therefore the shares purchased by the EBT are included as a deduction from shareholders’ funds and other assets and liabilities  
of the EBT are recognised as assets and liabilities of Coats Group plc. 

f) Taxation 
Provision is made for taxation assessable on the profit or loss for the year as adjusted for disallowable and non-taxable items. Deferred 
taxation is provided in full in respect of timing differences which have arisen but not reversed at the balance sheet date, except that 
deferred tax assets (including those attributable to tax losses carried forward) are only recognised if it is considered more likely than  
not that they will be recovered. Deferred taxation is measured on a non-discounted basis. 

g) Dividends 
Dividends proposed are recognised in the period in which they are formally approved for payment. 

h) Critical accounting judgements and key sources of estimation uncertainty 
Carrying value of investments: 

The carrying values of investments are assessed annually for indicators of impairment. If an impairment review is required judgement  
is involved in calculating the recoverable amount. No indicators of impairment were identified during the year ended 31 December 2018. 

159 

 
  
 
 
NOTES TO THE COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
CONTINUED 

2 Result for the year 
The Company has not presented its own profit and loss account as permitted by section 408 of the Companies Act 2006. The profit  
for the year attributable to shareholders was $25.3 million (2017: $144.7 million). 

Details of directors’ remuneration are set out on pages 57 to 71 within the Remuneration Report and form part of these  
financial statements. 

3 Dividends 
Dividends amounting to $21.1 million in respect of the year ended 31 December 2018 were paid to Coats Group plc shareholders during 
the year (2017: $17.8 million). Details of the proposed final dividend for the year ended 31 December 2018 are set out in note 12 of the 
consolidated financial statements. 

4 Investments 

At 1 January 2017 

Change in functional currency  

Additions 

Impairment  

At 31 December 2017 

Additions 

At 31 December 2018 

Investments in 
subsidiary 
undertakings 
US$m 

465.7 

1.6 

823.3 

(54.9) 

1,235.7 

8.5 

1,244.2 

Additions to investments during the year ended 31 December 2018 of $8.5 million represents additional investments in existing 
subsidiary undertakings. Further information about subsidiaries is provided on pages 161 to 166. 

5 Provisions 
Provisions are analysed as follows: 

At 1 January 2018 

Utilised in year 

At 31 December 2018 

Other 
provisions 
US$m 

0.8 

(0.8) 

– 

Total 
US$m 

0.8 

(0.8) 

– 

Other provisions in the prior year included costs expected to be incurred in connection with the Group’s three UK pension schemes. The 
provision was fully utilised during the year ended 31 December 2018. 

6 Share capital 
There are 1,427,492,032 Ordinary Shares of 5p issued at 31 December 2018 (2017: 1,413,300,648). 

The movement in share capital during the year is set out in note 26 of the consolidated financial statements. 

The own shares reserve at 31 December 2018 of $6.8 million (2017: $7.7 million) represents the cost of shares in Coats Group plc 
purchased in the market and held by an Employee Benefit Trust to satisfy awards under the Group’s share based incentive plans.  
The number of shares held by the Employee Benefit Trust at 31 December 2018 was 17,165,314 (2017: 19,025,372). 

7 Related party transactions 
Amounts due from and to other Group companies are disclosed on the face of the Balance sheet on page 156. 

Interest payable to other Group companies during 2018 was $0.9 million (2017: $2.6 million). 

160 

 
 
GROUP STRUCTURE 

Unless otherwise indicated, all shareholdings owned directly or indirectly by the Company represents 100% of issued share capital 
of the subsidiary. 

Subsidiaries: 
Direct holdings of the Company 

Country of 
Incorporation 

Company Name 

Registered Office address 

Share class 

United Kingdom 

Arrow HJC 

1 The Square, Stockley Park, Uxbridge, Middlesex, UB11 1TD, England 

£1.00 Ordinary 

United Kingdom 

B. M. Estates Limited 

1 The Square, Stockley Park, Uxbridge, Middlesex, UB11 1TD, England 

£1.00 Ordinary 

United Kingdom 

Coats Limited 

1 The Square, Stockley Park, Uxbridge, Middlesex, UB11 1TD, England 

£1.00 Ordinary 

United Kingdom 

Contractors' Aggregates Limited 

1 The Square, Stockley Park, Uxbridge, Middlesex, UB11 1TD, England 

£1.00 Ordinary 

United Kingdom 

GPG (UK) Holdings Limited 

1 The Square, Stockley Park, Uxbridge, Middlesex, UB11 1TD, England 

£1.00 Ordinary 

United Kingdom 

GPG Coats Finance Limited 

1 The Square, Stockley Park, Uxbridge, Middlesex, UB11 1TD, England 

£1.00 Ordinary 

United Kingdom 

GPG March 2004 Limited 

1 The Square, Stockley Park, Uxbridge, Middlesex, UB11 1TD, England 

£1.00 Ordinary 

United Kingdom 

MFC (Predecessors) Limited 

1 The Square, Stockley Park, Uxbridge, Middlesex, UB11 1TD, England 

£1.00 Ordinary 

United Kingdom 

S G Warburg Group Limited 

1 The Square, Stockley Park, Uxbridge, Middlesex, UB11 1TD, England 

£1.00 Ordinary 

Subsidiaries: 
Indirect holdings of the Company 

Country of 
Incorporation 

Company Name 

Registered Office address 

Argentina 

Coats Cadena S.A. – Argentina 

Tucuman 1, 4th Floor, (1049) Capital Federal, Argentina 

Australian Country Spinners Pty Limited1 

Australian Country Spinners Unit Trust1 

c/o JGL Investments Pty. Ltd, Level 9 South, 161 Collins Street,  
Melbourne VIC 3000, Australia 
c/o JGL Investments Pty. Ltd, Level 9 South, 161 Collins Street,  
Melbourne VIC 3000, Australia 

Coats Australian Pty Ltd 

Unit 2, 56 Keys Road, Moorabbin VIC 3189, Australia 

Guinness Peat Group (Australia) Pty Limited 

c/o BDO, Level 11, 1 Margaret Street, Sydney NSW 2000, Australia 

Sabatica Pty Limited 

c/o BDO, Level 11, 1 Margaret Street, Sydney NSW 2000, Australia 

Bangladesh 

Coats Bangladesh Limited 

Novo Tower, 270 Tejgaon Industrial Area, Dhaka 1208, Bangladesh 

Bangladesh 

Coats Crafts Bangladesh Limited 

Novo Tower, 270 Tejgaon Industrial Area, Dhaka 1208, Bangladesh 

GPG Services Pty Limited 

c/o BDO, Level 11, 1 Margaret Street, Sydney NSW 2000, Australia 

AUD1.00 Ordinary 

Coats Cadena SA – Venezuela 

Distribuidora El Costurero, S.A. (DICOSA) 

Hilos Cadena, S.A. 

Hilos Elefante C.A. 

Hilos Francia S.A. 

Informatica Robox, S.R.L 

International Kroob CA 

Circunscripcion Judicial, del Distrito Capital y Estado Miranda, Bolivarian  
Republic of Venezuela 
Ciudad Industrial la Union, Sector Fundo la Union - Autopisa Regional del Centro, 
Parcela L-23, Galpones G38, G39 and G40, San Diego District, Valencia - Estado 
Carabobo, Venezuela 
Ciudad Industrial la Union, Sector Fundo la Union - Autopisa Regional del Centro, 
Parcela L-23, Galpones G38, G39 and G40, San Diego District, Valencia - Estado 
Carabobo, Venezuela 
Ciudad Industrial la Union, Sector Fundo la Union - Autopisa Regional del Centro, 
Parcela L-23, Galpones G38, G39 and G40, San Diego District, Valencia - Estado 
Carabobo, Venezuela 
Ciudad Industrial la Union, Sector Fundo la Union - Autopisa Regional del Centro, 
Parcela L-23, Galpones G38, G39 and G40, San Diego District, Valencia - Estado 
Carabobo, Venezuela 
Ciudad Industrial la Union, Sector Fundo la Union - Autopisa Regional del Centro, 
Parcela L-23, Galpones G38, G39 and G40, San Diego District, Valencia - Estado 
Carabobo, Venezuela 
Ciudad Industrial la Union, Sector Fundo la Union - Autopisa Regional del Centro, 
Parcela L-23, Galpones G38, G39 and G40, San Diego District, Valencia - Estado 
Carabobo, Venezuela 

Share class 

ARS1.00 Ordinary 
Nominal 

AUD1.00 Ordinary 

AUD1.00 Units 

AUD0.54 Ordinary 

AUD1.00 Ordinary, 
AUD14,977.77 
Redeemable Preference 

AUD1.00 Ordinary 

BDT100.00 Ordinary 
(80%) 
BDT100.00 Ordinary 
(80%) 

VEB1,000.00 Ordinary 

VEB1,000.00 Ordinary 

VEB1.00 Ordinary 

VEB1,000.00 Ordinary 

US$1.385 Ordinary 

US$84.746 Ordinary 

US$0.6835 Ordinary 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

Bolivarian Republic  
of Venezuela 

Bolivarian Republic  
of Venezuela 

Bolivarian Republic  
of Venezuela 

Bolivarian Republic  
of Venezuela 

Bolivarian Republic  
of Venezuela 

Bolivarian Republic  
of Venezuela 

Bolivarian Republic  
of Venezuela 

Bolivarian Republic  
of Venezuela 

Brazil 

Bulgaria 

Cambridge Medical Production CA (Cameproca) 

Av. Principal de los Ruices, ‘Don Diego Cisneros’, Caracas, Venezuela 

VEB1.00 Ordinary 

Coats Corrente Ltda 

Coats Bulgaria Eood 

Rua do Manifesto, N 705, Bloco A, Ipiranga, Sao Paulo, SP BR, Brazil 

BRL1.00 Ordinary 

Tharigradsko shouse bld 7th Km, Sofia 1748, Bulgaria 

BGL50.00 Ordinary 

1 100% owned by the joint venture ACS Nominees Pty Limited. 

 161 

 
 
 
 
 
 
GROUP STRUCTURE
CONTINUED 

Country of 
Incorporation 

Canada 

Canada 

Chile 

Chile 

China 

China 

China 

China 

China 

China 

Colombia 

Ecuador 

Egypt 

Egypt 

Egypt 

Company Name 

Coats Canada Inc 

Registered Office address 

10 Roybridge Gate Blvd, Vaughan ON L4H 3M8, Canada 

Staveley Services Canada Inc 

44 Chipman Hill, Suite 1000, Saint John NB E2L 2A0, Canada 

Coats Cadena Ltda 

Enrique Gomez Correa No. 5750, Of. 4, Macul, Chile 

The Central Agency Limited - Chile 

Marathon 4046, Macul, Santiago, Chile 

Share class 

Common (no par value) 

CAD Common, CAD 
Class A Pref 1, CAD 
Class A Pref 2 

US$1.00 Ordinary 

US$1.00 Ordinary 

Coats Opti Shenzhen Limited 

Shenzhen Coats Industrial Park, Fuyong Town, Baoan District, Shenzhen, China 

US$1.00 Ordinary (90%) 

Coats Shenzhen Limited 

Shenzhen Coats Industrial Park, Fuyong Town, Baoan District, Shenzhen, China 

US$1.00 Ordinary (90%) 

Dalian Coats Limited 

48-1 Shengli Road, Nanshan Complex, Jinzhou Economic Development Zone, 
Jinzhou District, Dalian, China 

Guangzhou Coats Limited 

Art Street 11, 1106 Xin Gang Road, Haizhu District, Guanghou, 510310, China 

Qingdao Coats Limited 

Shanghai Coats Limited 

Qingdao Huanhai, Economic+Technological Development Zone, Chengyang,  
Qingdao 266108, China 
No.8 Building, Export Processing Garden, Songjiang Industrial Zone 201613, 
Shanghai, China 

Coats Cadena Andina SA - Colombia 

Avenida Santander, N.5E-87, Pereira, Colombia 

Coats Cadena SA Ecuador 

De las Avellanas E, 2-74 y El Juncal, Quito, Ecuador 

US$1.00 Ordinary (90%) 

HKD1.00 Ordinary 
(90%) 

US$1.00 Ordinary (90%) 

US$1.00 Ordinary (90%) 

COP20.63 Ordinary 

US$1.00 Ordinary 

Coats Craft Egypt 

Industrial Area Zone B3, Plot 78, 10th of Ramadan City, Cairo, Egypt 

EGP1.00 Ordinary 

Coats Egypt for manufacturing and dyeing sewing 
thread SAE 

Industrial Area Zone B3, Plot 78, 10th of Ramadan City, Cairo, Egypt 

US$10.00 Ordinary 

Coats Industrial Trading Egypt 

Industrial Area Zone B3, Plot 78, 10th of Ramadan City, Cairo, Egypt 

EGP40.00 Ordinary 

El Salvador 

Coats El Salvador, S.A. de C.V. 

Zona Franca Export Salva, Edificio No 18C, San Salvador, El Salvador 

US$100.00 Ordinary 

Estonia 

France 

Germany 

Germany 

Germany 

Germany 

Guatemala 

Guatemala 

Guatemala 

Guatemala 

Guatemala 

Honduras 

Hong Kong 

Hong Kong 

Hong Kong 

Hong Kong 

Hong Kong 

Hong Kong 

Hong Kong 

Hong Kong 

Hungary 

India 

India 

India 

Coats Eesti AS - Estonia 

Ampri tee 9/4, Haabaneeme, 74010 Viimsi Vald, Harjumaa, Estonia 

€63.90 Ordinary 

Coats France S.A.S. 

Coats GmbH 

8 avenue Hoche, 75008, Paris, France 

Huefingerstrasse 28, D-78199, Braunlingen, Germany 

Coats Opti Germany GmbH 

1 Suedwieke 180, 26817 Rhauderfehn, Germany 

Coats Thread Germany GmbH 

Huefingerstrasse 28, D-78199, Braunlingen, Germany 

€0.60 Ordinary 

€12,000,000.00 
Ordinary 

€1.00 Ordinary 

€1.00 Ordinary 

Schwanenwolle Tittel & Krueger AG i. L 

RHS, Stadtstrasse 29, 79104 Freiburg, Germany 

DEM1.00 Ordinary 

Centraltex de Guatemala, S.A. 

26 Avenida No. 7-27, Zona 4, Mixco oficina 11, Guatemala 

GTQ100.00 Ordinary 

Coats de Guatemala, S.A. 

13-78 Zona 10, Edif. Intercontinental Plaza Torre Citigroup Nivel 17, 
Oficina 1702, Ciudad, Guatemala 

GTQ1.00 Ordinary 

Crafts Central America, S.A. 

26 Avenida No. 7-27, Zona 4, Mixco oficina 11, Guatemala 

GTQ100.00 Ordinary 

Distribuidora Coats de Guatemala, Sociedad Anomina  39 Avenida, 3-47 Zona 7, Colonia El Rodeo, Guatemala, Guatemala 

GTQ1.00 Ordinary 

Guatemala Thread Company Sociedad Anonima 

39 Avenida, 3-47 Zona 7, Colonia El Rodeo, Guatemala, Guatemala 

GTQ10.00 Ordinary 

Coats Honduras, S.A. 

Edificio #13 Zona Libre Inhdelva, 800 mts. Carretera a la Jutosa, Choloma,  
Cortes, Honduras 

China Thread Development Company Limited 

21/F, 9 Chong Yip Street, Kwun Tong, Kowloon, Hong Kong 

Coats (China) Limited 

21/F, 9 Chong Yip Street, Kwun Tong, Kowloon, Hong Kong 

Coats China Holdings Limited 

21/F, 9 Chong Yip Street, Kwun Tong, Kowloon, Hong Kong 

Coats Hong Kong Limited 

21/F, 9 Chong Yip Street, Kwun Tong, Kowloon, Hong Kong 

Coats Opti Hong Kong Limited 

21/F, 9 Chong Yip Street, Kwun Tong, Kowloon, Hong Kong 

Coats Thread HK Limited 

21/F, 9 Chong Yip Street, Kwun Tong, Kowloon, Hong Kong 

HNL100.00 Ordinary 

HKD10.00 Ordinary 

HKD10.00 Ordinary 

HKD10.00 Ordinary 

HKD10.00 Ordinary 
(90%) 

HKD1.00 Ordinary 

HKD10.00 Ordinary 

Fast React Asia (HK) Limited 

Room 2203 22/F, Tower 1, Lippo Centre, 89 Queensway, Hong Kong 

HKD1.00 Ordinary 

Fastreact Systems (Far East) Co Limited 

Room 2203 22/F, Tower 1, Lippo Centre, 89 Queensway, Hong Kong 

HKD1.00 Ordinary 

Coats Magyarorszag Cernagyarto es Ertekesito 
Korlatolt Felelossegu Tarsasag 

1044 Budapest, Vaci ut 91, Hungary 

HUF100,000.00 
Ordinary 

Intellosol Softwares India Private Limited2 

Ground Floor, S-606-B School Block, Shakarpur Delhi, East Delhi, DL – 110092 India 

INR10.00 Ordinary 

Kor Investments Private Limited 

144 M.G. Road, Bangalore - 560 001, India 

INR10.00 Ordinary 

Madura Coats Private Limited 

Head Office, 144 Mahatma Gandhi Road, Bangalore 560 001, India 

INR10.00 Ordinary 

2 Acquired 12 February 2019. See note 31 regarding the Group’s acquisition of the ThreadSol business.  

162 

GROUP STRUCTURE
CONTINUED 

Country of 
Incorporation 

Company Name 

Registered Office address 

Indonesia 

PT. Coats Rejo Indonesia 

JI RA Kartini No 26, Jakarta 12430, Indonesia 

Share class 

IDR415.00 Ordinary-A, 
IDR627.00 Ordinary-B, 
US$1.00 Preference 

Indonesia 

PT Coats Trading Indonesia 

Ventura Building, 4th Floor, Jl RA Kartini No 26, Cilandak, Jakarta 12430, Indonesia 

USD1.00 Ordinary 

Israel 

Italy 

Coats (Israel) Ltd 

Coats Italy S.r.l. 

2 Shidlovsky Road, Yavne, Israel 

Viale SARCA, No. 223, Milano, Italy 

Korea, Republic of 

Coats Korea Co., Limited 

74 Siu-ro, Danwon-gu, Ansan City, Republic of Korea, 15436 

Madagascar 

Coats (Madagascar) International 

Madagascar 

Coats (Madagascar) S.AR.L (EPZ) 

First Immo, Galaxy Industrial Estate, Rue du Dr. Raseta, Andraharo, Antananarivo, 
Madagascar 
First Immo, Galaxy Industrial Estate, Rue du Dr. Raseta, Andraharo, Antananarivo, 
Madagascar 

Malaysia 

Mauritius 

Mauritius 

Mexico 

Mexico 

Morocco 

Morocco 

Netherlands 

Netherlands 

Netherlands 

Netherlands 

Netherlands 

Netherlands 

Netherlands 

Coats Thread (Malaysia) Sdn. Bhd. 

49-B Jalan Melaka Raya 8, Taman Melaka Raya, 75000 Melaka, Malaysia 

J & P Coats (Mauritius) Ltd 

Allee des Mangues, Pailles, Mauritius 

Coats Indian Ocean Holding Co Limited 

2nd Floor, IBL House, Caudan, Port-Louis, Mauritius 

Coats Assets de Mexico SA de CV 

Coats Mexico S.A. de C.V. 

Periferico Sur #3325 Piso 8, Col. San Jerónimo Lídice, Magdalena Contreras,  
Mexico City, CP10200, Mexico 
Periferico Sur #3325 Piso 8, Col. San Jerónimo Lídice, Magdalena Contreras,  
Mexico City, CP10200, Mexico 

Coats Maroc 

220 Bld Chefchaouni, Ain Sebaa, Casablanca, Morocco 

Mercerie Industrielle de Casablanca 

220 Bld Chefchaouni, Ain Sebaa, Casablanca, Morocco 

Coats Industrial Europe Holdings B.V. 

1 The Square, Stockley Park, Uxbridge, Middlesex, UB11 1TD, England 

€1.00 Ordinary 

Coats Industrial Thread Holdings B.V 

1 The Square, Stockley Park, Uxbridge, Middlesex, UB11 1TD, England 

€1.00 Ordinary 

Coats Northern Holdings B.V. 

1 The Square, Stockley Park, Uxbridge, Middlesex, UB11 1TD, England 

€1.00 Ordinary 

Coats South America Holdings B.V. 

1 The Square, Stockley Park, Uxbridge, Middlesex, UB11 1TD, England 

€1.00 Ordinary 

Coats South Asia Holdings B.V. 

1 The Square, Stockley Park, Uxbridge, Middlesex, UB11 1TD, England 

€1.00 Ordinary 

Coats Southern Holdings B.V. 

1 The Square, Stockley Park, Uxbridge, Middlesex, UB11 1TD, England 

€1.00 Ordinary 

Guinness Peat Group International Holdings BV 

Naritaweg 165, 1043 BW, Amsterdam, Netherlands 

€500.00 Ordinary 

US$400.00 Ordinary 

€5,000,000.00 Quota 

KRW10,000.00 
Ordinary 
MGF100,000.00 
Ordinary 
MGF100,000.00 
Ordinary 
RM10.00 A, RM10.00 
B, RM10.00 C (99%) 

Rs100.00 Ordinary 

US$100.00 Ordinary 

MXN1.00 Series A Fixed 

MXP1.00 Ordinary-A, 
MXP1.00 Ordinary-B 

MAD100.00 Ordinary 

MAD100.00 Ordinary 

New Zealand 

Australian Country Spinners (NZ) Limited3 

c/o David Barker & Co Limited, 52 Cashel Street, Christchurch, New Zealand 

NZD1.00 Ordinary 

New Zealand 

Coats Patons (New Zealand) Ltd 

3 Mana Place, Wira, Auckland, New Zealand 

NZD1.00 Ordinary 

Nicaragua 

Pakistan 

Peru 

Peru 

Poland 

Portugal 

Portugal 

Romania 

Coats de Nicaragua SA 

Altamira d'este, Rotonda Madrid #235, Managua, Nicaragua 

NIO100.00 Ordinary 

J & P Coats Pakistan (Pvt) Limited 

Suites 112-113, Prime Office Lobby, Park Towers, Shahrah-e-Firdousi, Clifton, 
Karachi, 75600, Pakistan 

Coats Cadena Investment SA 

Av Nicolas de Ayllon No.2925, Lima 10, Peru 

Coats Cadena SA - Peru 

Av Nicolas de Ayllon No.2925, Lima 10, Peru 

Coats Polska Spolka z oganiczona odpowiedzialnoscia  91-214 Lodz, ul, Kaczencowa 16, Poland 

Coats - Comercio de Linhas, Fechos e Acessorios,  
Para a Industria SA 

Praca do Almada, No 10, 4490, Povoa do Varzim, Portugal 

PKR100.00 Ordinary 

PEN0.01 Ordinary 
(99%) 
PEI0.01 Ordinary 
(99%) 

PLN1,000.00 Ordinary 

€1.00 Ordinary Bearer 
Shares 

Companhia de Linha Coats & Clark S.A. 

Quinta De Cravel, Oporto, Vila Nova de Gaia, 4430 073, Mafamude, Portugal 

€1.00 Bare Shares 

Coats Romania SRL 

Municipiul Odorheiu Secuiesc, Str. Nicolae Balcescu, Nr. 71, Judetul Harghita 

RON169.38 Ordinary 

Russian Federation 

Coats LLC 

53 Lenin Street, Oktyabrsky, Lubertsy, 140060, Moscow Region, Russia 

SUR173.55 Ordinary 

Singapore 

Singapore 

Coats International Pte. Limited 

10 Changi Business Park Central 2, #05-01 HansaPoint, 486030, Singapore 

SGD1.00 Ordinary 

Coats Overseas Pte Ltd 

10 Changi Business Park Central 2, #05-01 HansaPoint, 486030, Singapore 

SGD1.00 Ordinary 

South Africa 

Coats South Africa (Proprietary) Limited 

107 Escom Road, New Germany, 3620, KZN, Natal, South Africa 

ZAR0.01 Ordinary, 
ZAR0.01 Cumulative 
Redeemable Preference, 
ZAR0.01 Non-
redeemable Preference 
Shares, ZAR0.01 Non-
redeemable Non-
cumulative Variable Rate 
Convertible Preference 

South Africa 

Cotnat Properties (Proprietary) Limited 

107 Escom Road, New Germany, 3620, KZN, Natal, South Africa 

ZAR1.00 Ordinary 

Spain

Coats Spain, S.L.

3

% owned by Australian Country Spinners Pty Limited. 

Coats Spain, S.L. 

Poligono Industrial Can Roqueta, Avda.Ca N'Alzina nr.79, Calle N'Alzina, Sabadell, 
Barcelona, Spain 

€1.00 Ordinary 

 163 

Thailand 

Tunisia 

Tunisia 

Turkey 

Ukraine 

TND10.00 Ordinary 

TND10.00 Ordinary 

TRY1.00 New 
Ordinary (92%) 

UAH1.00 Ordinary 

GROUP STRUCTURE 
CONTINUED 

Country of 
Incorporation 

Spain 

Sri Lanka 

Sri Lanka 

Sweden 

Sweden 

Company Name 

Gotex S.A. 

Registered Office address 

Share class 

Poligono Industrial Can Roqueta, Calle N'Alzina, 79 Sabadell, Barcelona, Spain 

€6.02 Ordinary 

Coats Thread Exports (Private) Limited 

479, 8th Floor, HNB Towers, T.B. Jayah Mawatha, Colombo 410, Sri Lanka 

Coats Thread Lanka (Private) Limited 

479, 8th Floor, HNB Towers, T.B. Jayah Mawatha, Colombo 410, Sri Lanka 

Coats Expotex AB 

Box 25, Stationsvagen 2, SE-516 21, Dalsjofors, Sweden 

Coats Industrial Scandinavia AB 

Box 109, SE-516 22 Dalsjofors, Sweden 

LKR100.00 Ordinary 
(99%) 
LKR10.00 Ordinary 
(99%) 

SEK10.00 Bearer 

SEK1,000.00 Bearer 

Switzerland 

Coats Stroppel AG 

c/o Haussmann Treuhand AG, Seefeldstrasse 45, 8008 Zurich 

CHF2,500.00  

Coats Threads (Thailand) Ltd 

Coats Industrial Tunisie 

Coats Trading Tunisie 

39/60 Moo 2 Tambol Bangkrachaw, Amphur Muang, Samutsakorn Province  
74000, Thailand 

THB1,000.00 Ordinary 

52, rue du Tissage, Douar Hicher, Manouba, 2086, Tunisia 

52, rue du Tissage, Douar Hicher, Manouba, 2086, Tunisia 

Coats (Turkiye) Iplik Sanayii AS 

Organize Sanayi Bolgesi Mavi Cad. No 2, 16371 Bursa, Turkey 

Coats Ukraine Ltd 

Moskovskiy ave. 28A, litera B, Kiev, 04655, Ukraine 

United Kingdom 

Allied Mutual Insurance Services Ltd 

1 The Square, Stockley Park, Uxbridge, Middlesex, UB11 1TD, England 

£1.00 Ordinary 

United Kingdom 

Anfield 1 Limited 

1 The Square, Stockley Park, Uxbridge, Middlesex, UB11 1TD, England 

£1.00 Ordinary 

United Kingdom 

Anfield 2 Limited 

1 The Square, Stockley Park, Uxbridge, Middlesex, UB11 1TD, England 

£1.00 Ordinary, £1.00 
Deferred 

United Kingdom 

Barbour Threads Limited 

Cornerstone, 107 West Regent Street, Glasgow, G2 2BA, United Kingdom 

£10.00 Ordinary 

United Kingdom 

Brown Shipley Holdings Limited 

1 The Square, Stockley Park, Uxbridge, Middlesex, UB11 1TD, England 

£1.00 Ordinary 

United Kingdom 

Brown Shipley Investment Management 

1 The Square, Stockley Park, Uxbridge, Middlesex, UB11 1TD, England 

£1.00 Ordinary 

United Kingdom 

Brunel Pension Trustees Limited 

1 The Square, Stockley Park, Uxbridge, Middlesex, UB11 1TD, England 

£1.00 Ordinary 

United Kingdom 

Cardpad Limited 

1 The Square, Stockley Park, Uxbridge, Middlesex, UB11 1TD, England 

£1.00 Ordinary 

United Kingdom 

Coats (UK) Limited 

1 The Square, Stockley Park, Uxbridge, Middlesex, UB11 1TD, England 

£1.00 Ordinary, £1.00 
Ordinary-A 

United Kingdom 

Coats Finance Co. Limited 

1 The Square, Stockley Park, Uxbridge, Middlesex, UB11 1TD, England 

£1.00 Ordinary 

United Kingdom 

Coats Global Services Limited 

1 The Square, Stockley Park, Uxbridge, Middlesex, UB11 1TD, England 

£1.00 Ordinary 

United Kingdom 

Coats Group Finance Company Limited 

1 The Square, Stockley Park, Uxbridge, Middlesex, UB11 1TD, England 

£0.33 Ordinary 

United Kingdom 

Coats Holding Company (No. 1) Limited 

1 The Square, Stockley Park, Uxbridge, Middlesex, UB11 1TD, England 

£0.125 Ordinary 

United Kingdom 

Coats Holding Company (No. 2) Limited 

1 The Square, Stockley Park, Uxbridge, Middlesex, UB11 1TD, England 

£0.25 Ordinary 

United Kingdom 

Coats Holdings Ltd 

1 The Square, Stockley Park, Uxbridge, Middlesex, UB11 1TD, England 

£1.00Ordinary 

United Kingdom 

Coats Industrial Thread Brands Limited 

1 The Square, Stockley Park, Uxbridge, Middlesex, UB11 1TD, England 

£1.00 Ordinary 

United Kingdom 

Coats Industrial Thread Limited 

1 The Square, Stockley Park, Uxbridge, Middlesex, UB11 1TD, England 

£1.00 Ordinary 

United Kingdom 

Coats Patons Limited 

Cornerstone, 107 West Regent Street, Glasgow, G2 2BA, United Kingdom 

£0.25 Ordinary 

United Kingdom 

Coats Pensions Trustee Limited 

1 The Square, Stockley Park, Uxbridge, Middlesex, UB11 1TD, England 

£1.00 Ordinary 

United Kingdom 

Coats Property Management Limited 

1 The Square, Stockley Park, Uxbridge, Middlesex, UB11 1TD, England 

£1.00 Ordinary 

United Kingdom 

Coats Shelfco (BDA) Limited 

1 The Square, Stockley Park, Uxbridge, Middlesex, UB11 1TD, England 

£1.00 Ordinary 

United Kingdom 

Coats Shelfco (CV Nominees) Limited 

1 The Square, Stockley Park, Uxbridge, Middlesex, UB11 1TD, England 

United Kingdom 

Coats Shelfco (VV) Limited 

1 The Square, Stockley Park, Uxbridge, Middlesex, UB11 1TD, England 

United Kingdom 

Coats Thread (UK) Limited 

1 The Square, Stockley Park, Uxbridge, Middlesex, UB11 1TD, England 

£1.00 Ordinary 

£0.01 Ordinary, 
£0.075 Deferred  

£1.00 Ordinary 

United Kingdom 

Coats UK Pension Scheme Trustees Limited 

1 The Square, Stockley Park, Uxbridge, Middlesex UB11 1TD, England 

£1.00 Ordinary 

United Kingdom 

Corah Limited 

1 The Square, Stockley Park, Uxbridge, Middlesex, UB11 1TD, England 

United Kingdom 

D. Byford & Co Limited 

1 The Square, Stockley Park, Uxbridge, Middlesex, UB11 1TD, England 

£0.25 Ordinary, £1.00 
4.2% Cumulative 
Preference  
£0.20 Ordinary, £1.00 
Preference 

United Kingdom 

Embergrange 

1 The Square, Stockley Park, Uxbridge, Middlesex, UB11 1TD, England 

£1.00 Ordinary 

United Kingdom 

Fast React Systems (Bangladesh) Limited 

1 The Square, Stockley Park, Uxbridge, Middlesex, UB11 1TD, England 

£1.00 Ordinary 

164 

 
 
GROUP STRUCTURE 
CONTINUED 

Country of 
Incorporation 

Company Name 

Registered Office address 

United Kingdom 

Fast React Systems Limited 

1 The Square, Stockley Park, Uxbridge, Middlesex, UB11 1TD, England 

United Kingdom 

GPG (UK) Limited 

1 The Square, Stockley Park, Uxbridge, Middlesex, UB11 1TD, England 

Share class 

£1.00 Ordinary, £1.00 
Special redeemable 
non-voting shares 
£1.00 Ordinary, 
AUD1.00 Ordinary 

United Kingdom 

GPG Europe Limited 

1 The Square, Stockley Park, Uxbridge, Middlesex, UB11 1TD, England 

€1.00 Ordinary 

United Kingdom 

GPG Securities Trading Ltd 

1 The Square, Stockley Park, Uxbridge, Middlesex, UB11 1TD, England 

£1.00 Ordinary 

United Kingdom 

Griffin SA Ltd 

1 The Square, Stockley Park, Uxbridge, Middlesex, UB11 1TD, England 

£1.00 Ordinary 

United Kingdom 

GSD (Corporate) Limited 

1 The Square, Stockley Park, Uxbridge, Middlesex, UB11 1TD, England 

£1.00 Ordinary 

United Kingdom 

GSD Holdings Limited 

1 The Square, Stockley Park, Uxbridge, Middlesex, UB11 1TD, England 

£1.00 Ordinary-A, 
£1.00 Ordinary-B 

United Kingdom 

Guinness Peat Overseas Holdings Limited 

1 The Square, Stockley Park, Uxbridge, Middlesex, UB11 1TD, England 

£1.00 Ordinary 

United Kingdom 

Hicking Pentecost Limited 

1 The Square, Stockley Park, Uxbridge, Middlesex, UB11 1TD, England 

£0.50 Ordinary 

United Kingdom 

I.P. Clarke & Co. Limited 

1 The Square, Stockley Park, Uxbridge, Middlesex, UB11 1TD, England 

£1.00 Ordinary 

United Kingdom 

J.& P. Coats, Limited 

1 George Square, Glasgow, Scotland, G2 1AL, United Kingdom 

£1.00 Ordinary 

United Kingdom 

Marshaide Limited 

1 The Square, Stockley Park, Uxbridge, Middlesex, UB11 1TD, England 

£1.00 Ordinary 

United Kingdom 

Needle Industries Limited 

1 The Square, Stockley Park, Uxbridge, Middlesex, UB11 1TD, England 

£1.00 Ordinary 

United Kingdom 

NUH No. 1 Limited 

1 The Square, Stockley Park, Uxbridge, Middlesex, UB11 1TD, England 

£1.00 Ordinary 

United Kingdom 

Patons & Baldwins Limited 

1 The Square, Stockley Park, Uxbridge, Middlesex, UB11 1TD, England 

£1.00 Ordinary 

United Kingdom 

Patons Limited 

1 The Square, Stockley Park, Uxbridge, Middlesex, UB11 1TD, England 

£1.00 Ordinary, £1.00 
7% Preference 

United Kingdom 

Simpson, Wright & Lowe, Limited 

1 The Square, Stockley Park, Uxbridge, Middlesex, UB11 1TD, England 

£1.00 Ordinary 

United Kingdom 

Sir Richard Arkwright & Co. Limited 

1 The Square, Stockley Park, Uxbridge, Middlesex, UB11 1TD, England 

£1.00 Ordinary 

United Kingdom 

SIRBS Pension Trustee Limited 

1 The Square, Stockley Park, Uxbridge, Middlesex, UB11 1TD, England 

£1.00 Ordinary 

United Kingdom 

Staveley 2005 No 3 Limited 

1 The Square, Stockley Park, Uxbridge, Middlesex, UB11 1TD, England 

£1.00 Ordinary 

United Kingdom 

Staveley Industries Limited 

1 The Square, Stockley Park, Uxbridge, Middlesex, UB11 1TD, England 

£1.00 Ordinary 

United Kingdom 

Staveley Services Limited 

1 The Square, Stockley Park, Uxbridge, Middlesex, UB11 1TD, England 

£1.00 Ordinary 

United Kingdom 

The Central Agency Limited 

Cornerstone, 107 West Regent Street, Glasgow, G2 2BA, United Kingdom 

£10.00 Ordinary 

United Kingdom 

The Coats Trustee Company Limited 

1 The Square, Stockley Park, Uxbridge, Middlesex, UB11 1TD, England 

£1.00 Ordinary 

United Kingdom 

Thomas Burnley & Sons, Limited 

1 The Square, Stockley Park, Uxbridge, Middlesex, UB11 1TD, England 

£10.00 Ordinary 

United Kingdom 

Tootal Group Limited 

1 The Square, Stockley Park, Uxbridge, Middlesex, UB11 1TD, England 

£0.25 Ordinary, £1.00 
3.5 % Cumulative 
Preference  

United Kingdom 

Tootal Limited 

1 The Square, Stockley Park, Uxbridge, Middlesex, UB11 1TD, England 

£1.00 Ordinary 

United States 

Coats & Clark Inc4 

CT Corporation System, Corporation Trust Centre, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, 
DE 19801, USA 

US$100.00 Ordinary 

United States 

Coats & Clark's Sales Corporation 

CT Corporation System, 820 Bear Tavern Road, West Trenton, NJ 08628, USA 

US$100.00 Ordinary 

United States 

Coats American Inc 

CT Corporation System, 820 Bear Tavern Road, West Trenton, NJ 08628, USA 

United States 

Coats Garments (USA) Inc 

United States 

Coats Holdings Inc 

United States 

Coats North America Consolidated Inc 

United States 

Coats North America de Republica Dominica Inc 

CT Corporation System, Corporation Trust Centre, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, 
DE 19801, USA 
CT Corporation System, Corporation Trust Centre, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, 
DE 19801, USA 

CT Corporation System, Corporation Trust Centre, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, 
DE 19801, USA 

c/o CT Corporation System, 225 Hillsborough Street, Raleigh, Wake County,  
North Carolina 27603, USA 

US$10.00 COMMON, 
US$5.00 5% 
Cumulative Preference 

US$1.00 Ordinary 

US$1.00 Ordinary 

US$0.10 Ordinary, 
US$1.00 Class B 
Voting Shares 

US$1.00 Ordinary 

United States 

Coats Puerto Rico Inc 

CT Corporation System, 150 Fayetteville Street, Box 1011, Raleigh NC 27601, USA 

US$1.00 Ordinary 

United States 

Jaeger Sportswear Ltd 

CT Corporation System, 111 8th Avenue, New York, NY 10011, USA 

United States 

Patrick Yarn Mill, Inc., 

700 S Railroad Avenue, Kings Mountain NC 28086-3360, USA 

United States 

Staveley Inc 

401 Merritt 7, NORWALK, Connecticut, 06856 

4 Sale completed on 20 February 2019. See note 32. 

US$ Common 

US$1.00 Class A 
voting, Class B non-
voting 

US$0.01 Ordinary 

 165 

 
 
GROUP STRUCTURE 
CONTINUED 

Country of 
Incorporation 

Company Name 

Registered Office address 

United States 

The Calico Printers Association (U.S.A.) Limited 

CT Corporation System, 111 8th Avenue, New York, NY 10011, USA 

United States 

Westminster Fibres, Inc. 

c/o The Corporation Trust, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 

Coats Cadena S.A. - Uruguay 

Rufino Dominguez 1864, Montevideo, Uruguay 

Coats Phong Phu Limited Liability Company 

No. 48 Tang Nhon Phu Street, Tang Nhon Phu B Ward, District 9, Ho Chi Minh City, 
Vietnam 

US$1.00 Ordinary 
(64%) 

Uruguay 

Vietnam 

Joint Ventures 

Country of 
Incorporation 

Share class 

US$1.00 Ordinary 

US$1.00 Common 
shares 

UYU0.05 Ordinary 

Share class 

AUD1.00 Ordinary 
(50%) 
US$1.00 Ordinary 
(50%) 
US$1.00 Ordinary 
(50%) 
INR10.00 Ordinary 
(50%) 
US$0.01 Ordinary 
(50%) 

Company Name 

Registered Office address 

Australia 

ACS Nominees Pty Limited 

c/o JGL Investments Pty. Ltd, Level 9 South, 161 Collins Street, Melbourne  
VIC 3000, Australia 

China 

China 

India 

Guangying Spinning Company Limited 

2 Yuan Cun Xi Jie Guangzhou, 510655, China 

Tianjin Jinying Spinning Co Ltd 

Jinlai Road Liqizhuang, Xi Qing District, Tianjin, 300381, China 

S&P Threads Private Limited 

Delite Theatre Building, III Floor, Asaf Ali Road, New Delhi, 110 002, India 

United Kingdom 

Coats VTT Limited 

1 The Square, Stockley Park, Uxbridge, Middlesex, UB11 1TD, England 

166 

 
 
 
 
 
FIVE-YEAR SUMMARY 

For the year ended 31 December 

Continuing operations 
(before exceptional and acquisition related items)4: 

Revenue5 

Cost of sales 

Gross profit 

Operating costs5 

Operating profit 

Share of profits from joint ventures 

Investment income 

Finance costs3 

Profit before taxation 

Taxation 

Profit from continuing operations 

Adjusted earnings per share (cents) 

Dividend per share (cents) 

Adjusted free cash flow ($m) 

Return on capital employed (%) 

Notes: 
1  On a pro-forma basis (final dividend in 2016: 0.84c per share). 
2  Restated following the closure of UK Crafts in 2016, and disposal of EMEA Crafts in 2015. 
3 
4  The results for 2014-2017 have been restated following the disposal of the North America Crafts business. 
5  Revenue and Operating costs have been restated for prior years following the Group’s adoption of IFRS 15 on 1 January 2018. 

Includes foreign exchange gains / losses on parent group cash balances. 

20142 
US$m 

2015 
US$m 

2016 
US$m 

2017 
US$m 

2018 
US$m 

1,323.6 

1,270.5 

1,276.0  1,356.1 

1,414.7 

(856.2) 

(803.6) 

(789.2) 

(849.7) 

(901.9) 

467.4 

466.9 

486.8   

506.4 

512.8 

(376.5) 

(353.9) 

(347.6) 

(345.8) 

(317.9) 

113.0 

139.2 

160.6 

194.9 

90.9 

1.5 

11.5 

1.5 

10.5 

0.8 

4.3 

1.3 

2.1 

(19.5) 

(41.7) 

(35.9) 

(25.4) 

84.4 

83.3 

108.4 

138.6 

(34.3) 

(37.1) 

(41.0) 

(44.6) 

50.1 

46.2 

67.4 

94.0 

1.54 

2.73 

– 

53.7 

21% 

– 

44.6 

31% 

4.02 

1.251 

58.9 

35% 

5.70 

1.44 

76.4 

35% 

0.1 

1.7 

(26.1) 

170.6 

(53.8) 

116.8 

6.87 

1.66 

96.2 

43% 

 167 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION 

United Kingdom 
1 The Square, Stockley Park, Uxbridge, 
Middlesex UB11 1TD 

UK registered members 
To manage your shareholding online, 
please visit: www.investorcentre.co.uk 

Tel: 020 8210 5000 
www.coats.com 

Incorporated and registered 
in England No. 103548 

Registered office: 1 The Square, 
Stockley Park, Uxbridge, 
Middlesex UB11 1TD 

Location of share registers 
The Company’s register of members is maintained in the United Kingdom 

Register enquiries may be addressed direct to the Company’s share registrars named below: 

Registrar 

UK Main Register: 

Telephone and postal enquiries 

Inspection of Register 

Computershare Investor 
Services PLC 

The Pavilions, Bridgwater Road, Bristol BS99 6ZZ 
Tel: 0370 707 1022 Facsimile: 0370 703 6143 

The Pavilions, 
Bridgwater Road, 
Bristol BS99 6ZZ 

168 

WWW.COATS.COM/ARA2018

A full copy of our Annual Report can be downloaded, 
along with other relevant documents from  
www.coats.com/ara2018

Coats Group plc 
1 The Square 
Stockley Park 
Uxbridge 
Middlesex UB11 1TD

Tel: 020 8210 5000 
www.coats.com

Incorporated and registered in England No. 103548 
Registered office: 1 The Square, Stockley Park 
Uxbridge, Middlesex UB11 1TD